Agenda packet — Patterson City Council, March 17, 2026 (part 2 of 3)

Maps, at Page 11 with Stanislaus County Recorder’s Office.

ANALYSIS
The proposed public utility easement is necessary for Patterson Irrigation District to have access to maintain and operate their pipeline system located on Walnut Ave within APN 047-031-013 and the surrounding area. This easement does not constitute a gift or conveyance of property in any way unethical or unlawful and does not violate the provisions of the California Land Surveyors Act or any other statute.

7.5 Packet Pg. 161

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no budget impact associated with this item.

ATTACHMENT
Resolution No. 2026-14
Public Utility Easement
Exhibit A – Legal Description
Plat Map
Crowmwell Shire Unit 2 Final Map
Clayton Shire Unit 1 Final Map

7.5 Packet Pg. 162
RESOLUTION NO. 2026-14

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PATTERSON,

AUTHORIZING THE DEDICATION OF A PUBLIC UTILITY EASEMENT LOCATED ON WALNUT AVENUE WITHIN APN 047-031-013 AND SURROUNDING AREA WHEREAS, the Right-of-Way on Walnut Avenue was dedicated to the City of Patterson on the final map for Cromwell Shire Unit No. 2 that recorded on December 21, 2021, in Book 45 of Maps, Page 07, and on the final map for Clayton Shire Unit 1, recorded on March 11, 2022, in Book 45 of Maps, Page 11 with the Stanislaus County Recorder’s Office, which limited Patterson’s Irrigation District access to their pipelines on Walnut Avenue within APN 047-031-013 and surrounding area. The City Council of Patterson has considered the Public Utility Easement northerly 18 feet of the southerly 48 feet on Walnut Avenue within APN 047-031- 013 for utility maintenance and operation services.

WHEREAS, the public utility easement is necessary for Patterson Irrigation District to have access to maintain and operate their pipeline system located on Walnut Ave within APN 047-031-013 and the surrounding area. The public utility easement is not considered a gift or conveyance of property in any way unethical or unlawful, and does not violate the provisions of the California Land Surveyors Act or any other statute; and WHEREAS, a Public Meeting was held March 17, 2026, to receive public comments.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Patterson, California, hereby approves the dedication of Public Utility Easement within the parcel recorded as APN 047-031-013 as described in Exhibit “A” (Legal Description for Public Utility) and depicted on Exhibit “B” (Plat Map of Public Utility Easement), attached hereto.

The foregoing resolution was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Patterson held on the 17th day of March 2026, by ______________, who moved its adoption, which motion was duly seconded by __________________, and it was upon roll call carried and the resolution adopted by the following roll call vote:

AYES:

NOES:

EXCUSED:

7.5 Packet Pg. 163
APPROVED:
___________________________
Michael Clauzel
Mayor of the City of Patterson
ATTEST:
_______________________________
Aracely Alegre
City Clerk of the City of Patterson
I hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, correct and true copy of a resolution passed by the City Council of the City of Patterson, a Municipal Corporation of the County of Stanislaus, State of California, at a regular meeting held on the 17th day of March 2026, and I further certify that said resolution is in full force and effect and has never been rescinded or modified.

DATED:
___________________________________
City Clerk of the City of Patterson

7.5 Packet Pg. 164

7.5 Packet Pg. 167

7.5 Packet Pg. 168

7.5 Packet Pg. 169

7.5 Packet Pg. 170

7.5 Packet Pg. 171

7.5 Packet Pg. 172

CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA REPORT
TO: Mayor Clauzel and Members of the City Council
FROM: Fernando Ulloa, City Manager
BY: Sonia Delgado, Interim Public Works Director
MEETING DATE: March 17, 2026
ITEM NO: 7.6
SUBJECT: Approve Resolution Nos. 2026-17 and 2026-18 Declaring the City Council's Intention to Initiate Proceedings for the Annual Levy of Assessments and Ordering the Preparation of Engineer’s Reports for the Landscape Maintenance Districts (LMDs) and County Service Area (CSA) No. 15) for FY 2026/27.

RECOMMENDATION
Motion to Approve Resolutions Nos. 2026-17 and 2026-18 Declaring the City Council's Intention to Initiate Proceedings for the Annual Levy of Assessments and Ordering the Preparation of Engineer’s Reports for the Landscape Maintenance Districts (LMDs) and County Service Area (CSA) No. 15 for FY 2026/27.

BACKGROUND
LMDs and Benefit Assessment Districts (BADs) are special purpose districts established to fund specific maintenance activities. Properties within these districts receive a special benefit from the activities and are assessed an annual levy to fund those activities. The use of LMDs and BADs in Patterson dates back to the late 1980s. Most residential subdivisions built since then are required to establish an LMD and/or BAD.

Specifically, an LMD typically funds the on-going maintenance and repair of park equipment, structures, and landscaping. City street trees and sidewalk maintenance may also be included.

Typical BAD funds the operation and maintenance of storm drain inlets, drainage lines, pump stations, and streetlights. A BAD may also fund storm water management activities and limited street maintenance work. Included in the budgets for both LMDs and BADs is a city administrative charge to cover staff time spent preparing and administering the budgets and otherwise managing each district. The typical administrative fee is established at 15% of the annual operations and maintenance budget.

7.6 Packet Pg. 173
The attached Resolutions do not cover the BADs since those districts do not require a Resolution Initiating Proceedings. The second Resolution is for County Service Area (CSA) No. 15, which covers the Villa del Lago (Rogers Road) commercial area. Since that project was initially developed outside the city limits, the maintenance district was set up in a County Service Area (CSA). In 2005, the city annexed the Villa Del Lago commercial area into the city limits and therefore took over the administration of the CSA. This district provides for maintenance of the signal light at Sperry Ave and Rogers Rd, the on-site storm drain basin and the sewer collection system on Rogers Rd.

The budget for each district is prepared and included in a document called the “Engineer’s Report.” This report and resolution declares the City's intention to initiate proceedings and direct the preparation of Engineer’s Reports applies to CSA No. 15 (Villa Del Lago) and the following Landscape Maintenance Districts:

LMDs
County Hollow Estates District
Kinshire Estates District
Patterson Estates I, III, IV District
Shirepark Estates District
Walnut Square Estates District
Heartland Ranch Landscape Maintenance District
Heartland Ranch Overlay Landscape Maintenance District
Miraggio Landscape Maintenance District
Sutter Pointe Landscape Maintenance District
Walker Ranch Landscape Maintenance District
Patterson Gardens Landscape Maintenance District
Keystone Pacific Business Park Landscape Maintenance District Keystone Pacific Business Park Landscape Maintenance District Annex No. 1 The next step in the process is for the preparation of the Engineer’s Reports for the LMDs, BADs, and CSA NO. 15. Once completed staff will bring those to Council for review and approval at the Intent Meeting scheduled for Tuesday, May 19, 2026. At that time Council will also establish the date and time for the Public Hearing, which is tentatively scheduled for Tuesday, June 16, 2026.

The reason for the assessments is to generate the revenue necessary to operate and maintain the facilities in each district.

FISCAL IMPACT
All costs associated with preparing the Engineer’s Reports, the annual levy, and collection of assessments and advertising are charged to the respective Districts. There is no budget impact at this time.

ATTACHMENT
Resolution No. 2026-17 – Initiating Proceedings for the Annual Levy of Assessments and Ordering the Preparation of an Engineer’s Reprot for County service Area No. 15 Resolution No. 2026-18 - Initiating Proceedings for the Annual Levy of Assessments and Ordering the Preparation of an Engineer’s Reprot for Special maintenance Assessment Districts

7.6 Packet Pg. 174
RESOLUTION NO. 2026-17

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PATTERSON INITIATING

PROCEEDINGS FOR THE ANNUAL LEVY OF ASSESSMENTS AND ORDERING THE PREPARATION OF AN ENGINEER’S REPORT FOR COUNTY SERVICE AREA NO. 15 WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Patterson (“City Council”), has previously adopted Resolution No. 2005-62 on June 21, 2005, authorizing the City to take over administration of County Service Area No. 15 (“CSA No. 15”). Further, on February 8, 2005, the Stanislaus County Board of Supervisors and Stanislaus Local Agency Formation Commission approved the transfer of CSA No. 15 from Stanislaus County to the City of Patterson. CSA No. 15 was formed on November 7, 1995, by resolution of the Board of Supervisors pursuant to the terms of the Government Code §25210 et. seq.

WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to initiate proceedings to provide for the levy and collection of assessments for Fiscal Year 2026/27 in order to provide for the costs and expenses necessary to pay for the maintenance and operations within CSA No. 15; and,
WHEREAS, the City Council has retained NBS for the purpose of assisting with the annual levy and to prepare and file a report in accordance with Government Code Section §25215.3.

NOW, THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY RESOLVED AS FOLLOWS:

RECITALS

1. That the above recitals are all true and correct.

DECLARATION OF INTENTION

2. That the public interest and convenience requires, and it is the intention of this legislative body, to levy and collect assessments to pay the annual costs and expenses to provide extended storm drainage to the Patterson Gateway development and maintain the traffic signals at the Sperry Road/Rogers Road intersection for CSA No. 15. Street maintenance services will also be provided.

ENGINEER’S REPORT

3. The City Council hereby orders NBS to prepare and file a report containing a description of each parcel of real property receiving the particular extended service and the amount of the assessment for each parcel be prepared once a year and filed with the City Clerk in accordance with Government Code §25210.77(A).

FISCAL YEAR

4. That the assessments as above authorized and levied for these proceedings will provide revenue and relate to the Fiscal Year commencing July 1, 2026 and ending June 30, 2027.

7.6 Packet Pg. 175
The foregoing resolution was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Patterson held on the 17th of March 2026 by _________________, who moved its adoption, which motion was duly seconded by __________________, and the resolution adopted by the following roll call vote:

AYES:

NOES:

EXCUSED:

APPROVED:

Michael Clauzel
Mayor of the City of Patterson
ATTEST:

Aracely Alegre
City Clerk of the City of Patterson
I hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, correct and true copy of a resolution passed by the City Council of the City of Patterson, a Municipal Corporation of the County of Stanislaus, State of California, at a regular meeting held on the 17th day of March 2026, and I further certify that said resolution is in full force and effect and has never been rescinded or modified.

DATED:

City Clerk of the City of Patterson

7.6 Packet Pg. 176
RESOLUTION NO. 2026-18

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PATTERSON, CALIFORNIA,

INITIATING PROCEEDINGS FOR THE ANNUAL LEVY OF ASSESSMENTS AND ORDERING THE PREPARATION OF AN ENGINEER’S REPORT FOR SPECIAL MAINTENANCE

ASSESSMENT DISTRICTS
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Patterson (the “City Council”) pursuant to the terms of the Landscape and Lighting Act of 1972, Division 15, Part 2 of the California Streets and Highways Code (commencing with Section 22500) (the “Act”), previously formed the special maintenance assessment districts known and designated as follows:

Country Hollow Estates Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Kinshire Estates District Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Patterson Estates I, III, and IV Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Shirepark Estates Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Walnut Square Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Heartland Ranch Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Heartland Ranch Overlay Zone 1 Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Miraggio Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District
Sutter Point Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Walker Ranch Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Patterson Gardens Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Keystone Pacific Business Park Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Keystone Pacific Business Park Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District Annexation 1 (the “Landscape and Lighting Maintenance Districts”); and, WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to initiate proceedings to provide for the levy of assessments for Fiscal Year 2026/27 in order to provide for the necessary costs and expenses pertaining to the maintenance of the improvements within the Landscape and Lighting Maintenance Districts; and, WHEREAS, the City Council has retained NBS for the purpose of assisting with the annual levy and to prepare and file a report in accordance with the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY RESOLVED AS FOLLOWS:

RECITALS

1. The above recitals are true and correct.

DECLARATION OF INTENTION

2. The public interest and convenience requires, and it is the intention of this legislative body, to levy and collect assessments to pay the annual costs and expenses for the installation, replacement, maintenance and/or servicing of the improvements within the Landscape and Lighting Maintenance Districts. No new improvements or substantial changes to the existing improvements are being proposed at this time.

7.6 Packet Pg. 177
ENGINEER’S REPORT

3. The City Council hereby orders NBS to prepare an Engineer’s Report regarding the Landscape and Lighting Maintenance Districts containing the following information:

A. The plans and specifications describing the general nature, location and extent of the improvements to be maintained.

B. An estimate of cost of the maintenance and/or servicing of the improvements for the referenced fiscal year.

C. A diagram showing the areas and the properties proposed to be assessed.

D. An assessment of the estimated costs of the maintenance and/or servicing, assessing the net amount upon all assessable lots and/or parcels in proportion to the benefits received.

NBS shall file the Engineer’s Report with the City Clerk of the City of Patterson, who shall then submit the Engineer’s Report to the City Council for immediate review and consideration.

FISCAL YEAR

4. The assessments relating to these proceedings will constitute the Landscape and Lighting Maintenance District revenues for the Fiscal Year commencing July 1, 2026 and ending June 30, 2027.

IMPROVEMENTS

5. There are no changes to existing improvements nor are there any items being added to the list of improvements previously approved at the formation of the Landscape and Lighting Maintenance Districts.

The foregoing resolution was introduced at a (regular or special) meeting of the City Council of the City of Patterson held on the 17th of March 2026 by _________________, who moved its adoption, which motion was duly seconded by __________________, and the resolution adopted by the following roll call vote:

AYES:

NOES:

EXCUSED:

7.6 Packet Pg. 178
APPROVED:
__________________________
Michael Clauzel
Mayor of the City of Patterson
ATTEST:
__________________________
Aracely Alegre
City Clerk of the City of Patterson
I hereby certify that the foregoing is a full, correct and true copy of a resolution passed by the City Council of the City of Patterson, a Municipal Corporation of the County of Stanislaus, State of California, at a regular meeting held on the 17th day of March 2026, and I further certify that said resolution is in full force and effect and has never been rescinded or modified.

DATED:
___________________________
City Clerk of the City of Patterson

7.6 Packet Pg. 179

CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA REPORT
TO: Mayor Clauzel and Members of the City Council
FROM: Fernando Ulloa, City Manager
BY: Diana Hernandez, Acting Recreation and Community Services Director MEETING DATE: March 17, 2026
ITEM NO: 7.7
SUBJECT: Approve Street Closure Request for Love Patterson Event, Scheduled Saturday, April 18, 2026, downtown at North Park.

RECOMMENDATION
Motion to Approve street closure for Love Patterson Event, scheduled for Saturday, April 18, 2026, downtown at North Park.

BACKGROUND
Love Patterson is a faith-based organization that exists for the building up of individuals and cities throughout Stanislaus County in order to maximize their impact on our community and demonstrate LOVE through an annual volunteer day.

ANALYSIS
The City of Patterson along with other community groups support the LOVE Patterson initiative to conduct a community cleanup day, which coordinates with all other LOVE events in Stanislaus County on April 18, 2026.

Love Patterson is requesting approval for street closures for its annual downtown event. The request for street closure is as follows:

W. Las Palmas between N 2nd Street and Plaza from 5am to 3pm Street Closure Cost- Public Works
Initial Street Closure:

Labor : $1,072 (4 Crew @ $134/HR x 2HRs) ($134/HR per person for any additional time spent working the event.)

7.7 Packet Pg. 180
Equipment:
-Barricades (8): $384 ($4/HR x 12HRs)
-Large Blocking Devices (2): $288 ($12/HR x 12HRs) (Large vehicles blocking intersection.) -Arrow Board Rental (2): $175
-Safety Cones (50): $323
Delivery: $90 Barricade delivery/pick up charge.

Encroachment Permit: $198 Standard Permit
SUB-TOTAL: $2,530
One Street Opening:

Labor: $1,072 (4 Crew @ $134/HR x 2HRs)
Equipment: $52 (Trucks & vehicles to pick up cones, barricades, arrow boards, etc.) (No Street Sweeper Necessary)
SUB-TOTAL: $1,124
Other: $548.10 (15%) Administrative Fee
TOTAL: $4,202.10

FISCAL IMPACT
This is a community event co-sponsored by the City of Patterson. The city's costs associated with the event are included in the annual budget and are primarily related to staff time spent to support the event.

7.7 Packet Pg. 181

7.7 Packet Pg. 182

7.7 Packet Pg. 183

CITY COUNCIL

RECOMMENDATION
Motion to Approve Resolution No. 2026-19 Proclaiming Arbor Week during March 7-14, 2026, in the City of Patterson.

BACKGROUND
The City of Patterson and many other communities in California work together to celebrate and promote the importance of California Arbor Week. The City of Patterson understands the importance of trees and obtained its Tree City USA status in 2016 through the Arbor Day Foundation with the assistance of the Cal-Fire Grant funds secured by the City. The City of Patterson has a goal to preserve as many trees as possible to obtain the benefits they supply, such as reduced energy costs, increased property values, aesthetics, and clean air.

This is a nationwide movement that provides the framework necessary for communities to manage and expand their urban forest. This is achieved by meeting four (4) core standards of sound: Urban Forestry Management, maintaining a tree department, having a community tree ordinance, and spending at least $2 per capita on Urban Forestry, and celebrating Arbor Day.

Currently, the city has an Urban Forestry Division and Parks Division whose primary responsibility is to maintain and preserve over 18,000 street and park trees. However, it is important that the city expands its efforts to the community through education and public outreach.

7.8 Packet Pg. 184

ANALYSIS
Every year during March 7-14, Californians celebrate Arbor Week by planting and maintaining trees within their communities. California Arbor Week helps unite the community and helps educate on the value trees provide to building successful, healthy cities, and neighborhoods.

Every year, the city holds Arbor Day events at various elementary schools and at city parks.

Food, activity stations, prizes, free giveaways, and educational tree plantings are held. This year, the city will not only focus on the importance of a healthy Urban Forest but also educating them about the importance of protecting the environment, through “Green Week.” Green Week is filled with activities developed around Trees, Water Conservation, Stormwater Management, Recycling, and Fats, Oils & Grease (FOG) Programs. This year’s Green Week includes school visits, tree plantings, a presentation, and an Arbor Day poster contest. Students will learn good environmental practices and inspire them to become Green Ambassadors in our community.

Green Week is also be promoted on all Social Media platforms to educate residents about environmental responsibility and sustainability in our community. The schedule of events for Green Week (March 10 - 14, 2026) are as follows:

Date Duration School Activities
March 11, 2026 11:00am to 12:30pm Del Puerto High
School
Arbor Day Presentation,
Tree Plantings, and Poster
Contest
March 13, 2026 8:00am to 12:00pm Las Palmas
Elementary School
Environmental Programs
Booth and Educational
Materials Distribution
Public Works is excited about “Green Week,” and we look forward to expanding this in years to come.

Attached for Council consideration and approval is the Resolution proclaiming Arbor Week.

FISCAL IMPACT
Funds for this event will be obtained from our Urban Forestry budget. Budget will cover the purchase of trees, prizes, water, and education & outreach materials needed for the event.

ATTACHMENT
Resolution No. 2026-19

7.8 Packet Pg. 185
1 of 1
RESOLUTION NO. 2026–19

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PATTERSON PROCLAIMING ARBOR WEEK DURING MARCH 7 -14, 2026 IN THE CITY OF PATTERSON WHEREAS, Arbor Day is celebrated nationally to encourage Americans to maintain and replenish our country's vast forests, orchards, and woodlands; and
WHEREAS, In California, we also observe Arbor Day starting on the birthday of Luther Burbank, a famed California horticulturalist whose life's labor produced hundreds of plants and trees that have contributed to the natural splendor and food production in our state; and WHEREAS, California Arbor Week has the involvement of the City of Patterson; and WHEREAS, The City of Patterson is improving our community by planting and maintaining over 18,000 trees and continues working to improve the quality of life in Patterson; and WHEREAS, Trees are a valuable economic asset in our cities that help maintain or increase property values and attract business and new residents in urban areas; and WHEREAS, Trees play an important role in energy conservation by modifying temperature extremes with shade and humidity, and are particularly important in reducing the amount of energy consumed in heating and cooling buildings and homes; and
WHEREAS, Trees planted in urban areas play a significant role in meeting the state's greenhouse gas emission reduction targets by sequestering carbon as well as reducing energy consumption; and WHEREAS, Trees directly contribute to improving California's air quality by reducing air pollution by removing airborne particulates from the atmosphere and helping to purify the air; and WHEREAS, Trees play a significant role in protecting and purifying California's limited water resources by reducing surface runoff, contributing to storm water management activity and protecting urban water resources; and
WHEREAS, Trees provide essential habitat for much of California's wildlife, including many listed, threatened, and endangered species; and
WHEREAS, Trees enhance the aesthetic quality of life in urban communities by providing a natural buffer for surface noise and natural recreational resources for California's children and at-risk youth.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED THAT THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PATTERSON HEREBY proclaim March 7 through March 14, of 2016 as California Arbor Week, and urge all citizens to observe and celebrate the week by planting trees for our own benefit and for the benefit of future generations.

7.8 Packet Pg. 186
1 of 1
The foregoing resolution was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Patterson held on the 17th day of March 2026 by ________________, who moved its adoption, which motion was duly seconded by __________________, and the resolution adopted by the following roll call vote:

AYES:

NOES:

EXCUSED:

APPROVED:

Michael Clauzel
Mayor of the City of Patterson
ATTEST:

DATED:
______________________________________
City Clerk of the City of Patterson

7.8 Packet Pg. 187

CITY COUNCIL

AGENDA REPORT
TO: Mayor Clauzel and Members of the City Council
FROM: Fernando Ulloa, City Manager
BY: Sonia Delgado, Interim Public Works Director
MEETING DATE: March 17, 2026
ITEM NO: 8.1
SUBJECT: Approve Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project with Alliance Building Solutions, LLC (ABS) and Authorize Execution of Related Agreements and Financing Pursuant to California Government Code Sections 4217.10–4217.18 and Authorize the Director of Finance to Appropriate Funds as Needed to Carry Out Related Expenses.

RECOMMENDATION
Motion to Approve Energy Services Project, Resolutions, and Associated Agreements and recommend City Council take the following actions:

1. Conduct the Public Hearing in accordance with California Government Code Sections 4217.12 and 4217.13.

2. Adopt Resolution No. 2026-15 awarding an Energy Services Contract to Alliance Building Solutions, LLC (ABS) for energy efficiency and renewable energy improvements at various City of Patterson (City) facilities and authorizing the City Manager or designee to:
o Execute an Energy Services & Installation Agreement in an amount not to exceed $4,794,785.
o Execute a Measurement & Verification (M&V) Agreement. o Make the required findings under California Government Code Sections 4217.10– 4217.18 that the anticipated cost savings will be sufficient to offset the cost of the energy conservation measure over the life of the project.

3. Adopt Resolution No. 2026-16 authorizing the City Manager, or designee, to execute and deliver financing documents associated with a Lease Purchase Agreement, an Escrow

8.1 Packet Pg. 188
Agreement and an Equipment Schedule in an amount not to exceed $4,824,685.00, with a financing interest rate not to exceed 4.88%.

BACKGROUND
Government Code Section 4217 Authority
California Government Code Section 4217 was enacted in 1984 in response to rising energy costs and allows public agencies to enter into energy services contracts for energy conservation and renewable energy improvements without utilizing the traditional competitive bidding process, provided that certain statutory requirements are satisfied.

Under this authority, public agencies may combine the design, installation, and financing of energy improvements under a single agreement. The statute also allows agencies to fund capital improvements through projected operational savings generated by the implemented energy conservation measures. Prior to approving a contract under Section 4217, the governing body must:

1. Provide a minimum of two-week public notice prior to contract approval; and

2. Determine that anticipated cost savings from the project will offset the cost of the improvements over the life of the project.

This performance-based contracting model allows agencies to modernize aging infrastructure and reduce long-term operating costs without requiring significant upfront capital expenditures.

Project Initiation
As part of the City’s ongoing efforts to reduce energy consumption, address aging infrastructure, and mitigate rising utility costs, staff initiated an evaluation of energy use across multiple City facilities. In December 2024, the City engaged Alliance Building Solutions (ABS), an Energy Services Company (ESCO), to conduct a comprehensive no-cost feasibility study. The study included:
• Facility site assessments
• Equipment inventories
• Utility consumption analysis
• Solar production modeling
• Preliminary financial projections
A Public Hearing regarding the proposed project was held on December 16, 2025, and continued to January 20, 2026. At that time, staff recommended postponing the award of the contract in order to allow additional time for due diligence and financial review. Following the postponement, staff engaged the City’s financial advisor, bond counsel, and legal counsel to review the proposed financing structure, contractual protections, and statutory compliance requirements associated with the project. While this review addressed legal and financial considerations, staff was unable to conduct a comprehensive independent validation of baseline energy consumption data across all City facilities used in the project’s savings analysis due to project time constraints. The baseline assumptions used in the financial model were developed by ABS as part of the feasibility study and have not been independently verified by City staff.

However, the proposed agreement includes a performance-based energy savings guarantee, which requires ABS to reimburse the City for any verified shortfall between projected and actual

8.1 Packet Pg. 189
energy savings, as determined through the Measurement and Verification (M&V) process.

This item is therefore presented to the City Council for consideration and potential approval of the Energy Services Contract pursuant to Government Code Section 4217.

ANALYSIS
Due Diligence and Project Refinement
Since postponement, staff worked closely with ABS to:
• Refining the project scope and pricing
• Strengthening contractual language
• Clarify financing terms and repayment structure
• Incorporate performance guarantees related to measurement and verification of energy savings
Staff also undertook additional coordination and review activities, including:
• Consultation with the Turlock Irrigation District (TID) regarding system alignment and net energy considerations
• Evaluation of the City’s existing 2013 Chevron Energy Efficiency and Solar Project, which remains under repayment through April 2029
• Initiation of independent vendor review of solar system performance assumptions Due to time constraints, the independent vendor review of solar system performance assumptions was not completed.

Coordination with Existing Chevron Energy Project
During staff’s review of the City’s existing 2013 Chevron Energy Efficiency and Solar Project, it was identified that a portion of the projected energy savings associated with the Water Quality Control Facility solar arrays had already been contractually attributed to the Chevron project, which remains under repayment through April 2029.

The initial financial model developed for the ABS project incorporated these same savings in the overall savings projections. This created a potential overlap with savings that are currently committed to repayment of the Chevron project.

Under the revised financial structure, the savings associated with these solar arrays will not be applied to the ABS project until the Chevron repayment obligation concludes in April 2029.

Beginning in Year 4 of the ABS financing term, the full value of these solar savings would then be realized under the ABS project.

Performance Guarantee and Measurement & Verification
The proposed Energy Services Agreement includes a performance-based energy savings guarantee, which requires ABS to ensure that the implemented energy conservation measures achieve the projected level of savings. The actual project performance will be evaluated annually using a Measurement and Verification (M&V) methodology, which is a standard industry practice used to verify energy savings.

8.1 Packet Pg. 190
If verified savings fall below the guaranteed level, ABS will be contractually obligated to reimburse the City for the difference, thereby ensuring that the City does not incur additional energy costs beyond the guaranteed savings level.

Scope of Work
The proposed project is designed to help the City to proactively address infrastructure that would otherwise require funding through future Capital Improvement Program (CIP) allocations. By bundling improvements under a design-build delivery model, the City benefits from economies of scale, reduced procurement time and minimized administrative burden. The contract provides a firm-fixed price with a no-change order policy, shifting performance and financial risk to ABS.

The following table includes the breakdown by facility for Solar Improvements/Energy Efficiency Upgrades, not including issuance costs:

City Facility Improvements Solar System
Improvements
Energy
Efficiency
Improvements
O&M
Annual
Costs
Facility
Total(s)
Aquatic
Center (W.

Las Palmas)
HVAC control upgrades $0 $15,108 $1,600 $16,708
New
Corporation
Yard
(Baldwin)
LED lighting retrofit, Split
condenser replacements,
HVAC control upgrades
$0 $208,037 $750 $208,787
City Hall
(Plaza Circle)
HVAC replacements, Boiler
and hot water pump
replacements, LED lighting
retrofit; HVAC control
upgrades, New solar panel
system, Roof replacement
$114,299 $824,265 $400 $938,964
Fire Station
No. 1 (W. Las
Palmas)
HVAC replacement, LED
lighting retrofit, HVAC
control upgrades, New solar
panel system; Roof
replacement
$104,286 $170,581 $600 $275,467
Fire Station
No. 2
(Keystone)
HVAC replacement, LED
lighting retrofit; Split
condenser replacements,
HVAC control upgrades,
New solar panel system
$183,610 $190,480 $350 $374,440
Old Corp
Yard (S. 4th
Street)
LED lighting retrofit; New
solar panel system $64,045 $2,767 $250 $67,062
Senior Center
(W. Las
Palmas)
LED lighting retrofit;
HVAC control upgrades $0 $69,552 $1,800 $71,352
Well Sites #8,
#9, #11 New solar panel systems $1,845,270 $0 $2,600 $1,847,870 WQCF (North
and South)
Upgrade existing solar
arrays with 2026 central
string inverters
$968,731 $33,753 $6,650 $1,009,134
Total (s) $3,280,241 $1,514,543 $15,000 $4,809,784*
*The Facilities Total includes $15,000 O&M costs.

8.1 Packet Pg. 191
This scope includes the proposed installation of solar panels at three city well sites (Well 8, 9 & 11) as part of the energy project. At the same time, due to anticipated regulatory requirements related Chromium-6, temporary wellhead treatment may be required at certain wells until a longterm treatment solution is implemented. Based on a preliminary review by the city’s water consultant, the operational considerations such as equipment spacing, maintenance access and existing infrastructure may limit the ability to accommodate both solar installations and treatment systems at the same location. Modifications to Wells 8 and 9 solar systems can be made without affecting ABS’s warranties or savings guarantee, as long as they are approved by ABS. Guaranteed savings for the modified systems will be updated in the M&V Agreement, with other sites unaffected. Should wellhead treatment ultimately be required where space is constrained, major adjustments to the solar panels will be necessary, which will result in additional costs to the city.

Investment Tax Credit (ITC)
The federal ITC is a financial incentive designed to encourage investment in renewable energy systems, such as solar photovoltaic (PV) installations. The ITC allows a percentage of the total eligible project cost to be claimed as a credit, effectively reducing the overall cost of the solar installation. For municipal projects completed through third-party financing, the value of the credit is typically passed back to the City through the project’s financial structure.

The project includes pursuit of a federal Investment Tax Credit (ITC) under the Inflation Reduction Act, estimated at $785,914 related to solar installations. Because municipalities do not pay federal income taxes, the ITC would be received as a direct payment from the federal government upon successful application and qualification. However, the ITC is not guaranteed. Eligibility depends on:
• Procurement compliance
• Construction completion timelines
• Federal filing requirements
In order to maintain compliance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and California’s Proposition 218 mandates, credits would be returned proportionally to each originating fund based on each funds share of eligible projects costs. Estimated allocation of ITC proceeds:

Fund Facilities ITC
Allocation
General Fund City Hall, Fire Station No. 1, Old Corporation Yard $96,094
Public Safety CFD
Fund Fire Station No. 2 $62,427
Water Enterprise
Fund Wells #8, #9, #11 $627,392
Total(s) $785,913
ABS does not guarantee receipt of the ITC because some of the requirements are beyond their control.

8.1 Packet Pg. 192
Measurement & Verification (M&V) and Savings Guarantee
As part of the Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project with Alliance Building Solutions, LLC (ABS), the City will implement a performance-based energy savings guarantee supported by an annual M&V process.

Guaranteed Project Savings
• ABS guarantees that the City will realize total annual project savings comprising utility savings, operational savings, capital cost avoidance, rebates and the Solar Investment Tax Credit (ITC) sufficient to cover annual lease payments under the project financing. • These savings are based on current IRS rules and regulations and ABS is not liable for any future amendments or changes to these rules.
• The City is solely responsible for any applications required to claim the Solar ITC.

Effective Date
The M&V and savings guarantee become effective on the date of final acceptance of the Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program and upon receipt of final payment for the associated Installation Agreement.
• Project savings verified during construction will be applied to the first year’s guaranteed savings.

Annual M&V Reporting
• ABS will complete and deliver an annual M&V Report within 120 days of the anniversary of final acceptance and annually thereafter.
• If the annual report shows that the guaranteed project savings are achieved or exceeded, ABS has fulfilled its guarantee, and the City shall accept the report. • If savings fall short, ABS will:

1. Repair, replace, or substitute the Energy Efficiency Measures (EEMs) not performing to the required level;

2. Re-perform M&V for the affected EEMs;

3. Amend or supplement the M&V Report.
• If, after corrective action, verified savings are still below the guaranteed amount, ABS will reimburse the City for the shortfall.
• If emergency service is requested by the “Purchaser” and inspection does not reveal any defect for which “ABS” is liable under this Agreement, the “Purchaser” will be charged at “ABS”’s current emergency charge rates. Rate will be $750/hr in year 1 and escalates 5% annually thereafter.

Excess Savings
• Any savings above the guaranteed amount in a given year may be applied to prior or future year shortfalls.
• The guarantee remains in effect for the term of the agreement; cancellation of the agreement terminates the savings guarantee.

8.1 Packet Pg. 193
Guaranteed Savings by Year
The Guaranteed Savings table below reflects the lease payments that were previously included in the cash flow analysis used to generate level annual level of cash flow. Under the Measurement and Verification (M&V) Agreement, the guaranteed savings are typically structured to match the annual lease payments. However, based on guidance from the City’s Financial Advisor and staff, the first two years of lease payments were increased to avoid negative amortization. To maintain consistency, the original lease payment amounts were incorporated into the M&V Agreement as the guaranteed savings, and the agreement language was adjusted accordingly to preserve the guaranteed savings level.

Year Guaranteed Savings ($)
1 203,390 11 468,102
2 212,286 12 486,155
3 286,632 13 504,878
4 358,523 14 524,295
5 372,530 15 544,434
6 387,050 16 565,323
7 402,107 17 586,990
8 417,718 18 609,464
9 433,908 19 632,776
10 450,694 20 642,010
Total $9,089,265
This M&V framework provides accountability and financial protection for the City, ensuring that the ABS project delivers verified energy and operational savings over the useful life of the installed equipment.

Financing
To fund the improvements identified in the project scope, the City will enter into a 20-year taxexempt, non-appropriation lease purchase agreement with Metro Futures, Inc. (MFI). The repayment structure is designed so that realized energy and operational savings, reflected in reduced electricity and operations costs, will be used to pay down the loan. These costs are currently supported by multiple funding sources, the majority of which are within the Enterprise Funds (Water and Sewer) and the General Fund.

Key terms of the financing include:

Term Detail
Financing
Amount
$4,824,685
Interest Rate 4.88% fixed
Term 20 years (40 semi-annual payments)
Total
Payments
$8,163,912.92
Security City retains title to all equipment; MFI holds a first-priority lien via UCC-1

8.1 Packet Pg. 194
filing
Payment
Structure
Semi-annual payments in arrears
Prepayment The Lessee can prepay the lease in full on any scheduled lease payment date where there is an applicable concluding payment. The Lessee will pay the then-scheduled lease payment and the applicable concluding payment.

The concluding payment of principal has the prepay provision as follows:

Years 1-4 Non-Callable
Years 5-6 103%
Years 7-8 102%
Years 9-10 101%
Year 11-20 100%
Use of
Proceeds
Installation of energy efficiency measures, renewable energy systems, and related project equipment
Legal and Tax
Compliance
City will engage legal counsel and tax counsel to confirm valid formation, financing structure, and tax-exempt status. All costs are included in financing.

Insurance City will provide property and liability coverage, with MFI listed as Loss Payee and Certificate Holder
CDIAC Filing MFI will submit debt issuance reports to the California Debt and Investment Advisory Commission (CDIAC) at no additional cost (not exceeding $5,000)
Rate Lock Interest rate can be locked once Council approval and firm funding date are confirmed
The lease structure allows annual payments to be appropriated within the City’s budget, with energy and operational savings projected to offset costs. The City will receive an amortization schedule detailing semi-annual principal and interest components over the life of the lease.

Environmental Review
The project qualifies for a categorical exemption under CEQA Guidelines Sections 15301 (Existing Facilities) and 15303 (New Construction or Conversion of Small Structures), as the work consists primarily of equipment replacement and solar installation at existing facilities.

Legal Review
All agreements, resolutions, and financing documents have been reviewed and approved as to form by:
• City Attorney (White Brenner)
• Bond Counsel (Jones Hall)
• Financial Advisor (Del Rio Advisors)
Public Hearing
Notice of the Public Hearing was published in the City’s local newspaper on February 26, 2026, satisfying the 14-day notice requirement under Government Code Sections 4217.12 and 4217.13.

8.1 Packet Pg. 195

FISCAL IMPACT
Total project cost, including issuance, is $4,824,685. The proposed financing will require the City to make annual lease payments of approximately $235,445 to $575,904 over the 20-year term, totaling $8,163,912.92. These payments are structured to be covered by projected energy, operational and capital cost savings, along with rebates and the potential federal Solar Investment Tax Credit (ITC). The ITC incentive is not guaranteed.

Per the Sources and Uses of Funds for the Lease Purchase Agreement, the costs of issuance total $29,900. Total cost is as follows:

Sources:

COPF Financing $4,824,685
Total Sources $4,824,685
Uses:

Project Cost $4,794,785
Cost of Issuance:

Metro Futures $5,000
Financial Advisor $2,400
Placement Agent $2,500
Bond Counsel $20,000
Total Cost of Issuance $29,900
Total Uses $4,824,685

EXHIBITS
All exhibits, presentation, project scope, agreements, and any other related documents were posted on the City of Patterson website prior to the scheduled Public Hearing set for Tuesday, March 17, 2026 @ 7:00 p.m. at the City Council Chambers. 1) Exhibit A - Resolution No. 2026-15 Authorizing Contract with ABS 2) Exhibit B - Resolution No. 2026-16 Authorizing the City to Enter into a Lease Purchase Agreement
3) Exhibit C - ABS, City Installation Agreement
4) Exhibit D - Lease Purchase Agreement Tax-Exempt (BQ) 5) Exhibit E - ABS - City of Patterson MV Agreement
6) Exhibit F – Feasibility Study
7) Exhibit G - Project Cost and Savings Breakdown
8) Exhibit H - Energy Project Scope Matrix
9) Exhibit I - City of Patterson Energy Schedule
10) Exhibit J - City of Patterson Solar Schedule
11) Exhibit K - Financing Proposal & Amortization Schedule 12) Exhibit L - Cash Flow - City of Patterson
13) Exhibit M - ITC Tax Rebate Allocation Memo
14) Exhibit N - Energy Project Council Presentation
15) Exhibit O - ABS References
16) Exhibit P - Notice of Public Hearing-Proof of Publication

8.1 Packet Pg. 196
1 of 4
RESOLUTION NO. 2026-15

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PATTERSON AUTHORIZING THE

EXECUTION OF AN ENERGY SERVICES CONTRACT WITH ALLIANCE BUILDING

SOLUTIONS, LLC REGARDING THE CONSTRUCTION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION

MEASURES
WHEREAS, the City of Patterson (“City”) desires to address long-standing capital improvement needs and reduce energy and operating costs in municipal operations; and WHEREAS, Alliance Building Solutions, LLC. (ABS) performed an energy/operational audit and developed a proposed project for cost-effective energy and operating savings in various City facilities; and WHEREAS, ABS and City staff have formulated a proposed scope of services that includes lighting replacements, HVAC / mechanical replacements, controls replacements, electrical replacements, re-roofing and renewable energy systems at City facilities; and
WHEREAS, the cost of these energy conservation measures (ECMs) is determined to be four million seven hundred ninety-four thousand seven hundred eighty-five dollars ($4,794,785); and WHEREAS, ABS estimates that the City will realize gross savings over the lifetime of the measures, which range from ten (10) to thirty (30) years depending on the measure, of sixteen million five hundred ten thousand seven hundred fifty dollars ($16,510,750); and WHEREAS, California Government Code sections 4217.10 to 4217.18, authorize the City of Patterson to enter into an Energy Services Contract for the implementation of energy conservation measures on terms that the City Council finds are in the best interests of the City if the determination is made at a regularly scheduled public hearing with at least two (2) weeks advance notice and the City Council finds that the anticipated cost to the City for thermal or electrical energy or conservation services provided under the contract will be less than the anticipated marginal cost to the City of thermal, electrical, or other energy that would have been consumed by the City in the absence of those purchases; and
WHEREAS, the proposed Energy Services Contract includes an Installation Agreement, under which ABS will provide the City with an Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program at a cost of four million seven hundred ninety-four thousand seven hundred eighty-five dollars ($4,794,785); and WHEREAS, the proposed Energy Services Contract also includes a Measurement and Verification Agreement with a savings guarantee for the Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program; and WHEREAS, City staff has reviewed reports prepared by ABS and concluded that the total cost of the energy efficiency upgrades provided under the proposed contract will be less than the anticipated marginal cost to the City of thermal, electrical, or other energy that would have been consumed by the City in absent of the proposed project during the useful life of the improvements; and

8.1 Packet Pg. 197
2 of 4
WHEREAS, in accordance with Government Code section 4217.12, the City posted notice of a public hearing at least two (2) weeks in advance of the City Council meeting where this Resolution was considered.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Patterson as follows:

SECTION 1. RECITALS. The recitals hereto are true and correct and by this reference incorporated herein.

SECTION 2. FINDINGS. As required by Government Code section 4217.12, the City Council hereby finds that:
• The proposed Energy Services Contract with ABS, including the Installation Agreement and Measurement and Verification Agreement, is in the best interests of the City. • The anticipated cost to the City for thermal or electrical energy or conservation improvements under the Energy Services Contract will be less than the anticipated marginal cost to the City of thermal, electrical, or other energy that would have been consumed by the City in the absence of those purchases. • These findings are being made at a regularly scheduled public hearing, public notice of which was given at least two (2) weeks in advance.

SECTION 3. The Installation Agreement in an amount not to exceed four million seven hundred ninetyfour thousand seven hundred eighty-five dollars ($4,794,785) and the Measurement and Verification Agreement are hereby approved. The City Manager is authorized to execute the agreements, attached as Exhibit A and incorporated hereto, subject to any modifications approved by the City Attorney. The City Manager is further authorized to execute any related and necessary implementation documents SECTION 4. CEQA. The Council finds that the proposed energy conservation measures to facilities as described in the staff report qualifies for a categorical exemption under the California Environmental Quality Act Guideline Section (CEQA) § 15301 (a), Class 1 (Existing Facilities) and 15303 (New Construction or Conversion of Small Structures), as the work consists primarily of equipment replacement and solar installation at existing facilities.

SECTION 5. This Resolution shall take effect and be in full force immediately after its adoption by the City Council.

The foregoing resolution was adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on March 17, 2026, by __________________________, who moved its adoption, which motion was duly seconded by ________________________, and the resolution adopted by the following roll call vote:

AYES:

NOES:

EXCUSED:

8.1 Packet Pg. 198
3 of 4
APPROVED:

Michael Clauzel
Mayor of the City of Patterson
ATTEST:

DATED:
______________________________________
City Clerk of the City of Patterson

8.1 Packet Pg. 199
4 of 4

EXHIBIT A
Installation Agreement and Measurement and Verification Agreement

8.1 Packet Pg. 200

Page 1 of 4 ends

RESOLUTION NO. 2026-16

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PATTERSON, AUTHORIZING

THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF A LEASE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, AN ESCROW

AGREEMENT AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
The undersigned, being the City Council of the City of Patterson (the “Lessee”), a body politic and corporate duly organized and existing as a political subdivision of the State of California, does hereby consent to the taking of the following actions by the Lessee as of the date hereof; WHEREAS, the City Council desires to cause the Lessee and hereby authorizes the Lessee by the laws of the State of California to purchase, acquire, and lease personal property for the benefit of the Lessee and those it provides services to and to enter into contracts with respect thereto; WHEREAS, the City Council desires to cause Lessee to purchase, acquire, and lease certain equipment constituting personal property (the “Equipment”) necessary for the Lessee to perform essential governmental functions as deemed necessary and/or desirable by its Designated Officers (defined below);
WHEREAS, the City Council desires to cause Lessee to finance the Equipment in an amount not to exceed $4,824,685.00 (the “Financed Amount”);
WHEREAS, the City Council desires to cause Lessee to finance the Equipment at an interest rate not to exceed 4.88%;
WHEREAS, in order to acquire such Equipment, the Lessee proposes to enter into one or more Lease Purchase Agreements (together with the Equipment Schedules and all related exhibits, schedules, and certificates attached thereto, the “Lease Agreements”) with Metro Futures, Inc., a California corporation (the “Lessor”) for the Financed Amount secured in part by the Equipment, and one Escrow Agreement (together the Disbursement/Payment Request Form and Acceptance Certificate, the “Escrow Agreement”) with the Lessor and an escrow agent (approved by Lessor), the forms of which have been presented to the City Council of the Lessee at this meeting; WHEREAS, the City Council of the Lessee deems it for the benefit of the Lessee and for the efficient and effective administration thereof to enter into the Transaction Documents for the purchase, acquisition, and leasing of the Equipment to be therein described on the terms and conditions therein provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Patterson as follows:

RESOLVED, that the City Council of the Lessee hereby approves the form, terms, and provisions of the Transaction Documents in substantially the forms presented to the City Council on or about the date hereof;

8.1 Packet Pg. 201

Page 2 of 4 ends

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the City Council of the Lessee hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager of the Lessee, and such other persons he may delegate (the “Designated Officers”), and each of them individually, on behalf of the Lessee, to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents RESOLVED FURTHER, that the execution of the Transaction Documents by any Designated Officer shall constitute conclusive evidence of such officer’s and the City Council’s approval of any such changes, insertions, revisions, corrections, or amendments to the Transaction Documents.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Designated Officers and employees of the Lessee shall take all action necessary or reasonably required by the Transaction Documents to carry out, give effect to, and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby and to take all action necessary in conformity therewith;
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Designated Officers and all other officers and employees of the Lessee are hereby directed and authorized to take and shall take all action necessary or reasonably required in order to select, purchase, and take delivery of the Equipment.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that Nothing contained in this Resolution or the Transaction Documents shall be construed with respect to the Lessee as incurring a pecuniary liability or charge upon the general credit of the Lessee or against its taxing power, nor shall the breach of any provision contained in this Resolution or the Transaction Documents impose any pecuniary liability upon the Lessee or any charge upon its general credit or against its taxing power, except to the extent that the rental payments payable under the Transaction Documents are special limited obligations of the Lessee as provided therein;
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Designated Officers are each hereby designated to act as authorized representatives of the Lessee for purposes of the Transaction Documents until such time as the City Council of the Lessee shall remove such designation.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any actions authorized pursuant to the authority given hereunder and heretofore taken by the Lessee, or any Designated Officer on behalf of the Lessee, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the foregoing resolutions be, and they hereby are, approved, ratified and confirmed in all respects;
RESOLVED FURTHER, Pursuant to California Government Code Section 5852.1, the Municipal Advisor has provided good faith estimates of the Lease Agreements as described under the Financial Summary attached hereto.

This Written Consent may be executed in multiple counterparts, and all such executed counterparts shall constitute the same instrument.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Pursuant to California Government Code Section 5852.1, the Municipal Advisor identified below has provided the following required information to the City of Patterson (the “City”), at which meeting they will consider the authorization of the obligation identified below.

8.1 Packet Pg. 202

Page 3 of 4 ends

1. Municipal Advisor: Del Rio Advisors, LLC

2. Meeting Date: March 17, 2026

3. Obligation: City of Patterson, 2026 Lease Purchase Agreement (the “Lease”)

4. The Municipal Advisor has provided the following required good faith estimates relating to the Lease:
a. The true interest cost of the Lease, which means the rate necessary to discount the amounts payable on the respective principal and interest payment dates to the purchase price received for the new issue (to the nearest ten-thousandth of one percent): 4.88000%.
b. The finance charge of the Lease, which means the sum of all fees and charges paid to third parties , including the cost of credit enhancement: $29,900.00. c. The amount of proceeds received by the public body for sale of the Lease, less the finance charge of the Lease described in subparagraph (b) and any reserves or capitalized interest paid or funded with proceeds of the Lease: $4,794,785.00. d. The total payment amount, which means the sum total of all payments the public body will make to pay debt service on the Lease plus the finance charge of the Lease described in subparagraph (b) not paid with the proceeds of the Lease (which total payment amount shall be calculated to the final maturity of the Lease):
$8,163,912.12.

The foregoing estimates constitute good-faith estimates only. The actual principal amount of the Lease issued, the true interest cost thereof, the finance charges thereof, the amount of proceeds received therefrom, and the total payment amount with respect thereto may differ from such good faith estimates due to a variety of factors. The actual interest rate borne by the Lease and the actual amortization of the Lease will depend on market interest rates at the time of placement thereof. Market interest rates are affected by economic and other factors beyond the control of the City. [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

8.1 Packet Pg. 203

Page 4 of 4 ends

AYES:

NOES:

EXCUSED:

APPROVED:

Michael Clauzel
Mayor of the City of Patterson
ATTEST:

DATED:
______________________________________
City Clerk of the City of Patterson

8.1 Packet Pg. 204
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135

INSTALLATION AGREEMENT
FOR

CITY OF PATTERSON

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
ATTACHMENTS:
• Attachment A – Scope of Work
• Attachment B – Lighting Systems
• Attachment C – Mechanical Systems
• Attachment D – Control Systems
• Attachment E – Electrical Systems
• Attachment F – Building Envelope Systems
• Attachment G – Renewable Energy Systems

8.1 Packet Pg. 205
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135

ALLIANCE INSTALLATION AGREEMENT
This Installation Agreement (“Agreement”) dated / / (“Effective Date”) is made by and between:
and
Purchaser and ABS may be referred to hereinafter individually as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties.” There are no other parties to this Agreement.

RECITALS
A. ABS is a full-service energy service contractor with the qualifications and technical capabilities to provide the services described in this Agreement and desires to enter into this Agreement with Purchaser.

B. Purchaser wishes to engage ABS, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to provide Purchaser with an Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program.

C. This Agreement constitutes an “energy service contract” within the meaning of Government Code Section 4217.10 et seq.

D. Government Code Section 4217.10 et seq. (i) authorizes public agencies to enter into energy service contracts that satisfy the requirements of California Government Code Section 4217.12, (ii) allows public agencies to award such energy services contracts on the basis of the experience of the contractor, the type of technology employed by the contractor, the cost to the public agency, and any other relevant considerations, and (iii) expressly provides public agencies with the greatest possible flexibility in structuring such energy service contracts so that economic benefits may be maximized and financing and other costs associated with the design and construction of alternate energy projects may be minimized.

E. The City Council for the City of Patterson has determined that the work to be provided by ABS under this Agreement satisfies the requirements of Government Code Section 4217.12 and has further determined, at a regularly scheduled public hearing of which public notice was given at least two weeks in advance, that the terms of this Agreement are in the best interests of the Purchaser.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective rights and obligations of the Parties set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. SCOPE OF WORK. “ABS” shall provide “Purchaser” with and Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program, as identified in the following Attachments and incorporated herein by reference (hereinafter referred to as the “Work”) at the total fixed price of $4,794,785 including required taxes, Bonds, and other costs necessary to fulfill ABS’s responsibilities under this Agreement (the “Contract Amount”). “ABS” is responsible for the design, engineering, permits, fees, approvals, project management, installation, startup, training, checkout, warranty, and insurance specifically associated with the Work to be performed. “ABS” is not City of Patterson
(“Purchaser”) with its principal place of business at
1 Plaza, P.O. Box 667, Patterson, CA 95363
Alliance Building Solutions, LLC.
(“ABS”) with its principal place of business at
12520 High Bluff Drive, Ste 345, San Diego, CA 92130

8.1 Packet Pg. 206
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135
responsible for any balancing, duct cleaning, equipment, systems, controls, comfort problems, etc. not specifically included in the Agreement. “ABS” will provide submittals and engineering drawings (if required), for “Purchaser’s” technical review and written approval, prior to initiating construction. All construction and associated cleanup shall be performed and scheduled so as to minimize any disruption with any ongoing “Purchaser” activities. “ABS” requires all underground conduits between building to be clear of obstruction, of sufficient size to accommodate new wire and cable, and easily accessible. The “Purchaser” is responsible for Ethernet drops and WiFi access at each location for Energy Management Systems communication.

This agreement is based upon the use of straight time labor only unless stated otherwise in this agreement. “Purchaser” agrees to provide “ABS” with required field utilities (electricity, toilets, drinking water, etc.) without charge. “ABS” agrees to keep the jobsite clean of debris arising out of its own operations. “Purchaser” shall not back charge “ABS” for any cost or expenses without written consent from “ABS”. Unless specifically noted in the statement of the scope of the work or services undertaken by “ABS” under this agreement, “ABS’” obligations under this agreement expressly exclude any work or service of any nature associated or connected with the identification, abatement, cleanup, control, removal or disposal of environment hazards or dangerous substances, to include and not to be limited to asbestos, Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), or mold discovered in or on the premises. Any language or provision of the agreement elsewhere contained which may authorize or empower the “Purchaser” to change, modify or alter the scope of work or services to be performed by “ABS” shall not operate to compel “ABS” to perform any work related to hazards without “ABS’” express written consent.

2. INVOICING AND PAYMENTS. “ABS” will invoice the “Purchaser” for mobilization, predevelopment, engineering, bonding and insurance upon signing this Agreement for $479,478 due within 15 days. “ABS” will submit a Schedule of Values (“SOV”) for review and approval within 45 days of this Agreement signing for remaining scheduled payments. “Purchaser” agrees to pay “ABS” undisputed amounts invoiced 30 days after each invoice is received per agreed SOV.

ABS’s submission of an invoice shall constitute a representation to Purchaser that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and has been performed in accordance with this Agreement and the Standard of Care for ABS’s Work. Waivers of lien will be furnished upon request, as the work progresses, to the extent payments are received. If undisputed “ABS” invoices are not paid within 30 days of its issuance, it is considered delinquent and “ABS” may add 1% interest per month, or the maximum amount permitted under applicable law, whichever is less, onto delinquent amounts.

The “Purchaser” shall retain an amount equal to 5% of each progress payment. All accrued retention shall be payable upon 50% of completion of work. The remainder of retention shall be payable upon completion of the work. For custom orders, “ABS” can bill the “Purchaser” up to 50% of the price of the order upon placing the order.

Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, at the request and expense of ABS, securities equivalent to the amount withheld pursuant to the paragraph above shall be deposited with Purchaser, State Treasurer or with a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent, who shall then pay the retainage to ABS. Upon satisfactory completion of the Work, the securities shall be returned to ABS. Alternatively ABS may request, pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, and Purchaser shall make payment of retentions under the paragraph above directly to the escrow agent. ABS shall receive the interest earned on the investments upon the same terms provided for in Public Contract Code Section 22300 for securities deposited by ABS. Upon satisfactory completion of the Work, ABS shall receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest and payments received by the escrow agent from Purchaser. Either alternative may be exercised only if requested in writing by ABS within five (5) days after Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement.

ABS shall notify its Subcontractors in writing within fifteen (15) days of exercising this option. Securities eligible for investment under this Section shall include those listed in Government Code Section 16430 or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed to by ABS and Purchaser. ABS shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

3. INDEPENDENT CONTRACT. It is agreed between “Purchaser” and “ABS” that “ABS” shall perform the work as an independent contractor. “ABS” may use subcontractors to perform work hereunder, provided “ABS” shall fully pay said subcontractors and in all instances remain fully responsible for (a) the proper completion of this Agreement and (b)

8.1 Packet Pg. 207
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135
supervising such subcontractor’s work and for the quality of the work they produce. ABS shall ensure that each of the subcontractors holds all licenses legally required for the practice of its profession and in the classification(s) required for their respective work under this Agreement. ABS shall bind every subcontractor to the applicable terms of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and Purchaser nor shall the Agreement be construed to be for the benefit of any subcontractor.

ABS represents and warrants that neither it, nor any of its subcontractors, has been debarred by the California Labor Commissioner pursuant to Section 1777.1 of the California Labor Code or otherwise.

ABS represents and warrants that it is an equal opportunity employer and agrees that it shall not discriminate in violation of any applicable federal, state, or other law, rule or regulation, including, but not limited, to discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment on account of such person's race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or age. ABS shall apply such policy of nondiscrimination in connection with all activities related to ABS’s employees and subcontractors, including with respect to initial employment, promotion, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, and layoff or termination.

This contract is subject to prevailing wage law, including, but not limited to, California Labor Code Sections 1773.2 and 1775. ABS acknowledges that the Work will be subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the California Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”). ABS shall be responsible for ensuring that it and all of its Subcontractors are currently and properly registered with the DIR. ABS and each of its subcontractors shall comply with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code (“Labor Code”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Labor Laws”), including, without limitation, any applicable Labor Laws requiring the payment of prevailing wages, submission of payroll records for inspection, posting of required notices at the Project Site, and cooperation with the DIR.

4. MATERIALS. All materials shall be new, in compliance with all applicable laws and codes, and shall be covered by a manufacturer’s warranty, if appropriate. If the materials or equipment included in this Agreement become temporarily or permanently unavailable, then upon ABS’s reasonable request (with appropriate supporting documentation), the Parties shall execute a Change Order reflecting such equitable changes to this Agreement as may be necessary or appropriate under the circumstances. In the case of permanent unavailability, “ABS” shall be excused from furnishing said materials or equipment and shall propose a reasonable substitute. No additional compensation shall be given to ABS for substitute materials or equipment beyond the Contract Amount. Final equipment selections shall be coordinated with Purchaser personnel and meet or exceed the performance than the equipment shown in the Attachments.

5. COMPLETION. The work specified in Section 1 shall be considered completed upon approval by the “Purchaser”, provided that the “Purchaser’s” approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

6. WARRANTY. “ABS” warrants that the equipment manufactured by it shall be free from defects in material and workmanship arising from normal usage for a minimum period of one (1) year from delivery of said equipment. “ABS” warrants that for equipment furnished and/or installed by ABS but NOT manufactured by “ABS”, “ABS” will extend the same warranty and terms and conditions, which “ABS” received from manufacturer of said equipment. Within the warranty period, for equipment installed by “ABS”, if Purchaser provides written notice to “ABS” of any such defects within thirty (30) days after the appearance or discovery of such defect, “ABS” shall, at its option, repair or replace the defective equipment to “Purchaser”. All transportation charges incurred in connection with the warranty for equipment not installed by “ABS” is included in the Contract Amount. These warranties do not extend to any equipment which has been repaired by others, abused, altered or misused, or which has not been properly and reasonably maintained. These warranties are in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including but not limited to those of merchantability and fitness for a specific purpose.

8.1 Packet Pg. 208
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135

7. LIABILITY. Neither Party shall not be liable for any special, indirect, or consequential damages arising in any manner from the equipment or material furnished or the work performed pursuant to this Agreement.

8. TAXES. The price of this Agreement does include duties, sale, use, excise or other similar taxes required by federal, state or local laws in effect at the time of Agreement execution.

9. DELAYS. “ABS” shall not be liable for any delay in the performance of the work resulting from or attributed to a force majeure beyond “ABS”’ control, including but not limited to acts of God, riots, labor disputes, unknown conditions of the premises, acts or omissions of the “Purchaser”, or unforeseen delays caused by suppliers. In the event that ABS’s performance hereunder is impacted by such force majeure circumstances, then upon ABS’s reasonable request (with appropriate supporting documentation), the Parties shall execute a Change Order reflecting such equitable changes to this Agreement as may be necessary or appropriate under the circumstances.

10. REBATES, UTILITY INCENTIVES, AND GRANTS. Unless designated for public agencies, required by law to be awarded to a public agency, or otherwise stated in the project scope-of –work, or cash flow analysis, any and all rebates, incentives, grants that are earned through the course of this project from public or private utilities, municipalities, development districts or state funding are 100% the property of “ABS” or their designee. The paperwork, inspections and verification required to collect these monies are the sole responsibility of “ABS”. The Purchaser agrees to assist “ABS” where required by the jurisdiction in the form of data required for the application and authorizing signatures. In the event the Purchaser incurs expenses related to the processing of the applications, “ABS” shall reimburse these direct costs.

11. CHANGE ORDER (Mid-Performance Amendments). “ABS” and the “Purchaser” recognize that:
i. “Purchaser” may desire a mid-job change in the specifications or scope that would add time and cost to the specified work or inconvenience “ABS”.
ii. Other provisions of the Agreement may be difficult to carry out because of a force majeure. If these or other unforeseen events beyond the control of the Parties reasonably require adjustments to this Agreement, the Parties shall make a good faith attempt to agree on all necessary particulars.

Such agreements shall be put in writing, signed by the Parties and added to this Agreement. Failure to reach agreement shall be deemed a dispute to be resolved as agreed in section 19 of this Agreement.

12. TAX DEDUCTIONS. Unless otherwise stated in the contract, all eligible tax deductions associated with the work, that “Purchaser” is not eligible for, are agreed to be 100% the property of “ABS” or their designee. The paperwork, inspections and verification required to collect these incentives are the sole responsibility of “ABS”. In the event the customer incurs expenses related to the processing of the applications, “ABS” shall reimburse these direct costs.

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. “ABS” shall comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations. All licenses and permits required for the prosecution of the work shall be obtained and paid for by “ABS”. Each and every provision required by any Applicable Law to be included in this Agreement is hereby deemed to be so included, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if all such provisions are so included.

14. INSURANCE. “ABS” will maintain comprehensive liability and other insurance in the amount not less than those set forth below.
a. General Liability Insurance. A policy of commercial general liability insurance, written on an “occurrence” basis, providing coverage with not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury & property damage and must include a separate endorsement naming the “Purchaser”, its elected officials, its officers, agents and employees as additional insurance (“General Liability Policy”). The General Liability Policy shall include coverage for the contractual liability assumed by the ABS pursuant to this Agreement.

8.1 Packet Pg. 209
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135
b. Vehicle Liability Insurance. A policy of business vehicle liability insurance, written on an “occurrence” basis, with a combined single limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage (“vehicle Liability Policy”). The vehicle Liability Policy shall include coverage for owned, hired, and non-owned automobiles.
c. Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Worker’s compensation insurance as required by State law and employer’s liability insurance, written on an “occurrence” basis, with coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000. Notwithstanding the insurer rating standards set forth in this Agreement, coverage provided by the State Compensation Insurance Fund shall be deemed, with respect to the workers’ compensation insurance, to satisfy such insurer rating standards.
d. Professional Liability Insurance. Professional liability insurance with coverage in an amount of not less than $1,000,000 (Professional Liability Policy”), which the “Purchaser” acknowledges shall be written on a “claims made” basis. The Professional Liability Policy shall provide coverage for claims arising out of the performance of the Scope of Services pursuant to this Agreement. If an aggregate limit applies, such aggregate limit in the Professional Liability Policy shall not be less than $2,000,000. Prior to commencing the Scope of Services, and, if applicable, upon replacing the original Professional Liability Policy, the ABS shall provide the Purchaser a copy of any and all applicable claims-reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary: (i) ABS shall have the Professional Liability Policy, as described herein, in full force and effect prior to commencing the Scope of Services; (ii) each renewal or replacement of the Professional Liability Policy shall have a retroactive date that is prior to the date the ABS commenced the Scope of Services; and (iii) as a condition to final payment to ABS pursuant to this Agreement. If the claims reporting period applicable to the scope of Services, as specified in or determined pursuant to the Professional Liability Policy for the Scope of Services, will Terminate prior to the end of the two-year period following final payment to ABS pursuant to this Agreement, then ABS, as its cost, shall obtain and provide satisfactory evidence to the Purchaser of: (i) an endorsement to extend the claims reporting period to include whatever will remain of such two-year period; or (ii) a supplemental extended reporting period (tail) applicable to the Professional Liability Policy as required to provide coverage until the end of such two-year period. Such tail coverage shall be required, for example; (i) if ABS intends to switch insurance carriers and the prospective new carrier will not agree to cover claims arising from the Scope of Services submitted at any time prior to the end of the two-ear period following final payment to ABS pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) if ABSs business is to be wound-up or otherwise terminated, whether voluntarily or Involuntarily; or (iii) when necessary for any other reason to ensure that professional liability insurance applicable to the Scope of Services is in effect at all times required by this Agreement.
e. Insurer Rating Standards. The insurance policies required pursuant to this section must be issued by one or more insurers that are (i) licensed to do business in the State of California and (ii) have an A.M. Best Company rating of not less than “A-” and a financial size category of not less than “VII.” f. Duration of Insurance. Except as provided in this Agreement with respect to insurance written on a “claims made” basis, the ABS shall maintain the insurance required pursuant to this Agreement in effect at least until the date that is one year following final payment to the ABS pursuant to this Agreement. g. Additional Insured’s. The “Purchaser”, its elected officials, officers, employees, and agents shall all be named as additional insured, to the extent of the ABSs’ acts and omissions in connection with this Agreement, on all insurance that the consultant is to have in effect pursuant to this agreement, excepting the workers’ compensation insurance and the Professional Liability Policy. h. Waiver of Subrogation. ABS hereby waives, on behalf of its insurers, any and all rights to subrogation that any such insurer may acquire by virtue of the payment of any loss. Each of the General Liability Policy and The Vehicle Liability Policy shall be endorsed with a cross-liability endorsement and a waiver of the insurer’s

8.1 Packet Pg. 210
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135
rights of subrogation against the “Purchaser”. The policy of worker’s compensation insurance shall be endorsed with a waiver of the insurer’s rights of subrogation. i. ABS’s Insurance is Primary. To the extent permitted by law, insurance policies required by this Agreement to be maintained by the consultant shall be primary and non-contributing with respect to any insurance or selfinsurance programs covering the “Purchaser” or “Purchaser’s” Council membersthereof, or the “Purchaser’s” other officers, employees or agents. The General Liability Policy and the Vehicle Liability Policy shall be endorsed to provide that they are so primary and non-contributory. j. Evidence of Coverage. Prior to commencing the Scope of Services, the ABS shall provide to the “Purchaser” or “Purchaser” such duly-authorized and executed certificates of insurance evidencing that the insurance policies to be maintained by the ABS pursuant to this Agreement are in effect (each a “certificate of Insurance”), together with a copy of each endorsement to such insurance as is required pursuant to this Agreement. The delivery of such Certificates of Insurance and endorsements shall be a condition precedent to ABS commencing any of the Scope of Services. As applicable, the Certificate of Insurance shall identify those who are additional insured’s in accordance with this Agreement. Not less than Thirty days prior to the expiration of any insurance policy that the ABS is required to maintain pursuant to this Agreement, the ABS shall provide updated Certificates of Insurance to the “Purchaser” evidencing the renewal of such policy. k. Notice of Changes in Policies. Each certificate of Insurance and corresponding policy of insurance required pursuant to this Agreement shall expressly require, or be endorsed to require, that the insurer notify the “Purchaser” not less than thirty days prior to any cancellation, termination, reduction in coverage, or expiration without renewal of any such insurance policy, except for cancellation due to non-payment of premium, in which case the insurer shall provide such notice not less than ten days prior to cancellation.

Language in any Certificate of Insurance or policy of insurance to the effect that the insurer shall “endeavor” to provide such notice shall not be acceptable.
l. Subcontractor Insurance. ABS shall require that each of its Subcontractors comply with substantially the same requirements as are set forth in this Insurance section, except to the extent Purchaser has approved any different standards or requirements applicable to any particular Subcontractor.

15. BONDING. Bonds are subject to the procurement and installation portion of the contract. Payment and Performance Bonds, each for an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Amount, are required 10 days prior to start of procurement or installation. All M&V Agreements and Energy Savings Guarantees are specifically excluded.

16. INDEMNITY. To the fullest extent permitted by law (including, without limitation, California Civil Code Sections 2782 and 2782.8), ABS shall defend, indemnify, hold harmless, and release Purchaser, and Purchaser’s elected and appointed councils, commissions, directors, officers, employees, agents, and representatives (“Purchaser’s Agents”) from and against any and all actions, claims, loss, cost, damage, injury (including, without limitation, disability, injury or death of an employee of ABS or its subcontractors), expense and liability of every kind, nature and description to the extent caused in whole or in part by ABS’s negligence or relate to acts or omissions of ABS, or any direct or indirect subcontractor, employee, contractor, representative or agent of ABS, or anyone that ABS controls (collectively “Liabilities”). Upon receiving notice of a claim, ABS shall assume the defense of the claim, action, or proceeding through the prompt payment of all attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable discretion, of Purchaser’s counsel in defending such an action. Purchaser shall have the absolute and sole authority to control the litigation and make litigation decisions, including, but not limited to, selecting counsel to defend Purchaser and settlement or other disposition of the matter. Such obligations to defend, hold harmless and indemnify Purchaser and Purchaser’s Agents shall not apply to the extent that such Liabilities are caused in whole or in part by the negligence, active negligence, or willful misconduct of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Agents, but shall apply to all other Liabilities. With respect to third party claims against ABS, ABS waives any and all rights of any type of express or implied indemnity against Purchaser and Purchaser’s Agents. This indemnification obligation is not limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages or compensation payable to or for ABS or its agents under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts.

8.1 Packet Pg. 211
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135
Neither termination of this Agreement nor completion of the acts to be performed under this Agreement shall release ABS from its obligations to indemnify the Purchaser and Purchaser’s Agents.

Submission of insurance Certificates or other proof of compliance with the insurance requirements in this Agreement does not relieve ABS from liability under this indemnification clause. The obligations of this indemnity shall apply whether or not such insurance policies shall have been determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.

ABS shall require each of its Subcontractors to comply with the requirements of this section related to indemnifying, holding harmless, defending, and releasing Purchaser and Purchaser’s agents.

17. NOTICES. All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. Notice shall be deemed received upon the earlier of (i) if personally delivered, the date of delivery to the address of the person to receive such notice, (ii) if mailed, three (3) business days after the date of posting by the United States post office, postage prepaid, or (iii) if delivered by Federal Express or other overnight courier, the date delivered as shown on a receipt issued by the courier.

ABS: Alliance Building Solutions, LLC
12520 High Bluff Drive, Ste 345
San Diego, CA 92130
Purchaser: City of Patterson
1 Plaza
P.O. Box 667
Patterson, CA 95363
Attention: City Manager
Copy to: White Brenner LLP
1608 T Street
Sacramento, CA 95811
Phone: 916-468-0950
Attention: Nubia Goldstein

18. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

19. DISPUTES. Written notice of any dispute must be provided to the other party, describing specific details of the dispute relating to changes in work or claim for additional compensation, within seven (7) days of the occurrence of the conditions. This notice must be provided via certified mail. For a reasonable period commencing on the day written notice of dispute was provided, but not to exceed thirty (30) days, the parties shall in good faith attempt to resolve the dispute. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute during this period, the parties shall proceed to binding arbitration. The arbitrator shall be neutral and mutually acceptable; the arbitrator shall determine all rights and obligations under this agreement and the award of the arbitrator shall be final, binding and enforceable. Any award issued pursuant to this provision may be enforced in a court of competent jurisdiction, and each party hereby consents to that jurisdiction. Venue for all legal proceedings shall be in the Superior Court for the County of Stanislaus.

20. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH. The parties hereto agree to notify each other immediately upon becoming aware of any alleged violation of, the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) relating in any way to the project or project site.

8.1 Packet Pg. 212
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This agreement, upon acceptance, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior representations or understandings.

22. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT. No change or modification of any of the terms and conditions stated herein shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by both Parties to this Agreement.

23. TERMINATION BY PURCHASER. Purchaser may terminate this Agreement at any time for cause by written notice to ABS. If ABS breaches this Agreement, or is insolvent or has made a general assignment for the benefit of all creditors, or a receiver has been appointed on account of ABS’s insolvency, and Purchaser has provided written notice to ABS detailing the alleged breach or issue of insolvency, and within thirty (30) days of ABS’s receipt of such written notice ABS has neither cured the alleged breach nor diligently commenced to cure such breach, Purchaser may terminate this Agreement for cause effective immediately upon giving written notice to ABS. If the Purchaser is forced to take over the Work, it may prosecute the same to completion by contract or by any other method it may in good faith deem advisable, for the account and at the expense of ABS, and ABS and its sureties shall be liable to the Purchaser for any reasonable excess costs, including management, supervision, and design support incurred in good faith by the Purchaser. In such event, Purchaser may take possession of and utilize in completing the Work, ABS’s materials whether stored at the project site or elsewhere, that the Purchaser paid for and are necessary for completion of the Work. ABS hereby assigns to Purchaser all of its interest in orders and/or contracts existing at the time of termination for default.

The assignment of said orders and/or contracts shall be effective upon notice of acceptance by Purchaser in writing, and only as to those orders and/or contracts which Purchaser designates in writing. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as a waiver by ABS of any rights it may have with respect to a wrongful suspension or termination by the Purchaser.

Purchaser may terminate this Agreement at any time for convenience by written notice to ABS. Upon receipt of such notice, ABS shall, unless the notice directs otherwise, immediately discontinue its work and the placing of orders for materials, facilities and supplies in connection therewith, and shall, if requested, make every reasonable effort to procure cancellation of all existing orders or contracts upon terms reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, or at the option of Purchaser, Purchaser shall have the right to assume those obligations directly, including all benefits to be derived there from. ABS hereby assigns to Purchaser all of its interest in said orders and/or contracts, and the assignment of said orders and/or contracts shall be effective upon notice of acceptance by Purchaser in writing, and only as to those orders and/or contracts which Purchaser designates in writing. Following receipt of notice of termination, ABS shall thereafter do only such work as may be necessary to preserve and protect portions of its work already in progress and to protect materials and equipment on or in transit to the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, ABS shall be entitled to recover restocking fees for material ordered but cancelled prior to installation.

If the Purchaser terminates the Agreement for cause and it is later determined that the for-cause termination was wrongful, such termination automatically shall be converted to and treated as a termination for convenience under this Section. In such event, ABS shall be entitled to receive only the amounts payable under the paragraph above for a termination for convenience, and ABS specifically waives any claim for any other amounts or damages, including any claim for consequential damages or lost profits except as allowed as compensation to ABS upon termination in the section below.

24. TERMINATION BY ABS. If Purchaser fails to make any payment(s) to ABS as required in this Agreement or repeatedly or materially fails, refuses or neglects to fulfill any of its other obligations or responsibilities under this Agreement, ABS may, after delivery of written notice and providing Purchaser thirty (30) days to cure, suspend the Work or terminate this Agreement. If ABS suspends the Work pursuant to this Section, the Work schedule and any anticipated completion dates shall be adjusted accordingly. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as a waiver by Purchaser of any rights it may have with respect to a wrongful suspension or termination by ABS.

In the event of any termination by Purchaser for convenience or by cause or if ABS terminates the Agreement pursuant to the paragraph above, Purchaser shall compensate ABS:(i) for such portion of the Project as has been completed in

8.1 Packet Pg. 213
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135
conformity with this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination; and (ii) for services in progress by ABS and any of its Subcontractors at such time. In the event of any termination by Purchaser for cause, ABS shall not be entitled to receive any further payment for unfinished work and shall be liable to Purchaser for actual losses reasonably incurred by Purchaser in good faith in completing the Work.

No termination shall release ABS of its obligations or warranties under this Agreement with respect to any Work performed prior to the date of termination. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any termination shall relieve ABS of all remaining Work obligations under this Agreement as of the effective date of termination.

25. SEVERABILITY. If one or more of the provisions of this agreement are held to be unenforceable under laws, such provision(s) shall be excluded from these terms and conditions and the remaining terms and conditions shall be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and shall be enforced in accordance to their terms and conditions.

26. WAIVER. A waiver by a Party of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding only if the waiver is set forth in writing and has been duly approved and signed by the waiving Party. Unless so specified in the written waiver, a waiver by a Party of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other provision(s) herein, similar or not, and shall not be construed as a continuing waiver. Except as waived in accordance with this Section, a Party’s failure to require performance of any requirement of this Agreement shall not, in any manner, affect the Party's right to enforce the same or any other provision of this Agreement at a later time.

27. COUNTERPARTS. This agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signature on a copy of this agreement received by either party by facsimile or portable document format (PDF) is binding upon the other party as an original.

The parties shall treat a photocopy of such facsimile as a duplicate original.

28. ASSIGNMENT. Neither Party to this Agreement may assign any right or obligation pursuant to this Agreement without agreement in writing from the other Party. Any attempt or purported assignment of any right or obligation pursuant to this Agreement without the written agreement of the other Party shall be void and of no effect. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Parties' authorized successors and assigns.

29. THIRD PARTIES. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall not be deemed to confer any rights upon, nor obligate any of the Parties, to any person or entity other than the Parties.

30. PROJECT RECORDS. ABS shall keep and maintain all such books and records as are necessary for proper administration and performance of the Agreement and/or as are required by law and/or this Agreement to be maintained (to the extent exclusively related to the performance of the Agreement, “Project Records”), including, but not limited to, plans and specifications, Change Orders, submittals, cut-sheets, projected energy-savings calculations, requests for information, written notices, permits, testing and inspection reports, and safety records. Pursuant to Government Code Section 8546.7, the California State Auditor has the right, for a period of three years after final payment is made under this Agreement, to examine and audit this Agreement at the request of Purchaser or as part of any audit of Purchaser.

To the extent required by Government Code Section 8546.7 during such three-year period, ABS shall allow the California State Auditor and Purchaser to examine and/or audit this Agreement and the relevant Project Records at ABS’s offices during normal business hours and upon reasonable advanced notice.

31. OWNERSHIP AND USE. Any and all conceptual, preliminary, working, and final documents (both originals and reproductions), presentations, computations, analyses, and other documents, in whatever format or storage medium, that have been obtained or prepared for Purchaser by ABS pursuant to this Agreement and that have been paid for by Purchaser in accordance with this Agreement (each a “Project Document”) shall be deemed and construed to be and remain the property of Purchaser. Assuming Purchaser has paid in full for the Project Documents, Purchaser shall have the unconditional right to use the Project Documents, for their intended purposes and, at Purchaser's sole discretion,

8.1 Packet Pg. 214
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 (858) 333-4775 www.absenergy.com Contractor’s License # 1008135
for any other purpose, with no additional compensation due to ABS. Except as expressly agreed in writing, Purchaser shall not be required to employ ABS in connection with any future use of the Project Documents. However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Project Documents are prepared with the expectation and intent that the Project is to be performed and completed by or on behalf of ABS; in the event Purchaser terminates this Agreement, Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Project Documents are not intended to be, and shall not be, relied upon by Purchaser or any third party in performing or completing any aspect of the Project. Purchaser shall indemnify and hold ABS harmless for any liabilities caused by Purchaser’s use of the Project Documents other than in connection with ABS’s completion of the Project.

Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to result in Purchaser acquiring any interest or rights in any intellectual property owned, possessed or developed by ABS or any third parties (“ABS Intellectual Property”), including without limitation any ABS Intellectual Property in or underlying the Project Documents. However, ABS hereby grants Purchaser a perpetual, paid-up, worldwide license to make use of ABS Intellectual Property to the extent that such ABS Intellectual Property is necessary for the proper use, operation and/or maintenance of the Project Documents and/or any other products, services or deliverables provided by ABS pursuant to this Agreement. ABS shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser and Purchaser Agents for any infringement of third-party intellectual property rights caused by ABS or any of its Subcontractors in connection with this Agreement.

32. ACKNOWLEDGMENT. Both “ABS” and the “Purchaser” acknowledge having read this Agreement and all contract documents incorporated herein and have executed this Agreement on the date written above.

33. APPROVAL. Each party represents that the person that has executed this Agreement on its behalf is authorized to do so.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized officers to execute this Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

City of Patterson Alliance Building Solutions, LLC.

Signature Signature
Title Title
Date Date

8.1 Packet Pg. 215
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 1
Attachment A: Scope of Work
City of Patterson
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project

8.1 Packet Pg. 216
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 2
Aquatic Center
Lighting Systems
Replace identified existing interior fluorescent and/or incandescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

Control Systems
Install a new Building Automation System (BAS) from Pelican Controls (BAStat) to control the single zone HVAC equipment. The new system will be a networked globally programmable web-based system with a single point of access to adjust equipment schedules and space temperature setpoints. Heating and cooling setpoints will be adjustable by the user within a preprogrammed amount during occupied times. The system will follow a revised, efficient sequence of operations to ensure optimal equipment performance, efficient energy use, and occupant comfort. Refer to the Control Systems Attachment for specific equipment information, locations, and schedule of operations.

City Hall
Lighting Systems
Replace identified existing interior fluorescent and/or incandescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

Replace identified existing exterior high intensity discharge (HID) and/or fluorescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

Mechanical Systems
Replace select HVAC units with new high efficiency units of similar size, type and capacity. Replacement will include demolition of existing equipment and turn-key installation of new equipment with start-up / testing of the new installation. Refer to the HVAC Systems Attachment for specific equipment information, locations, and capacities.

8.1 Packet Pg. 217
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 3
Control Systems
Install a new Building Automation System (BAS) from Pelican Controls (BAStat) to control the single zone HVAC equipment. The new system will be a networked globally programmable web-based system with a single point of access to adjust equipment schedules and space temperature setpoints. Heating and cooling setpoints will be adjustable by the user within a preprogrammed amount during occupied times. The system will follow a revised, efficient sequence of operations to ensure optimal equipment performance, efficient energy use, and occupant comfort. Refer to the Control Systems Attachment for specific equipment information, locations, and schedule of operations.

Building Envelope Systems
Re-roof the existing roof at the City Hall. The current roof is inefficient, suffers from leaks and requires replacement. Installation will include cleaning and preparation of the existing roof, installation of new fully adhered TPO membrane / metal system, and all edging and flashing required to fully install the new roofing system. Refer to the Envelope Systems Attachment for specific areas and equipment information.

Renewable Energy Systems
Install a new rooftop mounted solar photovoltaic (PV) system. The system will be owned, operated, and maintained by the City. Refer to the Preliminary Solar Layouts Attachment for proposed system layouts. Final system layouts to be approved by the City after final design and coordination are complete. Refer to the Renewable Energy Systems Attachment for details on location, system size, and production.

Corporate Yard
Lighting Systems
Replace identified existing interior fluorescent and/or incandescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

8.1 Packet Pg. 218
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 4
Mechanical Systems
Replace select HVAC units with new high efficiency units of similar size, type and capacity. Replacement will include demolition of existing equipment and turn-key installation of new equipment with start-up / testing of the new installation. Refer to the HVAC Systems Attachment for specific equipment information, locations, and capacities.

Fire Station #1
Lighting Systems
Replace identified existing interior fluorescent and/or incandescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

8.1 Packet Pg. 219
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 5
adjustable by the user within a preprogrammed amount during occupied times. The system will follow a revised, efficient sequence of operations to ensure optimal equipment performance, efficient energy use, and occupant comfort. Refer to the Control Systems Attachment for specific equipment information, locations, and schedule of operations.

Building Envelope Systems
Re-roof the existing roof at the Fire Station. The current roof is inefficient, suffers from leaks and requires replacement. Installation will include cleaning and preparation of the existing roof, installation of new fully adhered TPO membrane / metal system, and all edging and flashing required to fully install the new roofing system. Refer to the Envelope Systems Attachment for specific areas and equipment information.

Fire Station #2
Lighting Systems
Replace identified existing interior fluorescent and/or incandescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

8.1 Packet Pg. 220
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 6
Control Systems
Install a new Building Automation System (BAS) from Pelican Controls (BAStat) to control the single zone HVAC equipment. The new system will be a networked globally programmable web-based system with a single point of access to adjust equipment schedules and space temperature setpoints. Heating and cooling setpoints will be adjustable by the user within a preprogrammed amount during occupied times. The system will follow a revised, efficient sequence of operations to ensure optimal equipment performance, efficient energy use, and occupant comfort. Refer to the Control Systems Attachment for specific equipment information, locations, and schedule of operations.

Old Corporate Yard
Lighting Systems
Replace identified existing interior fluorescent and/or incandescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

Senior Center
Lighting Systems
Replace identified existing interior fluorescent and/or incandescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal

8.1 Packet Pg. 221
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 7
of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

Wastewater Treatment Plant South
Lighting Systems
Replace identified existing interior fluorescent and/or incandescent lighting systems with high efficiency light emitting diode (LED) systems. Installation includes disposal of existing lighting systems and installation of new equipment. Refer to the Lighting Systems Attachment for identified fixtures, specific quantities, and locations.

Electrical Systems
Replace select existing dry-type electrical transformers with new ultra-efficient Krated units of similar size and capacity. Replacement will include demolition of existing equipment and turn-key installation of new equipment with start-up and testing of the new installation. Refer to the Electrical Systems Attachment for specific equipment information and sizes.

Renewable Energy Systems
Repair the existing 584 kW ground mount solar photovoltaic (PV) system. The existing system is currently not working optimally. The inverters, broken panels and faulty wiring will be replaced and/or fixed to repower the system and bring it back to optimal

8.1 Packet Pg. 222
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 8
production. The system will be owned, operated, and maintained by the City. Refer to the Renewable Energy Systems Attachment for details on location, system size, and production.

Well 8
Renewable Energy Systems
Install a new ground mount solar photovoltaic (PV) system. The system will be owned, operated, and maintained by the City. Refer to the Preliminary Solar Layouts Attachment for proposed system layouts. Final system layouts to be approved by the City after final design and coordination are complete. Refer to the Renewable Energy Systems Attachment for details on location, system size, and production.

Well 9
Renewable Energy Systems
Install a new ground mount solar photovoltaic (PV) system. The system will be owned, operated, and maintained by the City. Refer to the Preliminary Solar Layouts Attachment for proposed system layouts. Final system layouts to be approved by the City after final design and coordination are complete. Refer to the Renewable Energy Systems Attachment for details on location, system size, and production.

Well 11
Renewable Energy Systems
Install a new ground mount solar photovoltaic (PV) system. The system will be owned, operated, and maintained by the City. Refer to the Preliminary Solar Layouts Attachment for proposed system layouts. Final system layouts to be approved by the City after final design and coordination are complete. Refer to the Renewable Energy Systems Attachment for details on location, system size, and production.

8.1 Packet Pg. 223
City of Patterson - Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project Attachment A: Scope of Work
P a g e | 9
Scope of Work Inclusions and Exclusions:

1. Includes the recovery and disposal of removed units as per EPA guidelines.

2. Excludes temporary HVAC (cooling or heating) during construction.

3. Excludes air balancing of the existing ductwork.

4. Excludes identification and removal of any hazardous material (such as lead, mold and asbestos).

5. Excludes any specialty smoke detectors, fire alarm work or testing.

6. Excludes any existing electrical issues of power wiring.

7. Excludes any structural penetrations or reinforcement or engineering, except solar carports.

8. Excludes permit, plan check and utility fees.

9. Excludes concrete work of any kind, except solar carports.

10. Excludes modifications and upgrading of existing systems to current codes.

11. Excludes LEED Design, evaluation, calculations, or consulting on LEED documentation.

12. Excludes structural engineering, calculations, or modifications of any kind, except solar carports.

13. Assumes everything is up to code.

14. Excludes any unforeseen conditions.

8.1 Packet Pg. 224
Attachment B: Lighting Systems
City of Patterson

8.1 Packet Pg. 225
City of Patterson: Aquatic Center: Interior Lighting
# EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 11 Aquatic Center Courtyard Pendant CFM 32W 1L N 36.8 3 1 (1) LED 8-Watt 2-pin Lamp Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED82P-H-840-D /G2 8 3 3 021 Aquatic Center Men's RR Vanity F32T81L N 31 6 1 (1) LED 12-Watt 4' Tube & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 12 6 6 6 31 Aquatic Center Women's RR Vanity F32T81L N 31 6 1 (1) LED 12-Watt 4' Tube & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 12 6 6 6 41 Aquatic Center Concession Rm (1) Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 51 Aquatic Center Concession Rm Pendant F32T82L N 59 1 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 1 2 1 61 Aquatic Center Concession Rm (2) Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 5 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 5 10 5 71 Aquatic Center Men's RR Surface Wrap 4' F32T82L N 59 5 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 5 10 5 81 Aquatic Center Women's RR Surface Wrap 4' F32T82L N 59 5 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 5 10 5 91 Aquatic Center Pool Equipment Rm Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 7 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 7 14 7 10 1 Aquatic Center Janitor Closet Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 11 1 Aquatic Center Chlorine Rm Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 1 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 1 2 1 12 1 Aquatic Center Acid Rm Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 1 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 1 2 1 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Aquatic Center Packet Pg. 226
City of Patterson: City Hall: Interior Lighting
# EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 11 City Hall Basement Hallway Can Rec. 4" CFL 13W 1L N 13 2 1 (1) LED 5-Watt A Lamp NaturaLED: LED5A19/45L/950 5 2 2 021 City Hall 1st Flr: Admin Dept. Gimbal Can 6" INC 50W BR10 1L N 50 2 1 (1) LED 5-Watt A Lamp NaturaLED: LED5A19/45L/950 5 2 2 031 City Hall 1st Flr: Council Chambers Gimbal Can 6" INC 75W 1L N 75 3 1 (1) LED 12-Watt A Lamp NaturaLED: LED12A19/110L/940 12 3 3 0 41 City Hall 1st Flr: Lobby Gimbal Can 6" Halogen 50W MR16 N 60 1 1 (1) LED 6-Watt MR16 Lamp NaturaLED: LED6MR16/50L/FL/830 6 1 1 0 51 City Hall 1st Flr: Lobby Can Rec. 4" Halogen 50W MR16 N 60 6 1 (1) LED 6-Watt MR16 Lamp NaturaLED: LED6MR16/50L/FL/830 6 6 6 0 61 City Hall 1st Flr: Lobby Can Rec. 10" CFM 32W 2L N 73.6 2 2 LED 21-Watt 9.5" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR9.5D/8T/27W-10V 21 2 4 071 City Hall Rear Entry Lobby Can Rec. 10" CFM 42W 1L N 48.3 2 1 LED 17-Watt 9.5" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR9.5D/8T/27W-10V 17 2 2 081 City Hall 1st Flr: Hallway Can Rec. 10" CFM 42W 1L N 48.3 2 1 LED 17-Watt 9.5" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR9.5D/8T/27W-10V 17 2 2 091 City Hall 1st Flr: Council Chambers Can Rec. 10" CFM 42W 1L N 48.3 34 1 LED 17-Watt 9.5" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR9.5D/8T/27W-10V 17 34 34 0 10 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Lobby Entry Sconce CFT 24W 2L Long N 55.2 2 2 (2) LED 10-Watt 12" PL-L Lamps Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED10PLL-12GC-840-D 20 2 4 0 11 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Lobby Chandelier CFT 24W 2L Long N 55.2 1 2 (2) LED 10-Watt 12" PL-L Lamps Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED10PLL-12GC-840-D 20 1 2 0 12 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Lobby Sconce CFT 24W 2L Long N 55.2 3 2 (2) LED 10-Watt 12" PL-L Lamps Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED10PLL-12GC-840-D 20 3 6 0 13 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Lobby Chandelier CFT 40W 2L Long N 92 7 2 (2) LED 17-Watt 24" PL-L Lamps Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED17PLL-22GC-840-D /G2 34 7 14 0 14 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Stairwell Wall Mount F17T82L N 33 1 2 (2) LED 10-Watt 2' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL50BN-2C 20 1 2 1 15 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Hallway Recessed 2'x2' Troffer F17T83L N 47 1 3 (3) LED 10-Watt 2' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL100BN-4C 30 1 3 1 16 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Lobby Recessed 2'x2' Troffer F17T83L N 47 1 3 (3) LED 10-Watt 2' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL100BN-4C 30 1 3 1 17 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Admin Dept. Recessed 2'x2' Troffer F17T83L N 47 2 3 (3) LED 10-Watt 2' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL100BN-4C 30 2 6 2 18 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Men's RR Vanity F32T81L N 31 3 1 (1) LED 12-Watt 4' Tube & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 12 3 3 3 19 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Women's RR Vanity F32T81L N 31 3 1 (1) LED 12-Watt 4' Tube & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 12 3 3 3 20 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Restroom Vanity F32T81L N 31 1 1 (1) LED 12-Watt 4' Tube & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 12 1 1 1 21 1 City Hall Elevator Mech Rm Surface Mount 4' F32T82L N 59 1 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 1 2 1 22 1 City Hall Boiler Rm Surface Mount 4' F32T82L N 59 1 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 1 2 1 23 1 City Hall 1st Flr: 115 Vault Surface Mount 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 24 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Men's RR Vanity F32T82L N 59 3 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 3 6 325 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Women's RR Vanity F32T82L N 59 3 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 3 6 326 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Admin Dept. Fixture F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 4 27 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Conference Rm Fixture F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 4 28 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Council Chambers Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 429 1 City Hall 1st Flr: 107 Conference Rm Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 430 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Stairwell Wall Mount F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 31 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Rm 224 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 32 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Rm 226 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 233 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Rm 227 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 434 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Rm 223 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 435 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Rm 232 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 436 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Rm 231 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 437 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Rm 203 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 3 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 3 6 338 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Rm 222 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 239 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 240 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Open Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 10 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 10 30 10 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - City Hall Packet Pg. 227
City of Patterson: City Hall: Interior Lighting
# EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 41 1 City Hall 1st Flr: IT Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 2 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 2 6 2 42 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Sup. Acct. Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 2 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 2 6 2 43 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Rev. Mgr. Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 2 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 2 6 2 44 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Payroll Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 3 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 3 9 3 45 1 City Hall 1st Flr: Front Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 7 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 7 21 7 46 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: Open Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 6 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 6 18 6 47 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: 214 Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 2 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 2 6 2 48 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: 213 Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 2 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 2 6 2 49 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: 212 Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 2 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 2 6 2 50 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: 211 Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 5 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 5 15 5 51 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: 210 Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 4 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 4 12 4 52 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: 209 Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 6 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 6 18 6 53 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: HR Office Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 2 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 2 6 2 54 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: HR Director Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 4 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 4 12 4 55 1 City Hall 2nd Flr: 229 Meeting Rm Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T83L N 89 8 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 8 24 8 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - City Hall Packet Pg. 228
City of Patterson: City Hall: Exterior Lighting
General Information
# EEM # Site Area Served Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 56 2 City Hall Exterior Area Porch Light CFT 13W 2L - 31 12 2 (2) LED 5-Watt 2-pin Lamp Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED62P-O-840-D 10 12 24 057 2 City Hall Exterior Area Canopy Decorative CFT 13W 2L - 31 5 2 (2) LED 5-Watt 2-pin Lamp Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED62P-O-840-D 10 5 10 0 58 2 City Hall Lanscape In-Ground Well Light MH 70W - 95 2 1 (1) LED 18-Watt Retrofit Lamp Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED18PSHID-E26-850-D /G4 18 2 2 0 59 2 City Hall Flag Pole Flood Threaded Knuckle MH 100W - 128 2 1 LED 21-Watt Bullet Flood NaturaLED: LED-FXBFS20/40/840/BZ-KNC 21 2 2 0 Cont
rol
Type
Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data
Detailed Exterior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - City Hall Packet Pg. 229
City of Patterson: Corporate Yard: Interior Lighting
# EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 11 Corporate Yard Hallway Can Rec. 6" CFT 18W 1L N 24 3 1 LED 6.5-Watt 6" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 6.5 3 3 0 21 Corporate Yard Conference Rm Can Rec. 6" CFT 18W 1L N 24 7 1 LED 6.5-Watt 6" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 6.5 7 7 031 Corporate Yard Lobby / Entry Can Rec. 6" Halogen 75W 1L N 75 2 1 LED 13-Watt 6" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 13 2 2 0 41 Corporate Yard Hallway Wall Wash F32T81L N 31 14 1 (1) LED 12-Watt 4' Tube & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 12 14 14 14 51 Corporate Yard Mech / Elec Rm Recessed F32T82L N 59 6 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 6 12 6 61 Corporate Yard Admin Office Pendant 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 71 Corporate Yard 115 Public Works Office Pendant 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 81 Corporate Yard 116 Utility Rm Surface Mount 4' F32T82L N 59 1 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 1 2 191 Corporate Yard Restroom Surface Mount 4' F32T82L Y 59 1 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 1 2 1 10 1 Corporate Yard Men's RR Vanity F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 211 1 Corporate Yard Women's RR Vanity F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 212 1 Corporate Yard Lubricant Storage Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 4 13 1 Corporate Yard Parts Storage Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 8 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 8 16 814 1 Corporate Yard Exterior Work Bay 2 Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 24 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 24 48 2415 1 Corporate Yard Exterior Work Bay 3 Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 32 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 32 64 3216 1 Corporate Yard Exterior Work Bay 4 Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 36 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 36 72 3617 1 Corporate Yard Exterior Work Bay 6 Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 9 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 9 18 918 1 Corporate Yard Lobby / Entry Pendant 8' F32T84L N 112 1 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 1 4 119 1 Corporate Yard Admin Office Pendant 8' F32T84L N 112 1 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 1 4 120 1 Corporate Yard Conference Rm Pendant 8' F32T84L N 112 2 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 2 8 221 1 Corporate Yard 107 Manager Office Pendant 8' F32T84L Y 112 2 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 2 8 2 22 1 Corporate Yard 108 Manager Office Pendant 8' F32T84L Y 112 2 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 2 8 2 23 1 Corporate Yard 109 Manager Office Pendant 8' F32T84L Y 112 2 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 2 8 2 24 1 Corporate Yard 110 Manager Office Pendant 8' F32T84L Y 112 1 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 1 4 1 25 1 Corporate Yard 111 Manager Office Pendant 8' F32T84L Y 112 1 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 1 4 1 26 1 Corporate Yard 112 Supervisor Office Pendant 8' F32T84L Y 112 1 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 1 4 1 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Corporate Yard Packet Pg. 230
City of Patterson: Corporate Yard: Exterior Lighting
General Information
# EEM # Site Area Served Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 27 2 Corporate Yard Exterior Area Jelly Jar CFM 32W 1L - 36.8 1 1 LED 10-Watt Mini Wallpack w/ Photocell Aleo: WPM-20UX/CT 10 1 1 028 2 Corporate Yard Exterior Area Wall Mount 1'x1 MH 100W - 128 4 1 LED 28-Watt Full-Cutoff Wallpack NaturaLED: FXCWP60SW/CCT3/BZ 28 4 4 0 Cont
rol
Type
Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data
Detailed Exterior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Corporate Yard Packet Pg. 231
City of Patterson: Fire Station #1: Interior Lighting
# EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 11 Fire Station #1 Main Office Surface Mount 2'x4' F32T82L N 59 8 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 8 16 8 21 Fire Station #1 Office Surface Mount 2'x4' F32T82L N 59 8 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 8 16 8 31 Fire Station #1 Break Rm Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 41 Fire Station #1 Living Quarters Surface Mount 2'x4' F32T82L N 59 5 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 5 10 5 51 Fire Station #1 Rm 1 Surface Wrap 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 61 Fire Station #1 Rm 2 Surface Wrap 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 71 Fire Station #1 Storage Bldg Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 81 Fire Station #1 Storage Bldg Laundry Pendant 4' F32T82L N 59 3 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 3 6 3 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Fire Station #1 Packet Pg. 232
City of Patterson: Fire Station #2: Interior Lighting
# EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 11 Fire Station #2 Kitchen Under Cabinet CFL 13W 1L N 13 3 1 (1) LED 5-Watt A Lamp NaturaLED: LED5A19/45L/950 5 3 3 0 21 Fire Station #2 Men's RR Can Rec. 6" CFL 13W 1L N 13 1 1 LED 6.5-Watt 6" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 6.5 1 1 0 31 Fire Station #2 Restroom (2) Can Rec. 6" CFL 13W 1L N 13 1 1 LED 6.5-Watt 6" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 6.5 1 1 0 41 Fire Station #2 Lobby Can Rec. 6" CFT 18W 2L N 45 6 2 LED 13-Watt 6" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 13 6 12 0 51 Fire Station #2 Kitchen Can Rec. 6" CFT 18W 2L N 45 10 2 LED 13-Watt 6" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 13 10 20 0 61 Fire Station #2 DHW Rm Surface Mount F17T81L N 20 1 1 (1) LED 10-Watt 2' Tube & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL50BN-2C 10 1 1 171 Fire Station #2 Hallway Recessed 2'x2' Troffer F17T82L N 33 27 2 (2) LED 10-Watt 2' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL50BN-2C 20 27 54 27 81 Fire Station #2 Server Rm Recessed 2'x2' Troffer F17T82L Y 33 2 2 (2) LED 10-Watt 2' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL50BN-2C 20 2 4 2 91 Fire Station #2 Kitchen Recessed 2'x2' Troffer F17T82L N 33 4 2 (2) LED 10-Watt 2' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL50BN-2C 20 4 8 4 10 1 Fire Station #2 Copy Rm Recessed 2'x2' Troffer F17T82L N 33 6 2 (2) LED 10-Watt 2' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L24T8/840/10G-EB , VEL50BN-2C 20 6 12 611 1 Fire Station #2 Janitor Closet Surface Mount F32T81L Y 31 1 1 (1) LED 12-Watt 4' Tube & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 12 1 1 112 1 Fire Station #2 Equipment / Laundry Surface Wrap 4' F32T83L N 89 6 3 (3) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 36 6 18 6 13 1 Fire Station #2 Office Fixture F32T84L N 112 2 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 2 8 2 14 1 Fire Station #2 Training Rm Fixture F32T84L N 112 7 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 7 28 7 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Fire Station #2 Packet Pg. 233
City of Patterson: Fire Station #2: Exterior Lighting
General Information
# EEM # Building Area Served Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 15 2 Fire Station #2 Exterior Area Flood Threaded Knuckle Ceramic MH 120W - 136 3 1 LED 21-Watt Bullet Flood NaturaLED: LED-FXBFS20/40/840/BZ-KNC 21 3 3 016 2 Fire Station #2 Exterior Area Goose-Neck Spot Halogen 75W 1L - 75 10 1 (1) LED 8-Watt PAR20 Lamp NaturaLED: LED8PAR20/50L/FL/950 8 10 10 0 Cont
rol
Type
Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data
Detailed Exterior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Fire Station #2 Packet Pg. 234
City of Patterson: Hammon Senior Center: Interior Lighting # EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 11 Hammon Senior Center Lobby Can Rec. 6" CFM 32W 1L N 36.8 12 1 LED 13-Watt 6" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 13 12 12 0 21 Hammon Senior Center Side Lobby (1) Can Rec. 8" CFM 32W 1L N 36.8 20 1 LED 12-Watt 8" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR8D/8T/17W-10V 12 20 20 0 31 Hammon Senior Center Side Lobby (2) Can Rec. 8" CFM 32W 1L N 36.8 8 1 LED 12-Watt 8" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR8D/8T/17W-10V 12 8 8 0 41 Hammon Senior Center Back Dining Rm Can Rec. 8" CFM 32W 1L N 36.8 4 1 LED 12-Watt 8" Downlight Retrofit ESPEN: VEKR8D/8T/17W-10V 12 4 4 0 51 Hammon Senior Center Lobby Chandelier CFM 32W 6L N 216 1 6 (6) LED 8-Watt 2-pin Lamp Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED82P-H-840-D /G2 48 1 6 0 61 Hammon Senior Center Side Lobby Chandelier CFM 32W 6L N 216 4 6 (6) LED 8-Watt 2-pin Lamp Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED82P-H-840-D /G2 48 4 24 0 71 Hammon Senior Center Back Dining Rm Chandelier CFM 32W 6L N 216 9 6 (6) LED 8-Watt 2-pin Lamp Ballast Bypass Keystone: KT-LED82P-H-840-D /G2 48 9 54 0 81 Hammon Senior Center Electric Rm Strip 4' F32T82L N 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 91 Hammon Senior Center Lobby Side Rm Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L Y 59 2 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 2 4 2 10 1 Hammon Senior Center Kitchen Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 5 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 5 10 5 11 1 Hammon Senior Center Rec. Dept. Portable 1 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 10 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 10 20 10 12 1 Hammon Senior Center Rec. Dept. Portable 2 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 10 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 10 20 10 13 1 Hammon Senior Center Rec. Dept. Portable 3 Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 11 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 11 22 11 14 1 Hammon Senior Center Restroom Vanity F28T51L N 33 1 1 (1) LED 13-Watt 4' T5 Tube & Ballast ESPEN: L48T5HE/850/13G-EB, VE228MVHRP 13 1 1 1 15 1 Hammon Senior Center Men's RR Vanity F28T51L N 33 4 1 (1) LED 13-Watt 4' T5 Tube & Ballast ESPEN: L48T5HE/850/13G-EB, VE228MVHRP 13 4 4 4 16 1 Hammon Senior Center Women's RR Vanity F28T51L N 33 4 1 (1) LED 13-Watt 4' T5 Tube & Ballast ESPEN: L48T5HE/850/13G-EB, VE228MVHRP 13 4 4 4 17 1 Hammon Senior Center Office Pendant F28T52L N 64 1 2 (2) LED 13-Watt 4' T5 Tubes & Ballast ESPEN: L48T5HE/850/13G-EB, VE228MVHRP 26 1 2 118 1 Hammon Senior Center Office Pendant F28T54L N 128 2 4 (4) LED 13-Watt 4' T5 Tubes & Ballast ESPEN: L48T5HE/850/13G-EB, VE228MVHRP 52 2 8 4 19 1 Hammon Senior Center Meeting Rm Pendant F28T54L N 128 2 4 (4) LED 13-Watt 4' T5 Tubes & Ballast ESPEN: L48T5HE/850/13G-EB, VE228MVHRP 52 2 8 4 20 1 Hammon Senior Center Act. Rm 1 Pendant F28T510L N 320 4 10 (10) LED 13-Watt 4' T5 Tubes & Ballast ESPEN: L48T5HE/850/13G-EB, VE228MVHRP 130 4 40 12 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Hammon Senior Center Packet Pg. 235
City of Patterson: Hammon Senior Center: Exterior Lighting General Information
# EEM # Building Area Served Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 21 2 Hammon Senior Center Exterior Area Wallpack Full Cut-Off CFM 42W 1L - 48.3 14 1 LED 15-Watt Full-Cutoff Mini Wallpack NaturaLED: LED-FXSWP15/850/DB 15 14 14 0 Cont
rol
Type
Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data
Detailed Exterior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Hammon Senior Center Packet Pg. 236
City of Patterson: Old Corporate Yard: Interior Lighting # EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 11 Old Corporate Yard Maintenance Shop Strip 4' F32T84L N 112 5 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 5 20 521 Old Corporate Yard Maintenance Shop Strip 8' F96T82L N 109 4 2 (2) LED 24-Watt 8' Tubes & Ballast ESPEN: L96T8/850/24G-EB, VE259MVHIP 48 4 8 431 Old Corporate Yard Maintenance Shop Strip 8' F96T122L N 123 1 2 (2) LED 24-Watt 8' Tubes & Ballast ESPEN: L96T8/850/24G-EB, VE259MVHIP 48 1 2 1 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Old Corporate Yard Packet Pg. 237
City of Patterson: WWTP South: Interior Lighting
# EEM # Site Room/Area Fixture Type Lighting (Pre) OCS (Y/N) Pre- Watts Pre # Fixt Lamps per Fixture Lighting (Post) Recommended Make: Model # Post- Watts Post # Fixt Total Post # Lamps Total Post # Ballast 11 WWTP South Office Portable RR Surface Mount CFL 23W 1L N 23 1 1 (1) LED 9-Watt A Lamp NaturaLED: LED9A19/EC/81L/940 9 1 1 0 21 WWTP South Office Portable Recessed 2'x4' Troffer F32T82L N 59 8 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 8 16 8 31 WWTP South Polymer Bldg Pendant 4' F32T82L N 59 4 2 (2) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL50BN-2C 24 4 8 4 41 WWTP South Maintenance Bldg Pendant 8' F32T84L N 112 6 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 6 24 6 51 WWTP South Electrical Bldg Strip 4' F32T84L N 112 9 4 (4) LED 12-Watt 4' Tubes & Driver ESPEN: L48T8/840/12P-EB, VEL100BN-4C 48 9 36 9 General Information Existing Fixture Data Proposed Fixture Data Detailed Interior Lighting Inventory - City of Patterson - Waste Water Treatment Plant Packet Pg. 238
1 of 2 Form WPM_UX_Spec_rev03 Aleo Lighting, Inc. | www.aleolighting.com | Ph: 877-358-8825 © 2024 Aleo Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved.

Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice.

Project
Notes
Type Date
Cat. No.
10W / 15W / 20W

DESCRIPTION
The Aleo WPM™ Series combines energy-efficiency, high performance, and rugged construction with a slim profile Designed look to deliver enhanced performance to outdoor wall-mounted lighting applications. Rugged die-cast housing provides advanced thermal management for long life and weather-proof compartment to withstand challenging, outdoor environments.

APPLICATIONS
Outdoor wall-mount applications. Building facade. Retail, commercial, Industrial exteriors, School Campuses.

WPM Series
WPMTM UX Series
Specification Features
Slim Mini LED Wall Pack Luminaire
Construction
Rugged, die-cast housing with advanced thermal
management system ensures reliability and durability.

Weather-proof, gasketed compartment protects electronics against environmental elements. Dark Bronze finish.

IP65 Wet Location Rated.

Optical System
High performance LED platforms delivers high efficiency and long life. Frosted prismatic glass lens designed for superior light distribution and uniformity. Type IV comes standard.

Certification
UL Listed. All components have safety certification.

Warranty
7-year Limited Warranty. See warranty documentation for more information.

Electrical
Luminaire utilizes high-efficacy LED packages
maintained at cool temperatures for long life, high
efficacy. Reliable driver features universal voltage
(120-277V) for convenient installation.

Installation / Mounting
Designed to be wall-mounted. Luminaire to be mounted
directly over standard 4” junction box (supplied by
others) or surface mount and wiring connection through
convenient 1/2” threaded conduit entry hub on wall pack sides.

Photocell
Comes Standard with built-in dusk-to-dawn photocell.

Field-Adjustable CCT / Wattage
Increased versatility and reduced inventory burden.

Wattage and Color Temp. can be adjusted in the field by selecting (3) different wattages and (3) different CCTs via switch inside the housing.

Quick Ship
WPM-20UX/CT
WPM-20UX/CT WH
Ordering Information
Example: WPM-20UX/CT
WPM 20 UX
Series
WPM
Slim Mini LED
Wall Pack
Nominal Max Wattage
20 10W/15W/20W
Lumen Package
UX
Field Adjustable
Wattage
CT
Color Temp
CT
Field Adjustable
3000K
4000K
5000K
Controls
Blank
Photocell (Built-in)
Rated Life 75,000 hours
Limited Warranty 7-years
Efficacy Up to 140 LPW
DIMMING 0-10V Continuous

CONTINUOUS
[Blank]
Finish
Blank Dark Bronze
WH White
[Blank]
RAL#8019
RAL#9003
Options
Designation
BAA
Buy American Act Compliant
BABAA
Build America, Buy America Act Compliant

8.1 Packet Pg. 239
2 of 2 Form WPM_UX_Spec_rev03
WPM™ UX Series Slim Mini LED Wall Pack Luminaire
Performance Summary
Input Voltage 120V-277V
Input Frequency 50/60 Hz
Rated Wattage See Performance Table
Delivered Lumens See Performance Table
Efficacy 140 LPW (typ.)
CRI 80+, R9 > 0
Available CCT1 3000K, 4000K, 5000K
Rated Life 75,000 hours
Power Factor > 0.9
THD < 20%
IP Rating IP65
Photometric Distribution Type IV
Operating Temp. -40o
C to 45oC
Performance Data
Product Dimensions
Aleo Lighting, Inc.
www.aleolighting.com
10988 Bloomfield Ave.

Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670
Ph: 877-358-8825
© 2024 Aleo Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. For informational purposes only. Reproduction in whole or part is prohibited without prior written consent of the copyright owner. The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice. No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequences of its use. Aleo Lighting reserves the rights make changes in specification at any time without notice.

5.79” (147mm)

8.6”
(218mm)

3.07” (78mm)

2.95” (75mm)
3000K 4000K 5000K
Catalog No.

Rated
Wattage
(W)
Delivered
Lumens (lm)
Efficacy
(lm/W)
Delivered
Lumens (lm)
Efficacy
(lm/W)
Delivered
Lumens
(lm)
Efficacy
(lm/W)
WPM-20UX/CT
10 1,380 138 1,450 145 1,400 140
15 2,055 134 2,160 144 2,085 139
20 2,720 136 2,860 143 2,760 138

8.1 Packet Pg. 240
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Nano Plastic Linear T8
Commercial Grade LED T8 Lamp
L24T8/8XX/12P-EB
Descriptions:

The RetroFlex (Type A) LED lamps provide hassle-free installation with simple lamp-for-lamp replacements for your linear fluorescent T8 or T12 retrofit needs. NSF 2 rated nano plastic body prevents any breakage. Fully certified to replace original fluorescent lamps, these lamps provide the perfect, hassle-free solution for whatever the project requires. When being used with an instant start, programmed start, or emergency backup ballast, no fixture re-wiring is needed.

Features & Benefits:

Shatterproof Nano Plastic Tube
NSF2 Rated
No rewiring needed
Works with fluorescent electronic ballast (Instant Start, Programmed Start, and Dimming)* Long life
High CRI
Instant on, no delay
Convenient and quick installation
Utilizes existing instant start or rapid start sockets
Compatible with controls and sensors
Dimmable
Works in cold temperature applications
Suitable for damp locations
Nano-Plastic tube for superior optical performance
5 Year Warranty
Specifications:

Ordering Code Length
(in)
Lamp
Wattage
System
Wattage
CCT
(K)
Initial
Lumens CRI BeamAngle
Lamp
Efficacy
System
Efficacy
Life
(hr)
L24T8/830/12P-EB 24 9 12 3000K 1500 83 325 166 125 50000 L24T8/835/12P-EB 24 9 12 3500K 1500 83 325 166 125 50000 L24T8/840/12P-EB 24 9 12 4000K 1500 83 325 166 125 50000 L24T8/850/12P-EB 24 9 12 5000K 1500 83 325 166 125 50000

8.1 Packet Pg. 241
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Wiring Diagram:

DLC Listing:

Ordering Code DLC Product ID DLC Product Model DLC Version L24T8/830/12P-EB PL64Y897CKUW L24T8/830/12P-EB 5
L24T8/835/12P-EB PL661HGAXGNN L24T8/835/12P-EB 5
L24T8/840/12P-EB PL1MSMZRBOUP L24T8/840/12P-EB 5
L24T8/850/12P-EB PLOGTDXM83F4 L24T8/850/12P-EB 5
Please refer to "Ballast Compatibility List" for compatible battery backup and/or emergency ballasts.

Please refer to "Ballast Compatibility List" on Related Downloads.

Specification data is based on tests performed in a controlled environment and represents relative performance. Actual performance can vary depending on operating conditions. Application and performance data subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless noted otherwise.

8.1 Packet Pg. 242
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Linear T5HE/HO
Commercial Grade LED T5 Lamp
L48T5HE/8XX/13P-EB
Descriptions:

The RetroFlex (Type A) LED lamps provide hassle-free installation with simple lamp-for-lamp replacements for your linear fluorescent T5HE or T5HO retrofit needs. Fully certified to replace original fluorescent lamps, these lamps provide the perfect, hassle-free solution for whatever the project requires. When being used with an instant start, programmed start, or emergency backup ballast, no fixture re-wiring is needed.

Features & Benefits:

No rewiring needed
Works with fluorescent electronic T5 ballast
Long life
High CRI
Instant on, no delay
Convenient and quick installation
Utilizes existing T5 sockets
Compatible with controls and sensors
No Mercury, No UV
Works in cold temperature applications
Shatterproof Nano Plastic Tube
Super Wide View Angle, 240
5 Year Warranty
Specifications:

Ordering Code Length
(in)
Lamp
Wattage
System
Wattage
CCT
(K)
Initial
Lumens CRI BeamAngle
Lamp
Efficacy
System
Efficacy
Life
(hr)
L48T5HE/835/13P-EB 48 in 13W 16W 3500K 1600 83 240 123 100 50000 L48T5HE/840/13P-EB 48 in 13W 16W 4000K 1600 83 240 123 100 50000 L48T5HE/850/13P-EB 48 in 13W 16W 5000K 1600 83 240 123 100 50000

8.1 Packet Pg. 243
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Wiring Diagram:

DLC Listing:

Ordering Code DLC Product ID DLC Product Model DLC Version L48T5HE/835/13P-EB N/A N/A N/A
L48T5HE/840/13P-EB N/A N/A N/A
L48T5HE/850/13P-EB N/A N/A N/A
Please refer to "Ballast Compatibility List" for compatible battery backup and/or emergency ballasts.

Please refer to "Ballast Compatibility List" on Related Downloads.

8.1 Packet Pg. 244
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Nano Plastic Linear T8
Commercial Grade LED T8 Lamp
L48T8/8XX/12P-EB
Descriptions:

Features & Benefits:

Ordering Code Length
(in)
Lamp
Wattage
System
Wattage
CCT
(K)
Initial
Lumens CRI BeamAngle
Lamp
Efficacy
System
Efficacy
Life
(hr)
L48T8/830/12P-EB 48 12 14.5 3000K 1800 83 325 150 124 50000 L48T8/835/12P-EB 48 12 14.5 3500K 1800 83 325 150 124 50000 L48T8/840/12P-EB 48 12 14.5 4000K 1800 83 325 150 124 50000 L48T8/850/12P-EB 48 12 14.5 5000K 1800 83 325 150 124 50000

8.1 Packet Pg. 245
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Wiring Diagram:

DLC Listing:

Ordering Code DLC Product ID DLC Product Model DLC Version L48T8/830/12P-EB PACASTWU L48T8/830/12P-EB 5
L48T8/835/12P-EB P2KSU3AM L48T8/835/12P-EB 5
L48T8/840/12P-EB P8YY2WD5 L48T8/840/12P-EB 5
L48T8/850/12P-EB PETR5AMS L48T8/850/12P-EB 5
Please refer to "Ballast Compatibility List" for compatible battery backup and/or emergency ballasts.

Please refer to "Ballast Compatibility List" on Related Downloads.

8.1 Packet Pg. 246
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Commercial Recessed
Downlight
Commercial Grade LED Retrofit Kit
Descriptions:

This advanced commercial recessed downlight retrofit kit easily converts fluorescent troffers to the most current LED technology. Its ultra high efficiency reduces energy costs. It is one of the LED retrofits that comes completely assembled as a lensed kit, requiring only one minute to install, reducing labor costs. The retrofit kit is also 0-10V Dimmable with 5 Year Warranty. Ideal applications include: office, retail, healthcare, education and hospitality interiors.

Features & Benefits:

Commercial Downlight Retrofit or New Construction
Universal Voltage 120-277V
UL for Safety
Three Adjustable Lumen Output
Three Adjustable CCT Options (3000K, 3500K, 4000K)
Driver Efficiency Greater than 85% at full power
THD ≤ 20% at full power
High CRI
Long Life
Convenient and quick installation
0-10V Dimmable
25 inch Flexible Conduit
Auto Recovery Short Circuit Protection, Over Load Protection, Over Voltage Protection Ambient Operating Temperature: -30 ~ 40°C
Works in cold temperature applications
5 Year Warranty
Flicker-free, Meets IEEE 1798-2015
Specifications:

Ordering Code Size IC
Rated
System
Wattage
System
Lumens
CCT
(K)
System
Efficacy CRI InputVoltage Dimming THD PowerFactor
VEKR6D/8T/13W-10V 6"
Recess Yes 6.5 / 9 /13
790 /
1100 /
1560
3000K,
3500K,
4000K
selectable
120 >80 120-277 0-10V max.
20% 0.9
Specification data is based on tests performed in a controlled environment and represents relative performance. Actual performance can vary depending on operating conditions. Application and performance data subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless noted otherwise.

8.1 Packet Pg. 247
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Commercial Recessed
Downlight
Commercial Grade LED Retrofit Kit
Descriptions:

Features & Benefits:

Ordering Code Size IC
Rated
System
Wattage
System
Lumens
CCT
(K)
System
Efficacy CRI InputVoltage Dimming THD PowerFactor
VEKR8D/8T/17W-10V 8"
Recess Yes 8.5 / 12/ 17
1030 /
1450 /
2040
3000K,
3500K,
4000K
selectable
120 >80 120-277 0-10V max.
20% 0.9
Specification data is based on tests performed in a controlled environment and represents relative performance. Actual performance can vary depending on operating conditions. Application and performance data subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless noted otherwise.

8.1 Packet Pg. 248
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Type A+B Hybrid
Linear T8
Commercial Grade LED T8 Lamp
L96T8/8XX/24G-AB
Descriptions:

The ProLED Select T8 Linear Hybrid (Type A+B) lamps offer the most versatile installation solution for your linear fluorescent T8 or T12 retrofit needs. Fully certified as a UL 1598C retrofit kit in single end or double end ballast bypass scenarios (UL Type B) and UL listed for use with electronic T8 fluorescent ballasts (UL Type A), these lamps provide the perfect, hassle-free solution for whatever the project requires. When being used with an instant start, programmed start, or emergency backup ballast, no fixture re- wiring is needed. If the ballast fails in the future, simply re-wire the fixture with 120-277V line voltage using either single end or double end wiring.This CCT selectable hybrid comes in 2-foot, 3-foot, and 4-foot lengths, and offers users the ability to select between 3500K, 4000K, and 5000K kelvin temperatures by simply sliding the selector on the tube to the desired color.

Features & Benefits:

Type A mode: Compatible with electronic ballast VE259MVHIP and VE259120HIP Type B mode: Internal Driver (Direct 120-277VAC input)
Accessory: Default Fa8 End Cap Adapter Converter, Mounting Clip Glass tube with ArmorCoat Shatterproof Coating
ArmorCoat Shatterproof Coating
Long life
High CRI
Instant on, no delay or warm up time
Convenient and quick installation
Works in cold temperature applications
Compatible with controls and sensors
Glass tube for superior optical performance
Continuous Dimming to 10%
5 Year Warranty
For 8', lamp consists of (2) 4ft sections
Specifications:

Ordering Code Length
(in)
Wattage
Direct
AC
Wattage
With
Ballast
Input
Voltage
CCT
(K)
Initial
Lumens CRI BeamAngle
System
Efficacy
Direct
AC
System
Efficacy
with
Ballast
L96T8/830/24G-AB 96 24 27 120-277V 3000K 3500 83 325 145 130 L96T8/835/24G-AB 96 24 27 120-277V 3500K 3500 83 325 145 130 L96T8/840/24G-AB 96 24 27 120-277V 4000K 3500 83 325 145 130 L96T8/850/24G-AB 96 24 27 120-277V 5000K 3500 83 325 145 130

8.1 Packet Pg. 249
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Wiring Diagram:

8.1 Packet Pg. 250
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
DLC Listing:

Ordering Code DLC Product ID DLC Product Model DLC Version L96T8/830/24G-AB PLZ8LDRMERYI L96T8/830/24G-AB 5
L96T8/835/24G-AB PL8FG7WRZ09W L96T8/835/24G-AB 5
L96T8/840/24G-AB PLNKJ4MTNB89 L96T8/840/24G-AB 5
L96T8/850/24G-AB PLBKMXLJOW9J L96T8/850/24G-AB 5
Specification data is based on tests performed in a controlled environment and represents relative performance. Actual performance can vary depending on operating conditions. Application and performance data subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless noted otherwise.

8.1 Packet Pg. 251
THE POWER TO CREATE BETTER LIGHT ™
Copyright © 2008-2024. All Rights Reserved
12257 Florence Ave. | Santa Fe Springs. CA 90670
Toll Free: (866) 933-7736 | Tel.: (562) 529-2938 | Fax: (562) 529-2978 Email: [email protected] | www.espentech.com
Commercial Recessed
Downlight
Commercial Grade LED Retrofit Kit
Descriptions:

Features & Benefits:

Ordering Code Size IC
Rated
System
Wattage
System
Lumens
CCT
(K)
System
Efficacy CRI InputVoltage Dimming THD PowerFactor
VEKR9.5D/8T/27W-10V 9"
Recess Yes 17 / 21 /27
2070 /
2500 /
3240
3000K,
3500K,
4000K
selectable
120 >80 120-277 0-10V max.
20% 0.9
Specification data is based on tests performed in a controlled environment and represents relative performance. Actual performance can vary depending on operating conditions. Application and performance data subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless noted otherwise.

8.1 Packet Pg. 252

Page 1 of 3 ends

Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.14.25 KT-LED62P-O-8XX-D
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP
LAMP TYPE: LED CFL Replacement
BULB TYPE: 2-Pin LED
BASE TYPE: GX23
WATTAGE: 5W
COLOR TEMPERATURE: 2700–5000K
COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI): > 80
WARRANTY: 5 Years

DESCRIPTION
5W 2-Pin LED Omnidirectional Lamp | 2700–5000K | GX23 Base | Type B Line Voltage Compatible
REV1

PRODUCT FEATURES
• Replaces 13W GX23 CFL lamps
• Approximately 50% more energy efficient vs legacy CFL lamps • Up to 5x longer life vs traditional lamps
• Frosted diffuser that eliminates pixilation and glare • Environmentally friendly. No mercury used
• Instant startup
Catalog Number Wattage CCT Lumens Efficacy Input Voltage CRI Base Type Beam Angle Related Life KT-LED62P-O-827-D
5W
2700K 580 116 lm/W
120 –277V > 80 GX23 260° 50,000 hrs
KT-LED62P-O-830-D 3000K 610 122 lm/W
KT-LED62P-O-835-D 3500K 630 126 lm/W
KT-LED62P-O-840-D 4000K 650 130 lm/W
KT-LED62P-O-850-D 5000K 650 130 lm/W

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
• UL Classified Retrofit Kit
• Suitable for use in damp locations
• Non dimmable
• 50,000 hour lifetime
• Operating temperature: -20°C/-4°F to 45ºC/113ºF
• Compliant with FCC Part 15 Class B

8.1 Packet Pg. 253

Page 2 of 3 ends

Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.14.25

PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
KT-LED62P-O-8XX-D
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP

4.09”

1.57” 1.04” 0.43”

0.25”

0.61”

0.90”

1.52”
REV1

8.1 Packet Pg. 254

Page 3 of 3 ends

Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.14.25

ORDERING INFORMATION

ORDER CODE UPC EASY CODE
KT-LED62P-O-827-D 843654126944 JUB-44
KT-LED62P-O-830-D 843654126951 HGN-74
KT-LED62P-O-835-D 843654126968 WLK-19
KT-LED62P-O-840-D 843654126975 BYX-38
KT-LED62P-O-850-D 843654126982 HXE-05
KT-LED62P-O-8XX-D
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP

CATALOG NUMBER BREAKDOWN
KT-LED62P-O-8XX-D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Keystone Technologies
2 LED Lamp
3 Wattage
4 Lamp Type
5 Omnidirectional Orientation
6 80 CRI
7 CCT
8 Direct Drive Series
REV1
BYPASS MAGNETIC BALLAST WITH 1 LAMP (GX23 SOCKET)
BEFORE

BLACK CFL BALLAST LAMP
WHITE

BLACK LAMP
WHITE
AFTER
BYPASS MAGNETIC BALLAST WITH 2 LAMPS (GX23 SOCKET)
BEFORE
AFTER

BLACK CFL BALLAST BLUE
RED
WHITE
LAMP
LAMP

BLACK BLUE
RED

WHITE LAMP
LAMP

WIRING DIAGRAMS

8.1 Packet Pg. 255
KT-LED82P-V-8XX-D /G2
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP
8W 2-Pin LED Lamp | 3500K - 5000K | G24d Base |
Type B Line Voltage Compatible

DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT FEATURES
LAMP TYPE: LED CFL Replacement
BULB TYPE: 2-Pin LED
BASE TYPE: G24d
WATTAGE: 8W
COLOR TEMPERATURE: 3500K - 5000K
COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI): > 80
WARRANTY: 5 Years
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonelamp.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 08.17.23 *G24q-5/6/7 and Gx24q-5/6/7 not compatible

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Page 1 of 3 ends

• Replaces 13W, 18W, and 26W legacy lamps with G24q,
GX24q, G24d, and GX24d bases
• G24d 2-pin bases can be used in G24Q 4-pin applications for ballast bypass
• Approximately 50% more energy efficient vs legacy CFL lamps • Up to 5x longer life vs traditional lamps
• Frosted diffuser that eliminates pixilation and glare • Environmentally friendly. No mercury used
• Instant startup
Catalog Number Wattage CCT Lumens Efficacy Input Voltage CRI Base Type Beam Angle Related Life KT-LED82P-V-835-D /G2
8W
3500K 1000 125 lm/W
KT-LED82P-V-840-D /G2 4000K 1050 131 lm/W 120-277V > 80 G24d > 110º 50,000 hrs KT-LED82P-V-850-D /G2 5000K 1050 131 lm/W
• UL Classified Retrofit Kit
• Suitable for use in damp locations
• Not for use in enclosed luminaires
• Non dimmable
• 50,000 hour lifetime
• Operating temperature: -20°C/-4°F to 45ºC/113ºF
• Compliant with FCC Part 15 Class B
• Minimum compartment dimensions: 6.31” D x 9.06” H

8.1 Packet Pg. 256

WIRING DIAGRAM

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)
WHITE
(NEUTRAL)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)
BLACK
(LINE)
BLACK
(LINE)
BLACK
(LINE)
BLACK
(LINE)
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonelamp.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 08.17.23

Page 2 of 3 ends

KT-LED82P-V-8XX-D /G2
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP

8.1 Packet Pg. 257

ORDERING INFORMATION

ORDER CODE UPC EASY CODE
KT-LED82P-V-835-D /G2 843654159126 AOZ-45
KT-LED82P-V-840-D /G2 843654159133 LMA-10
KT-LED82P-V-850-D /G2 843654159140 XMM-77
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonelamp.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 08.17.23

CATALOG NUMBER BREAKDOWN
KT-LED82P-V-8XX-D /G2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Page 3 of 3 ends

PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.76”

5.12”

0.82”

2.32”
1 Keystone Technologies
2 LED Lamp
3 Wattage
4 Lamp Type
5 Vertical Orientation
6 80 CRI
7 CCT
8 Direct Drive
9 Second Generation
KT-LED82P-V-8XX-D /G2
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP

8.1 Packet Pg. 258
KT-LED82P-H-8XX-D /G2
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP
8W 2-Pin LED Lamp | 2700K - 5000K | G24d Base |
Type B Line Voltage Compatible

DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT FEATURES
LAMP TYPE: LED CFL Replacement
BULB TYPE: 2-Pin LED
BASE TYPE: G24d
WATTAGE: 8W
COLOR TEMPERATURE: 2700K - 5000K
COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI): > 80
WARRANTY: 5 Years
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonelamp.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.08.21 *G24q-5/6/7 and GX24q-5/6/7 not compatible

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Page 1 of 3 ends

• Replaces 13W, 18W, and 26W legacy lamps with G24q,
GX24q, G24d, and GX24d bases
• G24d 2-pin bases can be used in G24Q 4-pin applications for ballast bypass
• Approximately 50% more energy efficient vs legacy CFL lamps • Up to 5x longer life vs traditional lamps
• Frosted diffuser that eliminates pixilation and glare • Environmentally friendly. No mercury used
• Instant startup
• UL Classified Retrofit Kit
Catalog Number Wattage CCT Lumens Efficacy Input Voltage CRI Base Type Beam Angle Related Life KT-LED82P-H-827-D /G2
8W
2700K 900 112 lm/W
120-277V > 80 G24d > 110º 50,000 hrs
KT-LED82P-H-830-D /G2 3000K 950 118 lm/W
KT-LED82P-H-835-D /G2 3500K 1000 125 lm/W
KT-LED82P-H-840-D /G2 4000K 1050 131 lm/W
KT-LED82P-H-850-D /G2 5000K 1050 131 lm/W
• Suitable for use in damp locations
• Not for use in enclosed luminaires
• Non dimmable
• Rotatable 270°
• 50,000 hour lifetime
• Operating temperature: -20°C/-4°F to 45ºC/113ºF
• Compliant with FCC Part 15 Class B
• Minimum compartment dimensions: 6.12” D x 4.75” H

8.1 Packet Pg. 259

Page 2 of 3 ends

WIRING DIAGRAMS

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)
WHITE
(NEUTRAL)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

8.1 Packet Pg. 260

PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonelamp.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.08.21

Page 3 of 3 ends

ORDERING INFORMATION

ORDER CODE UPC EASY CODE
KT-LED82P-H-827-D /G2 843654159072 FGG-69
KT-LED82P-H-830-D /G2 843654159089 CLH-33
KT-LED82P-H-835-D /G2 843654159096 FIY-22
KT-LED82P-H-840-D /G2 843654159102 EDK-39
KT-LED82P-H-850-D /G2 843654159119 CUO-61

CATALOG NUMBER BREAKDOWN
KT-LED82P-H-8XX-D /G2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Keystone Technologies
2 LED Lamp
3 Wattage
4 Lamp Type
5 Horizontal Orientation
KT-LED82P-H-8XX-D /G2
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP
6 80 CRI
7 CCT
8 Direct Drive
9 Second Generation

6.36”

5.74”

5.51”

4.48”

0.61”

1.31”

0.91”

1.31”

0.31” 1.31”

1.10” 1.20”

0.33”

8.1 Packet Pg. 261

Page 1 of 3 ends

Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.14.25 KT-LED82P-O-8XX-D
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP

DESCRIPTION
7W 2-Pin LED Omnidirectional Lamp | 2700–5000K | G24d Base | Type B Line Voltage Compatible

PRODUCT FEATURES
• Replaces 13W, 18W, and 26W legacy lamps with G24q, GX24q, G24d, and GX24d bases
• G24d 2-pin bases can be used in G24Q 4-pin applications for ballast bypass • Approximately 50% more energy efficient vs legacy CFL lamps • Up to 5x longer life vs traditional lamps
• Frosted diffuser that eliminates pixilation and glare • Environmentally friendly. No mercury used
• Instant startup
LAMP TYPE: LED CFL Replacement
BULB TYPE: 2-Pin LED
BASE TYPE: G24d
WATTAGE: 7W
COLOR TEMPERATURE: 2700–5000K
COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI): > 80
WARRANTY: 5 Years
*G24q-5/6/7 and GX24q-5/6/7 not compatible
Catalog Number Wattage CCT Lumens Efficacy Input Voltage CRI Base Type Beam Angle Related Life KT-LED82P-O-827-D
7W
2700K 800 114 lm/W
120 –277V > 80 G24d 260º 50,000 hrs
KT-LED82P-O-830-D 3000K 840 120 lm/W
KT-LED82P-O-835-D 3500K 870 124 lm/W
KT-LED82P-O-840-D 4000K 910 130 lm/W
KT-LED82P-O-850-D 5000K 910 130 lm/W

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
REV1
• UL Classified Retrofit Kit
• Suitable for use in damp locations
• Not for use in enclosed luminaires
• Non dimmable
• 50,000 hour lifetime
• Operating temperature: -20°C/-4°F to 45ºC/113ºF
• Compliant with FCC Part 15 Class B

8.1 Packet Pg. 262

Page 2 of 3 ends

PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
REV1

4.53”

1.57” 1.67”

0.24”

0.25”

0.61”

1.52”

0.31”

0.91”

8.1 Packet Pg. 263

Page 3 of 3 ends

Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.14.25

ORDERING INFORMATION

ORDER CODE UPC EASY CODE
KT-LED82P-O-827-D 843654126890 GJI-26
KT-LED82P-O-830-D 843654126906 EMQ-20
KT-LED82P-O-835-D 843654126913 NOP-94
KT-LED82P-O-840-D 843654126920 KZU-89
KT-LED82P-O-850-D 843654126937 CRO-51
KT-LED82P-O-8XX-D
2-PIN LED CFL REPLACEMENT LAMP

CATALOG NUMBER BREAKDOWN
KT-LED82P-O-8XX-D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Keystone Technologies
2 LED Lamp
3 Wattage
4 Lamp Type
REV1
5 Omnidirectional Orientation
6 80 CRI
7 CCT
8 Direct Drive Series

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)
WHITE
(NEUTRAL)

WHITE (NEUTRAL)

BLACK (LINE)

WIRING DIAGRAMS

8.1 Packet Pg. 264
480
400
320
240
160
80 CD: 0
80 160
240
320
400
480
130º
120º
110º
100º
90º
80º
70º
60º
50º
180º 170º 160º 150º 140º
118º H
117º H
110º H
114º H
VA: 0º 10º 20º 30º 40º

POLAR CANDELA DISTRIBUTION
80º
60º
40º
20º
0º
−20º
−40º
−60º
−80º
−80º −60º −40º −20º 0º 20º 40º 60º 80º
Cd: 342, 90%
Cd: 304, 80%
Cd: 266, 70%
Cd: 228, 60%
Cd:190, 50%
Cd: 152, 40%
Cd: 114, 30%
Cd: 76, 20%
Cd: 38, 10%

ISOCANDELA PLOT

Page 1 of 3 ends

DESCRIPTION
10W PLL LED | 3000-5000K | > 80 CRI | High-Efficiency
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 04.30.21

PRODUCT FEATURES
• Replacement for conventional fluorescent lamp
• UL Classified
• 50,000+ hour lifetime
• Approximately 50% more energy efficient than standard FT40/2G11 lamps • Environmentally friendly: No mercury used
• Integral driver (isolated) eliminates the need for an external ballast or driver • Instant startup
• Not dimmable
• Frosted lens eliminates pixelation
• Operating temperature: –20ºC/ – 4ºF to 45ºC/113ºF
• 100+ Lumens per Watt (bare lamp efficacy)
• Suitable for dry and damp locations
• NSF Listed: NSF/ANSI Standard 2 - Food Equipment
• Suitable for use in fully enclosed fixture. Minimum
lamp compartment dimensions: 44cm x 14cm x
10cm
KT-LED10PLL-12GC-8XX-D

PLL LED LAMP
LAMP TYPE: PLL
BASE TYPE: 2G11
WATTAGE: 10W
COLOR TEMPERATURE: 3000-5000K
COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI): > 80
WARRANTY: 5 Years

ELECTRICAL AND PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Catalog Number Input Voltage CRI Wattage Nominal Lumens Color Temp. Beam Angle Efficacy Power Factor Max. THD KT-LED10PLL-12GC-830-D 120-277V >80 10W 1200 3000K 160º 120 lm/W >0.9 20% KT-LED10PLL-12GC-835-D 120 –277V > 80 10W 1200 3500K 160º 120 lm/W > 0.9 20% KT-LED10PLL-12GC-840-D 120 –277V > 80 10W 1250 4000K 160º 125 lm/W > 0.9 20% KT-LED10PLL-12GC-850-D 120 –277V > 80 10W 1250 5000K 160º 125 lm/W > 0.9 20%

OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS

PHOTOMETRIC SPECIFICATIONS

LUX DISTANCE CURVE
152.3, 379.6 lx 237.40 cm

38.07, 94.91 lx 474.80 cm

16.92, 42.18 lx 712.20 cm

9.519, 23.73 lx 949.60 cm

6.092, 15.19 lx 1187.00 cm

4.230, 10.55 lx 1424.40 cm

3.108, 7.748 lx 1661.80 cm

2.380, 5.932 lx 1899.20 cm

1.880, 4.687 lx 2136.60 cm

1.523, 3.796 lx 2374.00 cm
Eavg, Emax Angle: 100º Diameter
1 m
2 m
3 m
4 m
5 m
6 m
7 m
8 m
9 m
10 m
Height
Flux Out: 1392 lm
NOTE: Charts are represeneted by 5000K

8.1 Packet Pg. 265

Page 2 of 3 ends

WIRING DIAGRAMS

1. Cut all existing connections to ballast as shown below and remove ballast.

TYPICAL BALLAST CONFIGURATIONS
KT-LED10PLL-12GC-8XX-D

PLL LED LAMP

SINGLE LAMP MULTIPLE LAMPS
Blue
Blue
Red
Red
Ballast
XXXX
Neutral
Line
X
X
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Blue
Blue
Ballast
XXXXXX
Neutral
Line
X
X

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

LAMP DIMENSIONS
A (Body Length) 12.2"
B (Illuminated Length) 9.3"
C (Width) 1.7"
BASE TYPE: 2G11
A
B
C
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 04.30.21

2. Re-wire fixture as shown below.

SINGLE LAMP MULTIPLE LAMPS
NOTE
Lamp(s) will light so long as line input is connected to one of the three pins designated with L# and neutral is connected to the pin designated with (N). If additional wires are in place from previous installation, ensure that all wires are connected as shown in diagram. Do not leave loose wires exposed.

Neutral
Line
Neutral
Line

8.1 Packet Pg. 266

Page 3 of 3 ends

ORDERING INFORMATION
ORDER CODE PACK QTY. EASY CODE UPC
KT-LED10PLL-12GC-830-D 24 HHU-66 843654131184
KT-LED10PLL-12GC-835-D 24 CGN-57 843654131191
KT-LED10PLL-12GC-840-D 24 JLG-84 843654131207
KT-LED10PLL-12GC-850-D 24 IBZ-37 843654131214

CATALOG NUMBER BREAKDOWN
KT-LED10PLL-12GC-8XX-D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Keystone Technologies
2 LED Lamp
3 Wattage
4 Lamp Type
5 Nominal Length (Inches)
6 Glass
7 800 Series
8 Color Temperature
9 Direct-Drive Series
KT-LED10PLL-12GC-8XX-D

PLL LED LAMP
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 04.30.21

8.1 Packet Pg. 267

Page 1 of 3 ends

DESCRIPTION
17W PLL LED | 3000-5000K | > 80 CRI | High-Efficiency
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 04.30.21

PRODUCT FEATURES
• Replacement for conventional fluorescent lamp
• UL Classified
• 50,000+ hour lifetime
• Approximately 50% more energy efficient than standard FT40/2G11 lamps • Environmentally friendly: No mercury used
• Integral driver (isolated) eliminates the need for an external ballast or driver • Instant startup
• Not dimmable
• Frosted lens eliminates pixelation
• Operating temperature: –20ºC/ – 4ºF to 45ºC/113ºF
• 100+ Lumens per Watt (bare lamp efficacy)
• Suitable for dry and damp locations
• NSF Listed: NSF/ANSI Standard 2 - Food Equipment
• Suitable for enclosed fixture. Minimum lamp
compartment dimensions: 61.5cm x 60.5cm x

10.5cm
KT-LED17PLL-22GC-8XX-D /G2

PLL LED LAMP
LAMP TYPE: PLL
BASE TYPE: 2G11
WATTAGE: 17W
COLOR TEMPERATURE: 3000-5000K
COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI): > 80
WARRANTY: 5 Years

ELECTRICAL AND PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Catalog Number Input Voltage CRI Wattage Nominal Lumens Color Temp. Beam Angle Efficacy Power Factor Max. THD KT-LED17PLL-22GC-830-D 120-277V >80 17W 2050 3000K 160º 121 lm/W >0.9 20% KT-LED17PLL-22GC-835-D 120 –277V > 80 17W 2100 3500K 160º 127 lm/W > 0.9 20% KT-LED17PLL-22GC-840-D 120 –277V > 80 17W 2200 4000K 160º 129 lm/W > 0.9 20% KT-LED17PLL-22GC-850-D 120 –277V > 80 17W 2200 5000K 160º 129 lm/W > 0.9 20%

OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS

PHOTOMETRIC SPECIFICATIONS
780
650
520
390
260
130
CD: 0
130
260
390
520
650
780
130º
120º
110º
100º
90º
80º
70º
60º
50º
180º 170º 160º 150º 140º
116º H
116º H
116º H
114º H
VA: 0º 10º 20º 30º 40º

POLAR CANDELA DISTRIBUTION
80º
60º
40º
20º
0º
−20º
−40º
−60º
−80º
−80º −60º −40º −20º 0º 20º 40º 60º 80º
Cd: 582, 90%
Cd: 517, 80%
Cd: 453, 70%
Cd: 388, 60%
Cd: 323, 50%
Cd: 259, 40%
Cd: 194, 30%
Cd: 129, 20%
Cd: 65, 10%

ISOCANDELA PLOT LUX DISTANCE CURVE
186.9, 642.4 lx 305.48 cm

46.72, 160.6 lx 610.96 cm

20.77, 71.37 lx 916.45 cm

11.68, 40.15 lx 1221.93 cm

7.476, 25.69 lx 1527.41 cm

5.192, 17.84 lx 1832.89 cm

3.814, 13.11 lx 2138.37 cm

2.920, 10.04 lx 2443.85 cm

2.307, 7.930 lx 2749.34 cm

1.868, 6.424 lx 3054.82 cm
Eavg, Emax Angle: 114º Diameter
1 m
2 m
3 m
4 m
5 m
6 m
7 m
8 m
9 m
10 m
Height
Flux Out: 1392 lm
NOTE: Charts are represeneted by 5000K

8.1 Packet Pg. 268

Page 2 of 3 ends

WIRING DIAGRAMS

1. Cut all existing connections to ballast as shown below and remove ballast.

TYPICAL BALLAST CONFIGURATIONS
KT-LED17PLL-22GC-8XX-D /G2

PLL LED LAMP

SINGLE LAMP MULTIPLE LAMPS
Blue
Blue
Red
Red
Ballast
XXXX
Neutral
Line
X
X
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Blue
Blue
Ballast
XXXXXX
Neutral
Line
X
X

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

LAMP DIMENSIONS
A (Body Length) 21.8"
B (Illuminated Length) 18.9"
C (Width) 1.7"
BASE TYPE: 2G11
A
B
C
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 04.30.21

2. Re-wire fixture as shown below.

Neutral
Line
Neutral
Line

8.1 Packet Pg. 269

Page 3 of 3 ends

ORDERING INFORMATION
ORDER CODE PACK QTY. EASY CODE UPC
KT-LED17PLL-22GC-830-D /G2 24 YMX-12 843654131108
KT-LED17PLL-22GC-835-D /G2 24 TWJ-68 843654131115
KT-LED17PLL-22GC-840-D /G2 24 SFM-03 843654131122
KT-LED17PLL-22GC-850-D /G2 24 EGB-03 843654131139

CATALOG NUMBER BREAKDOWN
KT-LED17PLL-22GC-8XX-D /G2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 Keystone Technologies
2 LED Lamp
3 Wattage
4 Lamp Type
5 Nominal Length (Inches)
6 Glass
7 800 Series
8 Color Temperature
9 Direct-Drive Series
10 2nd Generation
KT-LED17PLL-22GC-8XX-D /G2

PLL LED LAMP
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 04.30.21

8.1 Packet Pg. 270
KT-LED18PSHID-E26-8XX-D /G4

HID REPLACEMENT LED LAMP
LAMP TYPE: HID Replacement LED
BASE TYPE: E26 (Medium)
SELECTABLE WATTAGE: 18W, 12W, 9W
COLOR TEMPERATURE: 3000K, 4000K, 5000K
METAL HALIDE EQUIVALENT: 70W
COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI): > 80
WARRANTY: 5 Years

Page 1 of 3 ends

DESCRIPTION
18W HID Replacement LED Lamp | Power Select | 80 CRI | IP64 Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.06.23

ELECTRICAL AND PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Keystone Catalog Number Input Voltage Selectable Power CCT Lumens Efficacy Base Type CRI PF KT-LED18PSHID-E26-830-D /G4 120–277V
18W
3000K
2430 135 lm/W
12W 1620 135 lm/W E26 > 80 ≥90
9W 1215 135 lm/W
KT-LED18PSHID-E26-840-D /G4 120–277V
18W
4000K
2520 140 lm/W
12W 1680 140 lm/W E26 > 80 ≥90
9W 1260 140 lm/W
KT-LED18PSHID-E26-850-D /G4 120–277V
18W
5000K
2610 145 lm/W
12W 1740 145 lm/W E26 > 80 ≥90
9W 1305 145 lm/W

SELECTABILITY
• 50,000 + hour lifetime
• Operating temperature: −30°C/−22°F to 45°C/113°F
• Suitable for use in fully enclosed fixtures
• Minimum lamp compartment dimensions: 6.0" × 6.0" × 6.4" • UL listed
• IP64 rated; integrated heat sink quickly dissipates heat and guides water intrusion out of the lamp

PRODUCT FEATURES
• Replacement for conventional metal halide lamp
• Environmentally friendly: No mercury used
• Instant startup
• Integral driver eliminates the need for external driver or ballast; includes 4kV surge protection
• Not for use with standard dimmers; see instructions
Power Select Switch
Lamp does not meet CEC T20 requirements. Not to be sold or offered for sale in California, except when sold wholesale in California for final retail sale outside the state.

8.1 Packet Pg. 271

Page 2 of 3 ends

KT-LED18PSHID-E26-8XX-D /G4

HID REPLACEMENT LED LAMP
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.06.23

WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
STEP 1
Disconnect power. Disconnect
and remove existing ballast,
capacitor, and/or ignitor (where
applicable) from fixture.

Note: Follow all federal and local
regulations when disposing of lamps and removed
components.

AC 120 –277V
Capacitor
L
N
Ignitor
X
X
X
Ballast
X
X
X
STEP 2
Rewire for line voltage to the
lamp socket.

AC 120 –277V
L
N
Lamp holder
AC 120 –277V
L
N
STEP 3
Install new LED replacement
lamp. Ensure lamp is operating
properly when power is turned on.

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

LAMP DIMENSIONS
A (Body Length) 6.00"
B (Illuminated Length) 3.13"
C (Diameter) 2.32"
BASE TYPE: E26 (Medium)
B
A
C

8.1 Packet Pg. 272

Page 3 of 3 ends

KT-LED18PSHID-E26-8XX-D /G4

HID REPLACEMENT LED LAMP
Keystone Technologies • Philadelphia, PA • Phone (800) 464-2680 • www.keystonetech.com Specifications subject to change. Last revised on 01.06.23

ORDERING INFORMATION
ORDER CODE PACK QTY. UPC EASY CODE
KT-LED18PSHID-E26-830-D /G4 16 843654138121 QGY-82
KT-LED18PSHID-E26-840-D /G4 16 843654138138 ERU-18
KT-LED18PSHID-E26-850-D /G4 16 843654138145 CKR-15

CATALOG NUMBER BREAKDOWN
10 KT-LED18PSHID-E26-8XX-D /G4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Keystone Technologies
2 LED Lamp
3 Wattage
4 Power Select
5 Lamp Type
6 Base Type
7 80 CRI
8 Color Temperature
9 Direct Drive
10 Fourth Generation

8.1 Packet Pg. 273
Category
Order #
Mounting
Housing color
Rated Wattage (W) Lumen (lm)
Tested Wattage (W) CRI
Input Voltage (V) CCT (K)
Voltage Frequency (Hz) Beam Angle (°)
Input Current (A)
Power Factor
Replacement Wattage (W)
Surge protect level
Dimmable
IP rating
Rated Life
Warranty
Weight (lbs.)
MOL (in)
DIA (in)
UL/ETL LM79
Energy Star LM80
DLC IES File
JA8 Lighting Facts

CEC FDA

FCC NEMA
RoHS Dimmer List
Product Spec
LED Lamps
4524
E26
white
Electric Characteristics Photometric Characteristics
5 ±10% 450
- 90
120 5000K
60Hz Omni
-
≥0.9 General Characteristics
40 -
TRIAC
-
25000 hrs
3 Product Dimensions Suggested Accessory

0.119

4.25 2.36
√ √
V3.0 -
Qualifications
UL √
V2.0 √
Comments:

LED5A19/45L/950
-4°F~140°F
-4°F~104°F
Product Engineer Spec
√ -
√ √
Item #
Picture
Operating
Temperature
Storage
Temperature
- √
Version 1.0, 7/25/2018

8.1 Packet Pg. 274
Version 2.1 Date 12/20/24
Prepared By
Category PICTURE
Item Number
Stock Code
Mounting
Housing Color
Rated Wattage (W) 6
Tested Wattage (W) 6
Input Voltage (V) 12V
Voltage Frequency (Hz) 50/60 Surge Protect Level -
Input Current (A) 0.56 Dimmable Yes
Power Factor >0.9 AUX (12V) Line -
THD -
Operating Temperature
(°F) Item # Stock Code
Storage Temperature (°F)
IP Rating
IK Rating
Rated Life (Hrs)
Warranty (Yrs)
Width- in / (mm) 1.97" 50
Height- in / (mm) 1.91" 48.5
Depth- in / (mm) - -
IK Rating
Weight (lbs)
Mounting Height (ft)
Cable Length (ft)
UL/ETL UL CEC LM79 ✓ IES File ✓
NSF/ETL Sanitation JA8 LM80 ✓ Dimmer List
Energy Star FCC ✓
DLC RoHs ✓
898
White
Damp Location
-4°F ~ 140°
GU5.3
Replacement
Wattage (W)
Lumen (lm)

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS ACCESSORIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS
-4°F ~ 104°
3000K
40°
80 Description
CBCP
JC
LED MR16
4565
LED6MR16/50L/FL/830

PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
35 Efficacy (lm/w)
CRI

CCT (K)
83 Beam Angle (°)
500
3 -
25,000
-

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS

CERTIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS

COMMENTS

1.76oz
-
-

naturaLED © For informational purposes only. Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice 1 of 1

8.1 Packet Pg. 275
Version 2.1 Date 12/20/24
Prepared By
Category PICTURE
Item Number
Stock Code
Base
Housing Color
Rated Wattage (W) 8
Tested Wattage (W) 8
Input Voltage (V) 120V
Voltage Frequency (Hz) 50/60 Surge Protect Level -
Input Current (A) 0.075 Dimmable Yes
Power Factor >0.9 AUX (12V) Line -
THD -
Operating Temperature
(°F) Item # Stock Code
Storage Temperature (°F)
IP Rating
IK Rating
Rated Life (Hrs)
Warranty (Yrs)
Width- in / (mm) 2.50" 63.5
Height- in / (mm) 3.50" 88.9
Depth- in / (mm) - -
IK Rating
Weight (lbs)
Mounting Height (ft)
Cable Length (ft)
UL/ETL UL CEC LM79 ✓ IES File ✓
NSF/ETL Sanitation JA8 LM80 ✓ Dimmer List
Energy Star FCC ✓
DLC RoHs ✓

CERTIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS

COMMENTS

3.68oz
-
-

5 -
25,000
-

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
90 Description
CBCP
JC

LED PAR
5925
LED8PAR20/50L/FL/950

PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
50 Efficacy (lm/w)
CRI

CCT (K)
63 Beam Angle (°)
500
1031
White
Damp Location
-4°F ~ 140°
E26
Replacement
Wattage (W)
Lumen (lm)

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS ACCESSORIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS
-4°F ~ 104°
5000K
40°
naturaLED © For informational purposes only. Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice 1 of 1

8.1 Packet Pg. 276
Version 2.1 Date 12/20/24
Prepared By
Category PICTURE
Item Number
Stock Code
Mounting
Housing Color
Rated Wattage (W) 9
Tested Wattage (W) 9
Input Voltage (V) 120V
Voltage Frequency (Hz) 60 Surge Protect Level -
Input Current (A) 0.08 Dimmable Yes
Power Factor >0.9 AUX (12V) Line -
THD -
Operating Temperature
(°F) Item # Stock Code
Storage Temperature (°F)
IP Rating
IK Rating
Rated Life (Hrs)
Warranty (Yrs)
Width- in / (mm) 2.36" 59.94
Height- in / (mm) 4.25" 107.95
Depth- in / (mm) - -
IK Rating
Weight (lbs)
Mounting Height (ft)
Cable Length (ft)
UL/ETL UL CEC ✓ LM79 ✓ IES File ✓
NSF/ETL Sanitation JA8 ✓ LM80 ✓ Dimmer List
Energy Star FCC ✓
DLC RoHs ✓
White
Damp Location
-4°F ~ 140°
E26
Replacement
Wattage (W)
Lumen (lm)

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS ACCESSORIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS
-4°F ~ 104°
4000K
Omni
90 Description
JC
LED Lamp
4587
LED9A19/EC/81L/940

PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
60 Efficacy (lm/w)
CRI

CCT (K)
90 Beam Angle (°)
810
3 -
25,000
-

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS

CERTIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS

COMMENTS

1.67oz
-
-

naturaLED © For informational purposes only. Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice 1 of 1

8.1 Packet Pg. 277
1/2

DESCRIPTION
© 2024 naturaLED® All rights reserved
www.naturaLED.com Toll-Free: 855.758.7009

FEATURES
SAMPLE NUMBER LED12A19/110L/927

APPLICATIONS
Residential, Decorative, Recessed Downlight, Track , Accent, Retail, Restaurant, Hospitality Lighting
• UL Damp
• Title20/JA8
• Color Temp: 2700K, 3000K, 4000K, 5000K
• Voltage: 120V
• Power Factor: >0.9
• Dimmable
• CRI: >90
• Operating temperature: - 4°F - 104°F
• Instant on / Uniform light distribution and consistent color • Up to 70% energy savings
• Omni-directional
• Direct Replacement traditional incandescent design
• Contains no mercury or lead
• 3 Year Warranty
• 25,000 hrs rated average life
PROJECT:

PREPARE BY:

SCHEDULE: DATE:

NOTES:

WATTAGE SERIES CRI/COLOR TEMP
12 A19 927
12 Watt A19 Lamp CRI 90
2700K
A19/A21 LAMPS
Rated Life Hours 25,000
Warranty 3 Years
naturaLED® offers various direct replacement for A- lamps for your decorative lighting, which is free of mercury and lead, JA8 Listed and dimmability functions. Our A19/A21 comes in the choice of 5 watt, 9 watt, 12 watt and 17 watt to replace your existing incandescent up to 100 watt, saving up to 75% of energy. It is a great value energy efficient lamp, using less energy and lasts up to 25,000 hours average life. naturaLED® lamps are ideal lighting solution for track lights, display lights, hotel boutiques, residential, retail, museum lighting and any hospitality applications.

STYLE
LED
LUMENS
110L
1,100 Lumens
What is CRI 90
High CRI with LED
Color Rendering Index (CRI) describes how an object
appears to the human eye based on ideal or natural light source. The CRI is an index, a measure, that tells something about how colors are represensted by light coming from a certain light bulb, compared to how the colors are rendered with the light coming from a reference illuminant.

The CRI reports a unit less value, that can differ between 0 and 100. The value 100 means that there is no difference in color rendition between the light of the observed light bulb and the light of the reference illuminant. Lighting with a CRI of 85 to 90 is typically “excellent” at rendering colors of objects while CRI90 or greater are “superior”.

CRI80
CRI90
LED Lighting
79 LM
80 LM
Damp
Location
TITLE
20 TITLE
20 8.1
Packet Pg. 278
2/2
A19 / A21
© 2024 naturaLED® All rights reserved
www.naturaLED.com Toll-Free: 855.758.7009
LAMPS

ORDERING
4513
4528
4533
4529
4514
4530
4531
4524
5948
4512
4525
5962
Ordering
Code
LED12A19/110L/927
LED12A19/110L/930
LED12A19/110L/940
LED12A19/110L/950
LED17A21/160L/927
LED17A21/160L/930
LED17A21/160L/950
LED5A19/45L/950
LED6A19/48L/850
LED6.5A19/48L/927
LED9A19/81L/927
LED15A21/160L/830
Description
2700K
3000K
4000K
5000K
2700K
3000K
5000K
5000K
5000K
2700K
2700K
3000K
CCT
(K)
1,100
1,100
1,100
1,100
1,600
1,600
1,600
450
480
480
810
1,600
Lumens
(Lm)
12 12
12 12
17 17
17 5
6 6.5
9 15
Watts
(W)
Damp
Location
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Equiv.

Wattage (W)
75 75
75 75
100
100
100
40 40
40 60
100
E26
E26
E26
E26
E26
E26
E26
E26
E26
E26
E26
E26
Base

DIMENSIONS

6.5-Watt

1.91-oz
Case Qty 20 pcs
(10 for inner package)
90 90
90 90
90 90
90 90
80 90
90 80
CRI
9 Watt

1.97-oz
12 Watt

3.20-oz
17 Watt

5.62-oz

4.25” (107.95mm)

2.36” (59.94mm)

5.47” (138.9mm)

2.82” (71.62mm)

4.25” (107.95mm)

2.36” (59.94mm)

4.61” (117.1mm)

2.36” (59.94mm)

PACKAGE

8.1 Packet Pg. 279
1/3

DESCRIPTION
© 2024 naturaLED® by Plusrite. All rights reserved
www.naturaLED.com Toll-Free: 855.758.7009

FEATURES
SAMPLE NUMBER LED-FXSWP15/840/DB

APPLICATIONS
Security, Pathway, Perimeter, Entryway, Area Lighting, and building facades

ACCESSORIES
• DLC Premium
• IP65 Rated
• ETL Listed
• ADA Compliance (4” Depth)
• Color Temp: 4000K, 5000K
• Voltage: 120-277V
• Surge Protection: 15W= 2KV, 28/45W= 4KV
• Beam Angle: 140°
• Dimmable: 1-10V (28W/45W)
• CRI: 80
• Operating Temperature: -22°F - 122°F
• Adjustable fixture angle
• 1/2” NPT Knock Out
• Photocell Sensor Compatible
• Material: Die Cast Aluminum
• Finish: Corrosion Resistant Powder Coating
• Colors: Dark Bronze / Black
• 5 Year Warranty
• Optional for Purchase: Photocell Sensor, Slip Fitter, Swivel Bracket, 3/4” NPT Knuckle Mount Adjustable Angle
PROJECT:

PREPARE BY:

SCHEDULE: DATE:

NOTES:

Photocell Sensor
Slip Fitter
Swivel Bracket

STYLE FAMILY SERIES WATTAGE CRI/COLOR TEMP FINISH COLOR LED FX SWP 15 840 DB
Fixture Slim Wall Pack 15 Watt CRI 80
4000K
LED Lighting Dark Bronze

SWP ADJUSTABLE SLIM WALL PACK
Rated Life 50,000 Hours
Warranty 5 Years
naturaLED® slim, low-profile cutoff wall pack with the smooth contemporary design. Well-engineered, high-quality die-cast aluminum, delivering bright, crisp light. The excellent thermal design ensures our SWP’s performance over rated life. Installation is made simple and easy with an adjustable angle and hinged junction box. Our Slim Wall Packs are available in 15W, 28W and 45W with color options of Black and Bronze. Optional ¾” knuckle-mount, adjustable swivel bracket or slip fitter provides you the flexibility for your application. SWP is ideal for landscape, wall/surface, low-level pathway, apartment buildings, schools and multi-use facilities.

Knuckle Mount
0°-90°
79 LM
80 LM
5 IP65
TITLE
24 TITLE
24 8.1
Packet Pg. 280
2/3

ADJUSTABLE SLIM WALL PACK
© 2024 naturaLED® by Plusrite. All rights reserved
www.naturaLED.com Toll-Free: 855.758.7009

WALL & AREA LUMINAIRES
ORDERING *P= Premium DLC / *S = Standard DLC
9302
9308
9304
9309
9310
9311
9312
Ordering
Code
LED-FXSWP15/850/DB
LED-FXSWP15/850/BK
LED-FXSWP28/850/DB
LED-FXSWP28/840/BK
LED-FXSWP28/850/BK
LED-FXSWP45/840/BK
LED-FXSWP45/850/BK
Description
5000K
5000K
5000K
4000K
5000K
4000K
5000K
CCT
(K)
2,062
2,062
3,513
3,418
3,513
5,539
5,680
Lumens
(Lm)
-
-
P
P
P
P
P
DLC
(S/P)
15 15
28 28
28 45
45 Watts
(W)
IP65
Rated
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Equiv.

Wattage (W)
100
100
175
175
175
250
250
4”
4”
4”
4”
4”
4”
4”
Depth*
ACCESSORIES (Ordered Separately)
P10036 SEN-PHO-BT-MT/MV
(Button Photocell 120-277V)
P10076 MT-SF-SWP/DB
(Slip Fitter Dark Bronze)
P10007 MT-SF-SWP/BK
(Slip Fitter Black)
-
-
1-10V
1-10V
1-10V
1-10V
1-10V
Dim
(V)
P10074 MT-SB-SWP/DB
(Swivel Bracket Dark Bronze)
P10005 MT-SB-SWP/BK
(Swivel Bracket Black)
P10075 MT-KNC-SWP/DB
(3/4” NPT Knuckle Dark Bronze)
P10006 MT-KNC-SWP/BK
(3/4” NPT Knuckle Black)

4.21” (106.9mm)

4.21”
(106.9mm)

4.65” (118.11mm)
Knuckle
Mount
Slip
Fitter
Swivel
Bracket

7.04” (178.8mm)

2.95”
(74.93mm)

3.25”
(82.55mm)

4.68” (118.8mm)

5.47”
(138.9mm)

1.37”

34.8mm
Dark Bronze
Black
Dark Bronze
Black
Black
Black
Black
Color
Slip Fitter
Swivel Bracket
Knuckle Mount
Photocell Sensor
*Accessible for Americans with Disability Act

8.1 Packet Pg. 281

DIMENSIONS
4” (103mm)
15W / 28W / 45W

5.45-lbs

5.5” (140mm)

6.18” (157mm)
3/3

ADJUSTABLE SLIM WALL PACK
© 2024 naturaLED® by Plusrite. All rights reserved
www.naturaLED.com Toll-Free: 855.758.7009

WALL & AREA LUMINAIRES

PHOTOMETRICS CHART
15 Watt 28 Watt
DLC Premium
45 Watt
DLC Premium

PACKAGE
Case Qty 5 pcs

7.87” (200mm)

6.6” (167mm)
200
300
400
500
cd/klm η = 100% C0 - C180 C90 - C270
0° 15° 30°
45°
60°
75°
90°
105° 105°
90°
75°
60°
45°
30° 15° 0°
200
300
400
500
cd/klm η = 100%
C0 - C180 C90 - C270
0° 15° 30°
45°
60°
75°
90°
105° 105°
90°
75°
60°
45°
30° 15° 0°
80 160
cd/klm η = 33%
C0 - C180 C90 - C270
0° 15° 30°
45°
60°
75°
90°
105° 105°
90°
75°
60°
45°
30° 15° 0°

8.1 Packet Pg. 282
Version 2.0 Date 8/19/25
Prepared By
Category PICTURE
Item Number
Stock Code
Mounting
Housing Color
Rated Wattage (W) 10/15/20
Tested Wattage (W)
Input Voltage (V) 120-277V
Voltage Frequency (Hz) 50/60 Surge Protect Level 2KV
Input Current (A) 0.18 Dimmable -
Power Factor >0.9 AUX (12V) Line -
THD <20%
Operating Temperature
(°F) Item # Stock Code
Storage Temperature (°F)
IP Rating
Rated Life (Hrs)
Warranty (Yrs)
Length- in / (mm) 7.28" 185
Width- in / (mm) 3.40" 86
Height- in / (mm) 3.82" 97
EPA (ft²)
Weight (lbs)
Mounting Height (ft)
Cable Length (ft)
UL/ETL ETL, cETL CEC LM79 IES File ✓
NSF/ETL Sanitation JA8 LM80 ✓ Dimmer List
Energy Star FCC ✓ Title 20 TAA
DLC 5.1S RoHs ✓ Title 24
Bronze
IP65
-40°F ~ 140°F
Knuckle Mount 1/2" knuckle NPT
Replacement
Wattage (W)
Lumen (lm)

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS ACCESSORIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS
-40°F ~ 122°F
CCT3
(30/40/50K)
5x5
>80
Description
JC
Floodlight
9798
BFS20S/55/8C3/BZ/PHO-KNC

PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
100-150
Efficacy (lm/w)
CRI

CCT (K)
Beam Angle (°)
105lm/w@3000K
115lm/w@4000K
110lm/w@5000K
1,050
1,575
2,100
-
5 50,000

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS

1.39 -
-

COMMENTS

CERTIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS
naturaLED © For informational purposes only. Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice 1 of 1

8.1 Packet Pg. 283
Attachment C: Mechanical Systems
City of Patterson

8.1 Packet Pg. 284
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Aquatic Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser No Access - - 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14 No ID tag Aquatic Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser No Access - - 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14 Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Aquatic Center Packet Pg. 285
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag City Hall Main Ground Mount Ductless Split Condenser Mr Cool A-24-HP-C-230G 2021 2 19 Good N N No Change 2 19 No ID tag City Hall Main Basement HHW Boiler Nat. Gas LAARS SMB-250N 2005 - N/A Poor Y N No Change - N/ANo ID tag City Hall Main Basement 1-HP HHW Pump Baldor VEJMM3116T 2005 - N/A Poor Y N No Change - N/A AH-1 City Hall Main Basement Air Handler McQuay CAH031GDAM 2005 - N/A Poor N Y RCx of SP fan controls and sensors - N/A No ID tag City Hall Main Basement Wall Mount Heat-Pump Marvair AVP24ACC00M 2006 2 10 Poor Y N No Change 2 23 No ID tag City Hall Main Rooftop Gas Package Trane YHC036A3RLA0R000 2006 3 12 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostat & Gateway 3 15.2 No ID tag City Hall Main Rooftop Air-Cooled Condensing Unit McQuay AC2050BC12-ER11 2006 50 12 Poor Y N No Change 50 15.6 Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - City Hall Packet Pg. 286
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER No ID tag Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Ductless Split Condenser Cooper CH18MSPH230V0 2022 2 23 Good N N No Change 2 23 No ID tag Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Split Condenser Trane 4TWZ0048A1000AA 2009 4 14 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 15 No ID tag Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Split Condenser Trane 4TWZ0060A1000AA 2009 5 14 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 15 No ID tag Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Split Condenser Trane 4TWZ0060A1000AA 2009 5 14 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 15 General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Corporate Yard Packet Pg. 287
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Rooftop Gas Package Bryant 582KP05A067A2A0AAA 2022 4 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 14 No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Rooftop Gas Package Bryant Illegible - 4 12 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 16 No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Rooftop Gas Package Rheem RGEA14036AJT06XAB 2020 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14 No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Ground Mount Ductless Split Condenser BDP DAQMA-S122-3AAA 2015 1 16 Good N N No Change 1 16 No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Rooftop Ductless Split Heat-Pump Condenser LG LSU180HEV - 2 20 Good N N No Change 2 20 Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Fire Station #1 Packet Pg. 288
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data AC-1 Fire Station #2 Main Rooftop Gas Package Trane YHC043 - 4 11.7 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 16 AC-2 Fire Station #2 Main Rooftop Gas Package Trane YHC063 - 5 11.7 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 15 AC-3 Fire Station #2 Main Rooftop Gas Package Trane YHC063 - 5 11.7 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 15 CU-1 Fire Station #2 Main Rooftop Ductless Split Condenser No Nameplat- - 2 12.0 Poor Y N No Change 2 23 Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Fire Station #2 Packet Pg. 289
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Ductless Split Condenser Bryant 38MAQB36R-301 2017 3 20 Good N N No Change 3 20CU-3 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60S43S1A 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14 CU-4 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60S43S1A 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14CU-2 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60S43S1A 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14CU-1 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14CU-5 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD48 2017 4 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 14CU-8 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD48 2017 4 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 14CU-9 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14CU-6 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD36 2017 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14CU-7 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York No Nameplate - 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14 Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Hammon Senior Center Packet Pg. 290
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Museum Main Ground Mount Split Condenser Carrier 38TXA042 2000 3.5 12 Poor N N No Change 3.5 12 Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Museum
Packet Pg. 291
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Old Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Ductless Split Condenser Mr Cool Multi2-18HP230V1 - 2 16 Good N N No Change 2 16No ID tag Old Corporate Yard Main Window Window Mount AC Frigidaire No Access 0 1 9 Good N N No Change 1 9No ID tag Old Corporate Yard Main Rooftop Evaporative Cooler 0 - - Good N N No Change - - Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Old Corporate Yard Packet Pg. 292
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2022 4 11 Good N N No Change 4 11 No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2022 4 11 Good N N No Change 4 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Locker Rms Exterior Ductless Split Heat-Pump Condenser Carrier 38MGHBQ36DA3 2024 3 20 Good N N No Change 3 20No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Window Window Mount AC No Nameplat- - 1 9 Good N N No Change 1 9 No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Window Window Mount AC No Nameplat- - 1 9 Good N N No Change 1 9 Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Temporary Police Station Packet Pg. 293
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag WWTP North Lab Rooftop Gas Package Carrier No Access - 8 10 Poor N N No Change 8 10 No ID tag WWTP North Lab Rooftop Gas Package Carrier No Access - 2 10 Poor N N No Change 2 10No ID tag WWTP South MCCD Window Window Mount AC No Name Pla- - 1 9 Poor N N No Change 1 9 No ID tag WWTP South Office Portab Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard Illegible - 4 9 Poor N N No Change 4 9 No ID tag WWTP South Electrical Ground Mount Package Heat-Pump Carrier 50TCQA07A2A6A0A0A0AB 2015 6 14 Good N N No Change 6 14 Detailed HVAC Inventory - City of Patterson - Waste Water Treatment Plant Packet Pg. 294
Internal Use Only:0047408520
COVER
Project Name: City Hall - City of Patterson Date: 09/03/2025 Location: Patterson, CA
Attention: Tim McKeveny
Mark For Qty Model Number Description
1 38RCD0505G-2G09D AIR-COOLED CONDENSING UNIT
• 208/230-3-60
• 050
• Dual Refrigeration Circuit
• BACNET IP + BACNET MSTP
• Single Point, No Disconnect
• No PRVs
• Variable Comprressor with Standard Interrupt
• With Accumulator & Check Valves
• Copper/Aluminum Coil
• PIC6+ EMM
• Skid Only
• Sound Treatment with Blanket
• Full Hail Guard
• Green Speed
1 Start-up, First Unit
1 48NGUB360605 3T R454b Gas/Electric RTU, 3 Tons 208/3
1 Verical Drybulb Economizer
1 Curb Adapter
1 RAV-HB241KRTP-UL TC 24K High Wall
1 RAV-BP241AT2P-UL TC 24K SDI Condensing Unit, 2 Tons, 208/1 1 RBC-AWSU52-UL TC Wired Remote Controller

8.1 Packet Pg. 295
Submitted by: Ryan Walsh
Performance Report
Project Name:

City of Patterson City Hall
Tag Name:
50 T DX Condenser
Tag Name: 50 T DX Condenser
38RC Gemini Select Air Cooled Condensing Unit
Unit Information
Model Number 38RCD0505GA3D09D
Unit Quantity 1
Condenser Type Air Cooled Condenser
Manufacturing Source Charlotte, NC USA
Refrigerant Type R-32
Refrigerant Weight lb 93
Rigging Weight lb 2453
Operating Weight lb 2546
Unit Dimensions (L x W x H) in 98 x 88 x 79
Linear Pipe Length ft 0.0
Liquid Line Connection Size in 5/8 (A), 5/8 (B)
Suction Line Connection Size in 1 3/8 (A), 1 3/8 (B)
Operating Conditions
Condenser Al/Cu Condenser Coil
Number of Circuits Dual Refrigeration Circuit
Capacity Split (Ckt A/Ckt B) % 47/53
Entering Air Temperature °F 95.0
Number of Fans 3
Total Condenser Fan Airflow CFM 33410
Altitude ft 0
Suction Line Loss °F 2.0
Sat. Condensing Temp (Ckt A) °F 131.26
Sat. Condensing Temp (Ckt B) °F 135.29
Sat. Discharge Temp (Ckt A) °F 131.51
Sat. Discharge Temp (Ckt B) °F 135.58
Sat. Suction Temp °F 45.00
Performance Information
Condenser Total Fan Power kW 3.534
Compressor Power kW 51.50
Capacity Control Steps 4
Total Capacity Tons 50.58
Circuit A Capacity Tons 23.76
Circuit B Capacity Tons 26.82
Efficiency @ AHRI Conditions BTU/(W-hr) 11.25
Efficiency @ Operating Conditions BTU/(W-hr) 11.03
IPLV.IP BTU/(W-hr) 15.64
IEER BTU/(W-hr) 16.29
Electrical Information
Unit Voltage 208/230-3-60
Electrical Connection Single Point Power
SCCR 5kA SCCR
Minimum Voltage V 187
Maximum Voltage V 253
Nominal Voltage V 220
MCA A 228.3
MOCP A 250
ICF A 499.2
RecFuse Size A 250
Unit Features
BACnet IP / MSTP
Energy Management Module
Low Sound (Includes independent compressor blankets)
5kA SCCR
Standard Scroll Compressor
Al/Cu Condenser Coil
Greenspeed Intelligence: High-Efficiency Variable Condenser Fans Terminal Block
Single Point Power
Security Grilles/Hail Guards Only
Bottom Skid
(1) 38RC units are not designed for Refrigeration duty. Unit operational range should be reviewed to ensure that operation at full and part load conditions with Saturated Suction Temperatures at or below 30°F are avoided. Operation below 30°F SST may result in ice build-up on evaporator coil resulting in loquid flood-back and possible compressor failure. Return/Mixed Air Temperature should not be below 55°F. (2) Liquid line check valve(s) prevent charge migration to compressor. These valves may be required for certain applications, refer to PD. (3) Dualsuction riser may be required, refer to PD.
(4) Do NOT exceed 200ft max linear separation or 75ft vertical liquid lift. Oil management is critical on splitsystemsfor compressor reliability.

Refrigerant circuit warranty may be void beyond these limits.

Created on 9/3/2025 12:42:39 PM
Commercial Splits NAO v1.3.0.0 Page 1/1

8.1 Packet Pg. 296
7 LEGEND
Table 3 — 38RC040-060 Unit Physical Data — English
38RC UNIT SIZE 040 050 060
Nominal Capacity (tons) 40 50 60
Circuit Dual Single Dual Single Dual
Operating Weights (lb)
MCHX 2149 2023 2223 2080 2325
Cu-Al RTPF 2294 2168 2402 2259 2403
REFRIGERANT CHARGE (lb)
Total MCHX a
NOTE(S):
a. Typical operating charge with 25 ft of interconnecting piping. Operating charge is approximate for maximum system capacity. Unit is factory supplied with nitrogen holding charge. Refrigerant charge for dual circuit units is the total for both circuits.

43.1 43.9 55.7 53.1 66.2
Circuit A/Circuit B MCHX 23.6/19.5 43.9 24.6/31.1 53.1 32.1/34.1 Total RTPF a 88.1 88.8 100.7 98 111.1
Circuit A/Circuit B RTPF 46.1/42 88.8 47.1/53.6 98 54.6/56.5 NITROGEN SHIPPING CHARGE 15 psig
Compressor
hp (Qty) (CKT A/CKT B) 10 (2) / 9 (2) 13 (3) 11 (2) / 13 (2) 15 (3) 13 (2) /15 (2)

CAPACITY STEPS
Standard 43434
Digital Option 36 27 36 27 36

CRANKCASE HEATER (W)
(each compressor) 90 (60 Hz)

CONDENSER FANS
Low Noise Plastic Type, Axial, Vertical Discharge
Quantity 33334
rpm 850 (60 Hz)
Diameter (in.) 30
Total Watts (60 Hz) 3500 3500 3500 3500 5200
Total Airflow (60 Hz) (cfm) 30501 30501 38800
CONDENSER COIL MCHX Type
No. Coils per Circuit 12121
sq ft 67.8 67.8 67.8 67.8 67.8
TEMPERATURE RELIEF Fusible Plug on Liquid Lines of Each Circuit - 210°F CONNECTIONS (in.) ODF
(CKT A/CKT B)
Suction Line 1-5/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 1-5/8 / 1-5/8 2-1/8 1-5/8 / 1-5/8 Liquid Line 5/8 / 5/8 7/8 5/8 / 5/8 7/8 5/8 / 5/8
MAXIMUM HEIGHT FOR 3°F
SUBCOOLING (ft) b
b. Maximum vertical separation between evaporator coil and condensing unit If condensing unit is below the evaporator. 75 75 75 75 75
Capacity Per Circuit (%) (CKT A/CKT B) 54/46 100 48/52 100 46/54 MINIMUM UNIT CAPACITY (%)c
c. Refer to Loading Sequences tables in Application Data.

Standard Compressor 27 33 23 33 23
Digital Compressor 13 16 11 16 11
CKT — Circuit
MCHX — Microchannel Heat Exchanger
ODF — Outside Diameter, Female
RTPF — Round Tube Plate Fin

8.1 Packet Pg. 297
8 LEGEND
Table 4 — 38RC040-060 Unit Physical Data — SI
38RC UNIT SIZE 040 050 060
Nominal Capacity (kW) 141 176 211
Circuit Dual Single Dual Single Dual
Operating Weights (kg)
MCHX 975 918 1008 943 1055
Cu-Al RTPF 1041 983 1090 1025 1090
REFRIGERANT CHARGE (kg)
Total MCHX a
NOTE(S):
a. Typical operating charge with 7.62 m of interconnecting piping. Operating charge is approximate for maximum system capacity. Unit is factory supplied with nitrogen holding charge. Refrigerant charge for dual circuit units is the total for both circuits.

19.5 19.9 25.3 24.1 29.9
Circuit A/Circuit B MCHX 10.7/8.8 19.9 11.2/14.1 24.1 14.5/15.4 Total RTPF a 40 40.3 45.7 44.4 50.4
Circuit A/Circuit B RTPF 20.9/19.1 40.3 21.4/24.3 44.4 24.7/25.7 NITROGEN SHIPPING CHARGE 103 kPa
Compressor
hp (Qty) (CKT A/CKT B) 10 (2) / 9 (2) 13 (3) 11 (2) / 13 (2) 15 (3) 13 (2) / 15 (2)

CAPACITY STEPS
Standard 43434
Digital Option 36 27 36 27 36

CRANKCASE HEATER (W)
(each compressor) 90 (60 Hz)

CONDENSER FANS
Low Noise Plastic Type, Axial, Vertical Discharge
Quantity 33334
rpm 850 (60 Hz)
Diameter (mm) 762
Total Watts (60 Hz) 3500 3500 3500 3500 5200
Total Airflow (60 Hz) (cu m/s) 51821 51821 65921
CONDENSER COIL MCHX Type
No. Coils per Circuit 12121
sq m 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30

TEMPERATURE RELIEF CONNECTIONS
(in.) ODF (CKT A/CKT B) Fusible Plug on Liquid Lines of Each Circuit - 99°C Suction Line 1-5/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 1-5/8 / 1-5/8 2-1/8 1-5/8 / 1-5/8 Liquid Line 5/8 / 5/8 7/8 5/8 / 5/8 7/8 5/8 / 5/8
MAXIMUM HEIGHT FOR 1.8°C
SUBCOOLING (m) b
b. Maximum vertical separation between evaporator coil and condensing unit If condensing unit is below the evaporator.

22.9 22.9 22.9 22.9 22.9
Capacity Per Circuit (%) (CKT A/CKT B) 54/46 100 48/52 100 46/54 MINIMUM UNIT CAPACITY (%)c
c. Refer to Loading Sequences tables in Application Data.

Standard Compressor 27 33 23 33 23
Digital Compressor 13 16 11 16 11
CKT — Circuit
MCHX — Microchannel Heat Exchanger
ODF — Outside Diameter, Female
RTPF — Round Tube Plate Fin

8.1 Packet Pg. 298
11 Rig and Place Unit
The maximum altitude intended for this appliance is 10,000 ft (3048 m). For operation above this consult with Carrier Service.

All units are designed for overhead rigging, and it is important that this method be used. Lifting holes are provided in the frame base rails. It is recommended to use shackles in the lifting holes (see rigging label on the unit and Fig. 2 and 3 for rigging weights and center of gravity). All panels must be in place when rigging.

Use spreader bars or frame to keep the cables, chains, and straps clear of the unit sides. Leave standard coil protection packaging in place during rigging to provide protection to coils. Remove and discard all coil protection after rigging cables are detached.

DOMESTIC UNITS
Standard 38RC unit packaging consists of coil protection only.

Skids are not provided. If overhead rigging is not available at the job site, place the unit on a skid or pad before dragging or rolling.

When rolling, use a minimum of 3 rollers. When dragging, pull the pad or skid. Do not apply force to the unit. When in final position, raise from above to lift unit off the pad or skid.

EXPORT UNITS
All export units are mounted on skids with vertical coil protection.

Leave the unit on the skid until it is in final position. While on the skid, the unit can be rolled or skidded. Apply force to the skid, not to the unit. Use a minimum of 3 rollers when rolling. When in final position, raise from above to remove the skid.

PLACING UNITS
When considering location of the unit, be sure to consult National Electrical Code (NEC, U.S.A.) and local code requirements. Allow sufficient space for airflow, wiring, piping, and service. The placement area must be level and strong enough to support the operating weight of the unit. See Table 7 and Fig. 4. When unit is in proper location, use of mounting holes in base rails is recommended for securing unit to supporting structure. For mounting units 38RC025-060 on vibration isolators, 4 x 24 in. perimeter support ASTM “C” channels between unit and the isolators are recommended with a minimum of 4 channels per unit. Fasteners for mounting unit are field supplied. See Fig. 5.
38RC070-150 MOUNTING
The unit may be mounted on a level pad directly on the base rails, on rails along the long axis of the machine, or on vibration isolation springs; see Fig. 6. For all units, ensure placement area is strong enough to support unit operating weight; see Table 7 and Fig. 4. Mounting holes are provided for securing the unit to the pad, mounting rail, or vibration isolation springs. The base rail is made from steel; see Fig. 7 for base rail shape. See Fig. 9-14 for locations of mounting points. At the mounting points, a U-shaped channel is welded into the base rail to provide a flat plate for mounting. See Fig. 8 for mounting plate dimensions. The 1.46 in. (37 mm) dimension shown is from the outside edge of the rail to the mounting hole.

NOTE: The 1.46 in. (37 mm) dimension in Fig. 8 is not the same dimension as the 1.48 in. (37.5 mm) flange that is turned under the base rail in Fig. 7.

Bolt the unit securely to pad or rails. If vibration isolators (fieldsupplied, see Fig. 6) are required for a particular installation, see unit weight distribution in Fig. 4 to aid in the proper selection of isolators. Once installed, the unit must be level to within 1/8 in. per ft (1 cm per meter) along the long axis of the unit. This is required for oil return to the compressor(s). For more details about physical data, see Tables 1-6.

NOTE: For units that are point loaded, such as those using rubber and shear isolators, the mounting pocket in the base rail must be supported. If the isolator includes a plate that spans across the mounting pocket, no further support is needed. If the isolator is point loaded, add a backup plate to the mounting plate 1/4 in. thick x 6 in. wide x 8 in. long, centered on the unit mounting plate.

Refer to Fig. 9-14 for airflow clearances. Recommended minimum clearances are 6 ft (1829 mm) for unrestricted airflow and service on sides of unit, 4 ft (1219 mm) on ends, and unrestricted clear air space above the unit. Provide ample space to connect liquid and suction lines to indoor unit. For multiple units, allow 10 ft (3048 mm) separation between airflow surfaces. If walls surround the unit, wall height should not exceed the top of the unit fan discharge. Installation in a pit is not recommended.

Refer to Fig. 15 for outdoor fan and compressor layout. Refer to Fig. 16 and 17 for unit piping installation. See Table 8 for refrigerant specialties part numbers. See Tables 9 and 10 for liquid line valve requirements.

IMPORTANT: To maintain unit stability while lifting, use 4 cables, chains or straps of equal length. Attach one end of each cable to shackle attachment point and the other end of each cable to the overhead rigging point.

CAUTION
All panels must be in place when rigging. Failure to comply could result in equipment damage.

CAUTION
For unit sizes 025 to 060 when handling with a forklift, handle only through fork pocket holes. Failure to follow this caution could result in equipment damage or personal injury.

For unit sizes 070 to 150, do not forklift the unit unless unit is attached to a skid designed for forklifting. Failure to follow this caution could result in equipment damage or personal injury.

WARNING

UNIT MUST NOT BE ACCESSIBLE TO THE GENERAL
PUBLIC.

IMPORTANT: Be sure to mount unit level to within 1/8 in. per ft (10.4 mm per m) to ensure proper oil equalization between compressors.

8.1 Packet Pg. 299
12 Operating Limits
• Maximum outdoor ambient:
- Full capacity 122°F (50°C)
- Unloaded 125°F (51.6°C 100% outdoor air application;
return air temperature maximum 95°F (35°C)
• Minimum operating outdoor air temperature with installed high-efficiency variable condenser fans and wind baffles –20°F (–28.8°C):
- Minimum return air temperature 55°F (–12.8°C)
- Maximum return air temperature 95°F (35°C)
• Range of acceptable saturation suction temperature 35 to 55°F (1.7 to 12.8°C)
• Maximum discharge temperature 268°F (131°C)
• Minimum suction superheat 12° F (6.7°C)
• Maximum vertical liquid lift separation 75 ft (22.8 m) 60 Hz
Check valves required with all units with Microchannel (MCHX) condenser coils. Check valves required for all units with linear line length more than 100 ft (30.5 m). Check valves required for any 38RC025-030 dual circuit units where evaporator is located higher than the condensing unit and the linear line length is more than 55 ft (16.8 m). Maximum linear separation between condensing unit and air handling unit 200 ft (61 m).

Fig. 2 — Rigging Label, 38RC025-060
LEGEND
MCHX — Microchannel Heat Exchanger
RTPF — Round Tube, Plate Fin (Condenser Coil)

8.1 Packet Pg. 300
13 Fig. 3 — Rigging Label, 38RC070-150
Model
Number
Max Shipping
Wt w/o
Packaging
Max Shipping
Wt with
Packaging
Max Shipping
Wt w/o
Packaging
Max Shipping
Wt with
Packaging Lifting Holes
Center of Gravity
Model Number
Position 10 =
4, 5, H, J
Model Number
Position 10 =
4, 5, H, J
Model Number
Position 10 =
0, 3, G, M
Model Number
Position 10 =
0, 3, G, M
B C
MCHX MCHX RTPF RTPF A1 A2 A3 MCHX RTPF MCHX RTPF
lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm 38RCD070 2992 1358 3345 1518 3312 1503 3665 1663 16.1 409 62.0 1575 16.1 409 35.5 902.5 36.6 930.7 42.0 1066.7 42.3 1073.2 38RCD080 3850 1747 4358 1977 4288 1946 4795 2176 16.1 409 109.0 2769 16.1 409 61.3 1556.8 62.2 1580.4 42.0 1066.8 42.4 1077.0 38RCD090 4042 1834 4549 2064 4522 2052 5029 2282 16.1 409 109.0 2769 16.1 409 62.6 1590.2 63.4 1611.6 40.6 1030.7 41.0 1041.6 38RCD100 4050 1837 4557 2068 4529 2055 5037 2285 16.1 409 109.0 2769 16.1 409 62.6 1591.1 63.5 1612.3 40.5 1029.5 41.0 1040.6 38RCD110 4939 2241 5599 2541 5536 2512 6197 2812 16.1 409 156.0 3963 16.1 409 83.7 2125.2 84.9 2156.9 41.0 1042.4 41.6 1055.8 38RCD130 5157 2340 5818 2640 5796 2630 6457 2930 16.1 409 156.0 3963 16.1 409 83.5 2121.5 84.7 2150.9 39.7 1009.5 40.3 1023.2 38RCD150 5163 2343 5824 2642 5803 2633 6464 2933 16.1 409 156.0 3963 16.1 409 83.5 2122.0 84.7 2151.3 39.7 1008.7 40.3 1022.5 CAUTION - NOTICE TO RIGGERS:

ALL PANELS MUST BE IN PLACE WHEN RIGGING. DO NOT FORK THESE UNITS IF NO SKID IS SUPPLIED.

ATTENTION - AVIS AUX MONTEURS:

TOUS LES PANNEAUX DOIVENT ÊTRE EN PLACE LORS DU GRÉEMENT. NE PAS TRANSFÉRER CES UNITÉS PAR CHARIOT-FOURCHE. SI AUCUN CHÂSSIS OU SUPPORT N’EST FOURNI.

NOTE:

1. 1.50 dia (38.1mm) lifting holes provided for field supplied clevis. 2. Rig with a minimum of 25 ft (7620mm) length chain or cables. 3 If central lifting point is used, it must be minimum of 13 ft (3962mm) above the top of the unit.

4. Spreader bars made from steel or double nailed, and notched 2x6's approximately 8 ft (2438mm) long, must be placed just above the top of the unit and coils.

5. If overhead rigging is not available, the unit can be moved on roller or dragged. When unit is moved on roller, the unit steel skid, if equipped, must be removed. To lift the unit, use jacks at rigging points. Use a minimum of one roller every 6 ft (1829 mm) to distribute the load. If the unit is to be dragged, lift the unit as described above, and place unit on a pad. Apply moving force to the pad, not the unit. When in its final location. raise the unit and remove the pad.

6. Check the unit model number, position 10 to determine the unit weight as per condenser option.

7. Check the bill of the lading to determine shipping weight of the unit.

REMARQUE:

1. Des trous de soulèvement mesurant 1,50 (38,1 mm) de diamètre, sont prévus pour la chape fournie avec l’unité.

2. Installer avec une chaîne ou des câbles d’une longueur minimale de 25 pieds (7620 mm) pour le gréement. 3. Dans le cas où un point de soulèvement central est employé, celui-ci doit être situé à un minimum de 3962 mm au-dessus de la surface supérieure de l’unité.

4. Des écarteurs en acier ou en 2x6, cloués et entaillés, d’environ 2438 mm de long doivent être affixés juste au-dessus du haut de l’unité et des bobines ventilatrices.

5. Si aucun système de gréement n’est disponible, l’unité peut être déplacée sur un rouleau ou traînée. Pour déplacer l’unité sur un rouleau, les patins en acier du support de l’unité, si équipée, doivent être retirés. Pour élever l’unité, utiliser des crics aux points d’ancrage. Pour faire répartir la charge, utiliser au moins un patin à tous les 6 pieds (1829 mm). Si l’unité doit être traînée, celle-ci doit être soulevée comme décrit ci-dessus et apposée sur une plaque de soutien. Appliquer la force de déplacement sur la plaque de soutien, et non sur l’unité. Une fois l’unité à son emplacement définitif, la lever et retirer la plaque de soutien.

6. Vérifier le numéro de modèle de l’unité, la position 10 pour déterminer le poids de l’unité en fonction de l’option condenseur.

7. Consulter la fiche de livraison pour déterminer le poids de l’appareil à l’expédition. 13' MINIMUM

COMPRESSOR SIDE
LEGEND
MCHX — Microchannel Heat ExchangerRTPF — Round Tube, Plate Fin (Condenser Coil) Packet Pg. 301
14 Table 7 — Maximum Operational Corner Weights
38RCS MCHX Unita,b
NOTE(S):
a. Weights include refrigerant charge.
b. For support points, see Fig. 4.
38RCS
UNIT
SIZE
TOTAL
WEIGHT
(lb)
OPERATIONAL CORNER WEIGHT (lb) TOTAL
WEIGHT
(kg)
OPERATIONAL CORNER WEIGHT (kg)

ABCD ABCD
025 1223 410 283 216 314 555 186 129 98 142
027 1338 432 310 249 346 607 196 141 113 157
030 1372 444 318 254 356 622 202 144 115 161
040 2023 639 621 376 387 918 290 282 171 176
050 2080 659 640 386 396 943 299 290 175 180
38RCD MCHX Unita,b
NOTE(S):
a. Weights include refrigerant charge.
b. For support points, see Fig. 4.
38RCD
UNIT
SIZE
TOTAL
WEIGHT (lb)
OPERATIONAL CORNER WEIGHT (lb) TOTAL
WEIGHT (kg)
OPERATIONAL CORNER WEIGHT (kg)

ABCDEF ABCDEF
025 1223 410 283 216 314 — — 555 186 129 98 142 — —
027 1338 432 310 249 346 — — 607 196 141 113 157 — —
030 1372 444 318 254 356 — — 622 202 144 115 161 — —
040 2149 692 676 385 395 — — 975 314 307 175 179 — —
050 2223 719 704 397 405 — — 1008 326 319 180 184 — —
060 2325 749 721 419 436 — — 1055 340 327 190 198 — —
070 3345 1145 1081 521 598 — — 1517 519 490 236 271 — — 080 4358 1294 1210 877 977 — — 1976 587 549 398 443 — — 090 4549 1387 1232 879 1051 — — 2063 629 559 399 477 — — 100 4557 1388 1231 882 1056 — — 2067 629 558 400 479 — — 115 5599 924 772 990 1143 864 905 2539 419 350 449 518 392 411 130 5818 984 772 1007 1219 872 964 2639 446 350 457 553 396 437 150 5824 985 773 1008 1220 873 965 2641 447 351 457 553 396 437 38RCS Cu-Al RTPF Unita,b
NOTE(S):
a. Weights include refrigerant charge.
b. For support points, see Fig. 4.
38RCS

UNIT SIZE
TOTAL
WEIGHT (lb)
OPERATIONAL CORNER WEIGHT (lb) TOTAL
WEIGHT (kg)
OPERATIONAL CORNER WEIGHT (kg)

ABCD ABCD
025 1295 408 287 248 352 587 185 130 113 160
027 1428 431 316 288 393 648 195 143 131 178
030 1461 442 323 295 402 663 200 146 134 182
040 2168 673 656 414 426 983 305 298 188 193
050 2259 702 685 430 442 1025 319 311 195 200
38RCD Cu-Al RTPF Unita,b
NOTE(S):
a. Weights include refrigerant charge.
b. For support points, see Fig. 4.
38RCD
UNIT
SIZE
TOTAL
WEIGHT (lb)
OPERATIONAL CORNER WEIGHT (lb) TOTAL
WEIGHT (kg)
OPERATIONAL CORNER WEIGHT (kg)

ABCDEF ABCDEF
025 1295 408 287 248 352 — — 587 185 130 113 160 — —
027 1428 431 316 288 393 — — 648 195 143 131 178 — —
030 1461 442 323 295 402 — — 663 200 146 134 182 — —
040 2294 727 711 424 433 — — 1041 330 322 192 196 — —
050 2402 763 748 441 450 — — 1090 346 339 200 204 — —
060 2504 794 766 464 484 — — 1136 360 348 210 220 — —
070 3665 1224 1162 602 677 — — 1662 555 527 273 307 — — 080 4795 1407 1316 980 1092 — — 2175 638 597 444 495 — — 090 5029 1502 1353 1002 1172 — — 2281 681 614 454 532 — — 100 5037 1505 1353 1003 1176 — — 2284 683 614 455 533 — — 115 6197 1004 851 1121 1273 967 980 2810 455 386 508 578 439 445 130 6457 1074 856 1141 1359 979 1048 2928 487 388 517 616 444 476 150 6464 1075 855 1142 1363 979 1050 2932 488 388 518 618 444 476

8.1 Packet Pg. 302
15 Fig. 4 — Compressor Locations and Support Points
Fig. 5 — Perimeter Support Channel
Fig. 6 — Isolation Springs
TOP VIEW, TOP VIEW, SIZES 070 TO 150
SIZES 025 TO 030

TOP VIEW,
SIZES 040 TO 060
A
BC
D

COMP COMP

CONTROL
BOX
A
BC
D

COMP COMP

CONTROL BOX

COMP COMP
A
BC
D
COMP
COMP

CONTROL BOX
COMP
COMP
F
ECOMP
COMP
4 x 24 in.

ASTM “C”
Channel
LEGEND
ASTM — American Society for
Testing and Materials

8.1 Packet Pg. 303
17 Fig. 9 — 38RC Unit Dimensions, Sizes 025-030
Packet Pg. 304
18 Fig. 10 — 38RC Unit Dimensions, Sizes 040-050
Packet Pg. 305
23 Fig. 15 — Outdoor Fan and Compressor Layout

CONTROL BOX
OFM1
OFM2
Outdoor Fan Layout (Top View)
38RCD,RCS 025-030

CONTROL BOX
OFM1
OFM2
OFM3
38RCD,RCS 040-050

CONTROL BOX
OFM1
OFM2
OFM3
38RCD 060
OFM4
Compressor Layout Dual Circuit, 38RCD CONTROL BOX
A1
Top View
Sizes 025-030
B1

CONTROL BOX
B1
Top View
Sizes 040-060
B2
A1
A2
Compressor Layout Single Circuit, 38RCS CONTROL BOX
A1
Top View
Sizes 025-030
A2

CONTROL BOX
A3
Top View
Sizes 040-050
A1
A2
OFM1
OFM2
OFM3
OFM4

CKT A CKT B

CONTROL BOX
38RCD070

CONTROL BOX
OFM1
OFM2
OFM5
OFM6

CKT A CKT B
38RCD080, 090

CONTROL BOX
OFM1
OFM2
OFM5
OFM6

CKT A CKT B
OFM3
OFM4
38RCD100

CONTROL BOX
OFM1
OFM2
OFM7
OFM8

CKT A CKT B
38RCD110

CONTROL BOX
OFM1
OFM2
OFM7
OFM8

CKT A CKT B
OFM3
OFM4
OFM5
OFM6
38RCD130, 150
OFM3
OFM3
OFM6
OFM5

CONTROL BOX
Top View
Sizes 070-150
A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
LEGEND
A— Circuit 1 Compressor
B— Circuit 2 Compressor
OFM — Outdoor Fan

8.1 Packet Pg. 306
3 Ton
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 12:47PM
3 Ton
Tag Cover Sheet
Unit Report
Certified Drawing
Performance Report
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 1 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 307
Unit Report For 3 Ton
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 12:47PM
Unit Parameters
Unit Model: 48NGUB3606050
Unit Size: 36 (3.0 Tons)
Volts-Phase-Hertz: 208-3-60
Heating Type: Gas
Refrigerant: R-454B
Heat Control: 60,000 Btuh
Duct Cfg: Vertical/Vertical
DX Options: Ultra Low NOx Unit
Dimensions (ft. in.) & Weight (lb.) ***
Unit Length: 4' 0.1875''
Unit Width: 3' 8.125''
Unit Height: 3' 8.75'' *** Weights and Dimensions are approximate. Weight does not include roof curbs, unit packaging, field installed accessories or factory installed options. Approximate dimensions are provided primarily for shipping purposes. For exact dimensions and weights, refer to appropriate product data catalog.

Base Unit Weight (Does not include any accessories):
450 lb
Warranty Information
1 year warranty on parts
5 year warranty on compressor
5 year warranty on heat exchanger
No optional warranties were selected.

Ordering Information
Part Number Description Quantity
48NGUB3606050 Rooftop Unit 1
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 2 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 308
Certified Drawing for 3 Ton
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 12:47PM
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 3 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 309
Performance Summary For 3 Ton
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 12:47PM
Part Number:48NGUB3606050
Refrigerant: R-454B
ARI SEER2: 15.20
Base Unit Dimensions
Unit Length: 48.2 in
Unit Width: 44.1 in
Unit Height: 44.8 in
Base Unit Weight (Does not include any accessories): 450 lb Unit
Unit Voltage-Phase-Hertz: 208-3-60
Air Discharge: Vertical
Fan Drive Type: Direct
Actual Airflow: 1217 CFM
Site Altitude: 0 ft
Cooling Performance
Condenser Entering Air DB: 95.0 F
Evaporator Entering Air DB: 80.0 F
Evaporator Entering Air WB: 67.0 F
Entering Air Enthalpy: 31.44 BTU/lb
Evaporator Leaving Air DB: 59.9 F
Evaporator Leaving Air WB: 58.2 F
Evaporator Leaving Air Enthalpy: 25.17 BTU/lb
Net Cooling Capacity: 34.34 MBH
Net Sensible Capacity: 26.41 MBH
Total Unit Power Input: 2.90 kW
Coil Bypass Factor: 0.091
Heating Performance
Heating Airflow: 1217 CFM
Entering Air Temp: 70.0 F
Leaving Air Temp: 107.3 F
Gas Heating Input Capacity: 60.0 MBH
Gas Heating Output Capacity: 49.0 MBH
Temperature Rise: 37.3 F
AFUE (%): 81.0
Supply Fan
External Static Pressure: 0.50 in wg
Options / Accessories Static Pressure
Wet Coil: 0.05 in wg
Application External Static (ESP + Unit Opts/Acc.): 0.55 in wg Fan RPM: 1000
Fan Power: 0.31 BHP
Fan Motor Size, hp: 3/4
NOTE: 8 Motor Speed, Vert
Selection includes construction throwaway filter into the base fan curve. This filter is not MERV Rated.

Electrical Data
Minimum Voltage: 197
Maximum Voltage: 253
Compressor RLA: 9.9
Compressor LRA: 82
Outdoor Fan FLA (ea): 1.05
Indoor Fan Motor FLA (Total): 5.8
Power Supply MCA: 19.3
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 4 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 310
Performance Summary For 3 Ton
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 12:47PM
Power Supply MOCP (Fuse or HACR): 25
Inducer Motor FLA: 0.27
Control Panel SCCR: 5kA RMS at Rated Symmetrical Voltage Acoustics
Sound Rating: 74.0 db
Sound Power Levels, db re 10E-12 Watts
Discharge Inlet Outdoor
63 Hz NA NA NA
125 Hz NA NA 58.0
250 Hz NA NA 64.0
500 Hz NA NA 69.0
1000 Hz NA NA 70.0
2000 Hz NA NA 66.0
4000 Hz NA NA 60.0
8000 Hz NA NA 53.0
Advanced Acoustics
Advanced Accoustics Parameters

1. Unit height above ground: 30.0 ft

2. Horizontal distance from unit to receiver: 50.0 ft

3. Receiver height above ground: 5.7 ft

4. Height of obstruction: 0.0 ft

5. Horizontal distance from obstruction to receiver: 0.0 ft

6. Horizontal distance from unit to obstruction: 0.0 ft Detailed Acoustics Information
Octave Band Center Freq. Hz 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k Overall A 0.0 58.0 64.0 69.0 70.0 66.0 60.0 53.0 74.2 Lw
B - 26.2 41.9 55.4 65.8 70.0 67.2 61.0 51.9 73.2 LwA
C 0.0 25.6 31.6 36.6 37.6 33.6 27.6 20.6 41.8 Lp
D - 26.2 9.5 23.0 33.4 37.6 34.8 28.6 19.5 40.8 LpA
Legend
A Sound Power Levels at Unit's Acoustic Center, Lw
B A-Weighted Sound Power Levels at Unit's Acoustic Center, LwA C Sound Pressure Levels at Specific Distance from Unit, Lp D A-Weighted Sound Pressure Levels at Specific Distance from Unit, LpA Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 5 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 311
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations. © 2024 Carrier Corporation. All rights reserved. Edition Date: 10/24 Form No: RAV-HB241KRTP-UL-01 Printed in U.S.A. Replaces: RAV-SM242KRTP-UL-02
1 Submittal Data
Job Name ______________________________ Location _____________________________ Tag _______________________

OUTDOOR UNIT STANDARD FEATURES
• Digital inverter compressor technology
• System can operate in cooling only mode with heating locked out • Line lengths up to 164 ft
• Low-ambient cooling down to 5°F
• System diagnostics
OUTDOOR UNIT MODEL RAV-BP241AT2P-UL

SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Nominal Cooling Capacity† Btu/h 24,000
SEER2 22.7
EER2 11.8
Nominal Heating Capacity† Btu/h 27,000
HSPF2 10.4
COP 11.3

REFRIGERANT LINES
Total Piping Length ft 164
Vertical Lift ft 98
Suction Line Size in 5/8
Liquid Line Size in 3/8

AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE
Cooling DB Min ~ Max F 5~115
Heating DB Min ~ Max F -13~59
REFRIGERANT R454B
FACTORY CHARGE lbs 4.63

AIRFLOW
Cooling CFM 2300
Heating CFM 2220

SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL
Cooling db(A) 52
Heating db(A) 54

ELECTRICAL
Power Supply V/Ph/Hz 208-230/1/60
Minimum Circuit Amps
(MCA) A17
Recommended Fuse Size A 20
Maximum Over Current
Protection (MOCP) A25

PHYSICAL DATA
Unit Width in 35-3/8
Unit Height in 35
Unit Length in 12-5/8
Unit Weight lbs 132.2
Legend
db — Dry Bulb †Rated per AHRI (Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute) 210/240 Standard.

Cooling: Indoor 80°F (27°C) db/67°F (20°C) wb; Outdoor 95°F (35°C) db Heating: Indoor 70°F (21°C) db; Outdoor 47°F (8°C) db/43°F (6°C) wb SEER — Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio
HSFP — Heating Seasonal Performance Factor
wb — Wet Bulb
Residential & Light Commercial Heat Pump System
Indoor Model: RAV-HB241KRTP-UL
Outdoor Model: RAV-BP241AT2P-UL

8.1 Packet Pg. 312
2 INDOOR UNIT MODEL RAV-HB241KRTP-UL

PERFORMANCE
Cooling Rated Capacity Btu/h 24,000
Heating Rated Capacity Btu/h 27,000
Fan Type (Qty) Turbo (1)
Airflow (H/M/L) CFM 705/530/355
Sound Pressure (H/M/L) dBA 46/41/35

ELECTRICAL
Power Supply V/Ph/Hz From ODU
FILTER
Type Washable
Quantity 2
MERV Corresponding Value 5
Dimensions (W x L x D) in. 15-3/4 x 16-3/8 x 1/16

PHYSICAL DATA
Pipe Connection Size - Liquid
(High Pressure) in 3/8 (Flare)
Pipe Connection Size - Gas
(Low Pressure) in 5/8 (Flare)
Refrigerant R-410A
External Finish Munsell 2.5GY9.0/0.5
Unit Width in 41-3/8
Unit Height in 12-5/8
Unit Depth in 9-7/8
Unit Net Weight lb 33.1
MOTOR
Motor Type DC
Motor Watts W 30

ACCESSORIES
 Wired Remote Controller (7-Day Programmable) RBC-AWSU52-UL  Simple Wired Remote Controller RBC-ASCU11-UL
 Remote Sensor TCB-TC41U-UL
 Condensate Drain Pipe Kit 53DS-900---118
RAV-SM242KRTP-UL HIGH WALL FEATURES
• R-410A refrigerant
• Five sizes from 12,000 to 36,000 Btu/h
• Quiet operation (as low as 35 dBA)
• Auto or manually set three fan speeds
• Easy to remove cleanable filter

8.1 Packet Pg. 313
3 DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
OUTDOOR UNIT RAV-BP241AT2P-UL

8.1 Packet Pg. 314
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations. © 2024 Carrier Corporation. All rights reserved. Edition Date: 10/24 Form No: RAV-HB241KRTP-UL-01 Printed in U.S.A. Replaces: RAV-SM242KRTP-UL-02
4 DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
INDOOR UNIT HIGH WALL RAV-HB241KRTP-UL

8.1 Packet Pg. 315
5t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
5t
Tag Cover Sheet
Unit Report
Certified Drawing
Performance Report
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 1 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 316
Unit Report For 5t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
Unit Parameters
Unit Model: 48NGUB6009050
Unit Size: 60 (5 Tons)
Volts-Phase-Hertz: 208-3-60
Heating Type: Gas
Refrigerant: R-454B
Heat Control: 90,000 Btuh
Duct Cfg: Vertical/Vertical
DX Options: Ultra Low NOx Unit
Dimensions (ft. in.) & Weight (lb.) ***
Unit Length: 4' 0.1875''
Unit Width: 3' 8.125''
Unit Height: 4' 4.75'' *** Weights and Dimensions are approximate. Weight does not include roof curbs, unit packaging, field installed accessories or factory installed options. Approximate dimensions are provided primarily for shipping purposes. For exact dimensions and weights, refer to appropriate product data catalog.

Base Unit Weight (Does not include any accessories):
515 lb
Warranty Information
1 year warranty on parts
5 year warranty on compressor
5 year warranty on heat exchanger
No optional warranties were selected.

Ordering Information
Part Number Description Quantity
48NGUB6009050 Rooftop Unit 3
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 2 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 317
Certified Drawing for 5t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 3 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 318
Performance Summary For 5t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
Part Number:48NGUB6009050
Refrigerant: R-454B
ARI SEER2: 15.20
Base Unit Dimensions
Unit Length: 48.2 in
Unit Width: 44.1 in
Unit Height: 52.8 in
Base Unit Weight (Does not include any accessories): 515 lb Unit
Unit Voltage-Phase-Hertz: 208-3-60
Air Discharge: Vertical
Fan Drive Type: Direct
Actual Airflow: 1750 CFM
Site Altitude: 0 ft
Cooling Performance
Condenser Entering Air DB: 95.0 F
Evaporator Entering Air DB: 80.0 F
Evaporator Entering Air WB: 67.0 F
Entering Air Enthalpy: 31.44 BTU/lb
Evaporator Leaving Air DB: 58.5 F
Evaporator Leaving Air WB: 56.9 F
Evaporator Leaving Air Enthalpy: 24.33 BTU/lb
Net Cooling Capacity: 56.00 MBH
Net Sensible Capacity: 40.70 MBH
Total Unit Power Input: 4.80 kW
Coil Bypass Factor: 0.100
Heating Performance
Heating Airflow: 1750 CFM
Entering Air Temp: 70.0 F
Leaving Air Temp: 109.2 F
Gas Heating Input Capacity: 90.0 MBH
Gas Heating Output Capacity: 74.0 MBH
Temperature Rise: 39.2 F
AFUE (%): 81.0
Supply Fan
External Static Pressure: 0.50 in wg
Options / Accessories Static Pressure
Wet Coil: 0.08 in wg
Application External Static (ESP + Unit Opts/Acc.): 0.58 in wg Fan RPM: 1040
Fan Power: 0.69 BHP
Fan Motor Size, hp: 1
NOTE: 7 Motor Speed, Vert
Selection includes construction throwaway filter into the base fan curve. This filter is not MERV Rated.

Electrical Data
Minimum Voltage: 197
Maximum Voltage: 253
Compressor RLA: 14
Compressor LRA: 150
Outdoor Fan FLA (ea): 1.05
Indoor Fan Motor FLA (Total): 6.9
Power Supply MCA: 25.5
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 4 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 319
Performance Summary For 5t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
Power Supply MOCP (Fuse or HACR): 35
Inducer Motor FLA: 0.27
Control Panel SCCR: 5kA RMS at Rated Symmetrical Voltage Acoustics
Sound Rating: 77.0 db
Sound Power Levels, db re 10E-12 Watts
Discharge Inlet Outdoor
63 Hz NA NA NA
125 Hz NA NA 60.0
250 Hz NA NA 64.0
500 Hz NA NA 71.0
1000 Hz NA NA 74.0
2000 Hz NA NA 64.0
4000 Hz NA NA 60.0
8000 Hz NA NA 54.0
Advanced Acoustics
Advanced Accoustics Parameters

1. Unit height above ground: 30.0 ft

2. Horizontal distance from unit to receiver: 50.0 ft

3. Receiver height above ground: 5.7 ft

4. Height of obstruction: 0.0 ft

5. Horizontal distance from obstruction to receiver: 0.0 ft

6. Horizontal distance from unit to obstruction: 0.0 ft Detailed Acoustics Information
Octave Band Center Freq. Hz 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k Overall A 0.0 60.0 64.0 71.0 74.0 64.0 60.0 54.0 76.5 Lw
B - 26.2 43.9 55.4 67.8 74.0 65.2 61.0 52.9 75.6 LwA
C 0.0 27.6 31.6 38.6 41.6 31.6 27.6 21.6 44.1 Lp
D - 26.2 11.5 23.0 35.4 41.6 32.8 28.6 20.5 43.2 LpA
Legend
A Sound Power Levels at Unit's Acoustic Center, Lw
B A-Weighted Sound Power Levels at Unit's Acoustic Center, LwA C Sound Pressure Levels at Specific Distance from Unit, Lp D A-Weighted Sound Pressure Levels at Specific Distance from Unit, LpA Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 5 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 320
4t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
4t
Tag Cover Sheet
Unit Report
Certified Drawing
Performance Report
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 7 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 321
Unit Report For 4t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
Unit Parameters
Unit Model: 48NGUB4809050
Unit Size: 48 (4 Tons)
Volts-Phase-Hertz: 208-3-60
Heating Type: Gas
Refrigerant: R-454B
Heat Control: 90,000 Btuh
Duct Cfg: Vertical/Vertical
DX Options: Ultra Low NOx Unit
Dimensions (ft. in.) & Weight (lb.) ***
Unit Length: 4' 0.1875''
Unit Width: 3' 8.125''
Unit Height: 4' 2.75'' *** Weights and Dimensions are approximate. Weight does not include roof curbs, unit packaging, field installed accessories or factory installed options. Approximate dimensions are provided primarily for shipping purposes. For exact dimensions and weights, refer to appropriate product data catalog.

Base Unit Weight (Does not include any accessories):
500 lb
Warranty Information
1 year warranty on parts
5 year warranty on compressor
5 year warranty on heat exchanger
No optional warranties were selected.

Ordering Information
Part Number Description Quantity
48NGUB4809050 Rooftop Unit 1
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 8 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 322
Certified Drawing for 4t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 9 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 323
Performance Summary For 4t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
Part Number:48NGUB4809050
Refrigerant: R-454B
ARI SEER2: 16.00
Base Unit Dimensions
Unit Length: 48.2 in
Unit Width: 44.1 in
Unit Height: 50.8 in
Base Unit Weight (Does not include any accessories): 500 lb Unit
Unit Voltage-Phase-Hertz: 208-3-60
Air Discharge: Vertical
Fan Drive Type: Direct
Actual Airflow: 1772 CFM
Site Altitude: 0 ft
Cooling Performance
Condenser Entering Air DB: 95.0 F
Evaporator Entering Air DB: 80.0 F
Evaporator Entering Air WB: 67.0 F
Entering Air Enthalpy: 31.44 BTU/lb
Evaporator Leaving Air DB: 59.9 F
Evaporator Leaving Air WB: 58.5 F
Evaporator Leaving Air Enthalpy: 25.37 BTU/lb
Net Cooling Capacity: 48.37 MBH
Net Sensible Capacity: 38.55 MBH
Total Unit Power Input: 3.89 kW
Coil Bypass Factor: 0.109
Heating Performance
Heating Airflow: 1772 CFM
Entering Air Temp: 70.0 F
Leaving Air Temp: 108.7 F
Gas Heating Input Capacity: 90.0 MBH
Gas Heating Output Capacity: 74.0 MBH
Temperature Rise: 38.7 F
AFUE (%): 81.0
Supply Fan
External Static Pressure: 0.50 in wg
Options / Accessories Static Pressure
Wet Coil: 0.08 in wg
Application External Static (ESP + Unit Opts/Acc.): 0.58 in wg Fan RPM: 1075
Fan Power: 0.69 BHP
Fan Motor Size, hp: 1
NOTE: 8 Motor Speed, Vert
Selection includes construction throwaway filter into the base fan curve. This filter is not MERV Rated.

Electrical Data
Minimum Voltage: 197
Maximum Voltage: 253
Compressor RLA: 11.9
Compressor LRA: 112
Outdoor Fan FLA (ea): 1.05
Indoor Fan Motor FLA (Total): 6.9
Power Supply MCA: 22.9
Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 10 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 324
Performance Summary For 4t
Project: City of Patterson 09/03/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh 01:04PM
Power Supply MOCP (Fuse or HACR): 30
Inducer Motor FLA: 0.27
Control Panel SCCR: 5kA RMS at Rated Symmetrical Voltage Acoustics
Sound Rating: 71.0 db
Sound Power Levels, db re 10E-12 Watts
Discharge Inlet Outdoor
63 Hz NA NA NA
125 Hz NA NA 59.0
250 Hz NA NA 61.0
500 Hz NA NA 64.0
1000 Hz NA NA 68.0
2000 Hz NA NA 62.0
4000 Hz NA NA 58.0
8000 Hz NA NA 53.0
Advanced Acoustics
Advanced Accoustics Parameters

1. Unit height above ground: 30.0 ft

2. Horizontal distance from unit to receiver: 50.0 ft

3. Receiver height above ground: 5.7 ft

4. Height of obstruction: 0.0 ft

5. Horizontal distance from obstruction to receiver: 0.0 ft

6. Horizontal distance from unit to obstruction: 0.0 ft Detailed Acoustics Information
Octave Band Center Freq. Hz 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k Overall A 0.0 59.0 61.0 64.0 68.0 62.0 58.0 53.0 71.2 Lw
B - 26.2 42.9 52.4 60.8 68.0 63.2 59.0 51.9 70.3 LwA
C 0.0 26.6 28.6 31.6 35.6 29.6 25.6 20.6 38.8 Lp
D - 26.2 10.5 20.0 28.4 35.6 30.8 26.6 19.5 37.9 LpA
Legend
A Sound Power Levels at Unit's Acoustic Center, Lw
B A-Weighted Sound Power Levels at Unit's Acoustic Center, LwA C Sound Pressure Levels at Specific Distance from Unit, Lp D A-Weighted Sound Pressure Levels at Specific Distance from Unit, LpA Packaged Rooftop Builder 1.79l Page 11 of 12

8.1 Packet Pg. 325
2 1/4"
26 15/16"
2 1/4"
16 5/16"
24 13/16"
41 7/16"
2 1/4"
19 5/8"
40 11/16"
65 3/16"
RETURN
SUPPLY

EXISTING CURB LAYOUT
46 1/16"
66 11/16"
5"
5"
16 1/4"
17 5/8"
1 1/4"
(TYP)
2X 2 1/4"
29 13/16"

INSULATED
COVER
42 3/16"
14"
42 3/16"
RETURN
SUPPLY

INSULATED
COVER
S:\CURBS_CURB_ADAPTERS\1-XXXX-XXXX_CURB_ADAPTERS\1-3XXX-XXXX_TRANE\1-3100-4023

REVISIONS
REV. ECO# DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED
1 INITIAL DRAWING
OPTIONS:

MATERIAL: 18ga. GALV STEEL

INSULATED PANELS (WHERE REQUIRED)
1" 1-1/2LB DUCT INSULATION (R VALUE 3.85)

GASKET PROVIDED WITH CURB
1 1/2" ADDED TO EXISTING CURB O.D.

DATE
CHECKED:

DRAWN:

DIMENSIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS: 1.00 in [25.40 mm]
3RD ANGLE

PROJECTION

APPROVALS
ECO #:

SCALE: SHEET:

TITLE/FILE NAME:

OF
REV:

DIMENSIONED AND TOLERENCED PER ANSI Y14.5M-1982
jdiemert
1 1:20 1 6
. .

CURB SHOWN IS CDI STANDARD CONFIGURATION CDI RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE LAYOUT WITHOUT NOTIFICATION. IF CURB IS NEEDED IN A DIFFERENT CONFIGURATION CDI MUST BE NOTIFIED PRIOR TO PLACING AN ORDER.

OPERATIONAL HEIGHT OF CDI ADAPTER IS 3" LESS THAN OVERALL CURB HEIGHT SHOWN.
7/30/2020
*VERIFY EXISTING CURB OD
*VERIFY SUPPLY AND RETURN OPENINGS
*NOTE ANY CHANGES
*CALL WITH ANY QUESTIONS
*FAX BACK IF DRAWING IS OK AS IS
Attn:____________________________
Tag:____________________________
Approval:________________________

APPROXIMATE
CURB WEIGHT (LBS.)
126.7948
.
1-3100-4023

THIS DRAWING & THE INFORMATION CONTAINED

THEREIN IS THE CONFIDENTIAL, PROPRIETARY
INFORMATION OF CRYSTAL DISTRIBUTION INC.,
& MAY NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED
WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF CRYSTAL DISTRIBUTION, INC.

8.1 Packet Pg. 326
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations. © 2024 Carrier Corporation. All rights reserved. Edition Date: 10/24 Form No: RAV-HB241KRTP-UL-01 Printed in U.S.A. Replaces: RAV-SM242KRTP-UL-02
1 Submittal Data
Job Name ______________________________ Location _____________________________ Tag _______________________

SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Nominal Cooling Capacity† Btu/h 24,000
SEER2 22.7
EER2 11.8
Nominal Heating Capacity† Btu/h 27,000
HSPF2 10.4
COP 11.3

REFRIGERANT LINES
Total Piping Length ft 164
Vertical Lift ft 98
Suction Line Size in 5/8
Liquid Line Size in 3/8

AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE
Cooling DB Min ~ Max F 5~115
Heating DB Min ~ Max F -13~59
REFRIGERANT R454B
FACTORY CHARGE lbs 4.63

AIRFLOW
Cooling CFM 2300
Heating CFM 2220

SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL
Cooling db(A) 52
Heating db(A) 54

ELECTRICAL
Power Supply V/Ph/Hz 208-230/1/60
Minimum Circuit Amps
(MCA) A17
Recommended Fuse Size A 20
Maximum Over Current
Protection (MOCP) A25

8.1 Packet Pg. 327
2 INDOOR UNIT MODEL RAV-HB241KRTP-UL

PERFORMANCE
Cooling Rated Capacity Btu/h 24,000
Heating Rated Capacity Btu/h 27,000
Fan Type (Qty) Turbo (1)
Airflow (H/M/L) CFM 705/530/355
Sound Pressure (H/M/L) dBA 46/41/35

ELECTRICAL
Power Supply V/Ph/Hz From ODU
FILTER
Type Washable
Quantity 2
MERV Corresponding Value 5
Dimensions (W x L x D) in. 15-3/4 x 16-3/8 x 1/16

8.1 Packet Pg. 328
3 DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
OUTDOOR UNIT RAV-BP241AT2P-UL

8.1 Packet Pg. 329
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations. © 2024 Carrier Corporation. All rights reserved. Edition Date: 10/24 Form No: RAV-HB241KRTP-UL-01 Printed in U.S.A. Replaces: RAV-SM242KRTP-UL-02
4 DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
INDOOR UNIT HIGH WALL RAV-HB241KRTP-UL

8.1 Packet Pg. 330
Default
Project: 27SCA548A003 06/27/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
Default
Default
Submittal Cover Sheet
Unit Report
Performance Summary Report
Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39j Page 3 of 5

8.1 Packet Pg. 331
Unit Report For Default
Project: 27SCA548A003 06/27/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
Unit Report
Outdoor Unit Parameters
Unit Model: 27SCA
Unit Size: 4 Tons (Size 48)
Voltage: 208/230-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Indoor Coil Parameters
Unit Model: FJ5A
Unit Size: 48,000 Btuh (Size 48)
Voltage: 208-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Heating Size: No Heat
Outdoor Unit Dimensions and Weight
Unit Length: 31.1875 in
Unit Width: 31.1875 in
Unit Height: 38.875 in
Unit Shipping Weight: 253. lb
Indoor Coil Dimensions and Weight
Unit Length: 22.0625 in
Unit Width: 21.125 in
Unit Height: 53.4375 in
Unit Shipping Weight: 182. lb

RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS
This warranty is to the original purchasing owner and subsequent owners only to the extent and as stated in the Warranty Conditions and below. The limited warranty period in years, depending on the part and the claimant, is as shown in the table below.

Limited Warranty (Years)
Item Original Owner Subsequent Owner
Parts 10* (or 5) 5
Compressor 10* (or 5) 5
*If properly registered within 90 days of original installation, otherwise 5 years (except in California and Quebec and other jurisdictions that prohibit warranty benefits conditioned on registration). See Warranty Conditions below.

OTHER APPLICATIONS
The warranty period is five (5) years on the compressor, and one (1) year on all other parts. The warranty is the original owner only and is not available for subsequent owners.

Ordering Information
Part Number Description Quantity
Outdoor Unit
27SCA548A003 27SCA Comfort Single Stage Heat Pump with Puron Refrigerant Advanced 4 Tons Cooling
1 15 SEER @ ARI Conditions
Indoor Coil
FJ5ANXC48L00 FJ5A Comfort Series Fan Coil with Puron Advance (R-454B) Refrigerant 48000 BTU Cooling 208/230-1-60
1 Singular, TXV/ 21 Inches Cabinet
Aluminum
The Product and Ratings Data in this program is subject to change at any time and without notice. Please refer to the latest product literature and the AHRI directory at www.ahridirectory.org for the most up-to-date information.

Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39j Page 4 of 5

8.1 Packet Pg. 332
Performance Summary For Default
Project: 27SCA548A003 06/27/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
Performance Summary System Performance
System: 27SCA/FJ5A
System Quantity: 1
Altitude: 0.0 ft
Linear Pipe Length: 0.0 ft
COP @ 47 F: 3.72
COP @ 17 F: 2.68
SEER @ ARI Conditions: 15.0
EER @ ARI Conditions: 12.0
HSPF @ ARI Conditions: 7.5
Actual Clg Airflow: 1600.0 CFM
Standard Clg Airflow: 1600.0 CFM
Total Net Clg Capacity: 46.82 MBH
Net Sensible Clg Capacity: 36.12 MBH
Htg HP Capacity: 47.13 MBH
Htg HP Integrated Capacity: 47.13 MBH
Heating HP Compressor Power: 3.56 kW
Total System Power: 3.90 kW
System Parameters System Parameters
Outdoor Unit Parameters
Unit Model: 27SCA548A003
Unit Size (Nominal): 4 Tons (Size 48)
Voltage: 208/230-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Clg Ent Air DB Ambient: 95.0 °F
Htg Ent Air DB Ambient: 47.0 °F
Indoor Coil Parameters
Unit Model: FJ5ANXC48L00
Unit Size (Nominal): 48,000 Btuh (Size 48)
Voltage: 208-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Ent Air DB: 80.00 °F
Ent Air WB: 67.00 °F
Ent Enthalpy: 31.44 BTU/lb
Lvg Air DB: 59.10 °F
Lvg Air WB: 57.85 °F
Lvg Enthalpy: 24.94 BTU/lb
Htg Ent Air DB: 70.0 °F
Htg Lvg Air DB: 97.3 °F
Heating Size (Nominal): No Heat
Total External Static Pressure: 0.50 in wg
Electrical Data Electrical Data
Outdoor Electrical Data
Unit Voltage: 208/230-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Fan Motor FLA: 1.40 Amps
MCA: 29.4 Amps
Max Fuse: 50 Amps
Operating Range Min: 197 V
Operating Range Max: 253 V
Compressor RLA: 22.4 Amps
Compressor LRA: 126.0 Amps
Indoor Electrical Data:
(For units with no factory installed electric heaters)
Unit Voltage: 208-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Unit FLA: 6.1 Amps
Unit MCA: 7.6 Amps
Unit MOCP: 15.0 Amps
Unit Min Wire Size: 14.0
Unit Fuse/Ckt Bkr Amps: 15.0 Amps
Motor HP: 3/4 HP
Notice: Indoor Elect. data is for 208-1-60 voltage
The Product and Ratings Data in this program is subject to change at any time and without notice. Please refer to the latest product literature and the AHRI directory at www.ahridirectory.org for the most up-to-date information.

Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39j Page 5 of 5

8.1 Packet Pg. 333
Default
Project: 27SCA 07/02/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
Default
Submittal Cover Sheet
Unit Report
Performance Summary Report
Certified Drawings
Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39k Page 1 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 334
Unit Report For Default
Project: 27SCA 07/02/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
Outdoor Unit Parameters
Unit Model: 27SCA
Unit Size: 5 Tons (Size 60)
Voltage: 208/230-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Indoor Coil Parameters
Unit Model: FJ5A
Unit Size: 60,000 Btuh (Size 60)
Voltage: 208-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Heating Size: No Heat
Outdoor Unit Dimensions and Weight
Unit Length: 35 in
Unit Width: 35 in
Unit Height: 35.5 in
Unit Shipping Weight: 255. lb
Indoor Coil Dimensions and Weight
Unit Length: 22.0625 in
Unit Width: 24.6875 in
Unit Height: 59.1875 in
Unit Shipping Weight: 210. lb

OTHER APPLICATIONS
The warranty period is five (5) years on the compressor, and one (1) year on all other parts. The warranty is the original owner only and is not available for subsequent owners.

Ordering Information
Part Number Description Quantity
Outdoor Unit
27SCA560A003 27SCA Comfort Single Stage Heat Pump with Puron Refrigerant Advanced 5 Tons Cooling
1 15 SEER @ ARI Conditions
Indoor Coil
FJ5ANXD60L00 FJ5A Comfort Series Fan Coil with Puron Advance (R-454B) Refrigerant 60000 BTU Cooling 208/230-1-60
1 Singular, TXV/ 24 Inches Cabinet
Aluminum
The Product and Ratings Data in this program is subject to change at any time and without notice. Please refer to the latest product literature and the AHRI directory at www.ahridirectory.org for the most up-to-date information.

Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39k Page 2 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 335
Performance Summary For Default
Project: 27SCA 07/02/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
System Performance
System: 27SCA/FJ5A
System Quantity: 1
Altitude: 0.0 ft
Linear Pipe Length: 0.0 ft
COP @ 47 F: 3.74
COP @ 17 F: 2.60
SEER @ ARI Conditions: 14.5
EER @ ARI Conditions: 12.0
HSPF @ ARI Conditions: 7.5
Actual Clg Airflow: 2000.0 CFM
Standard Clg Airflow: 2000.0 CFM
Total Net Clg Capacity: 57.94 MBH
Net Sensible Clg Capacity: 44.65 MBH
Htg HP Capacity: 57.74 MBH
Htg HP Integrated Capacity: 57.74 MBH
Heating HP Compressor Power: 4.26 kW
Total System Power: 4.84 kW
System Parameters
Outdoor Unit Parameters
Unit Model: 27SCA560A003
Unit Size (Nominal): 5 Tons (Size 60)
Voltage: 208/230-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Clg Ent Air DB Ambient: 95.0 °F
Htg Ent Air DB Ambient: 47.0 °F
Indoor Coil Parameters
Unit Model: FJ5ANXD60L00
Unit Size (Nominal): 60,000 Btuh (Size 60)
Voltage: 208-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Ent Air DB: 80.00 °F
Ent Air WB: 67.00 °F
Ent Enthalpy: 31.44 BTU/lb
Lvg Air DB: 59.33 °F
Lvg Air WB: 57.95 °F
Lvg Enthalpy: 25.00 BTU/lb
Htg Ent Air DB: 70.0 °F
Htg Lvg Air DB: 96.7 °F
Heating Size (Nominal): No Heat
Total External Static Pressure: 0.50 in wg
Electrical Data
Outdoor Electrical Data
Unit Voltage: 208/230-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Fan Motor FLA: 1.50 Amps
MCA: 31.1 Amps
Max Fuse: 50 Amps
Operating Range Min: 197 V
Operating Range Max: 253 V
Compressor RLA: 23.7 Amps
Compressor LRA: 157.0 Amps
Indoor Electrical Data:
(For units with no factory installed electric heaters)
Unit Voltage: 208-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Unit FLA: 6.1 Amps
Unit MCA: 7.6 Amps
Unit MOCP: 15.0 Amps
Unit Min Wire Size: 14.0
Unit Fuse/Ckt Bkr Amps: 15.0 Amps
Motor HP: 3/4 HP
Notice: Indoor Elect. data is for 208-1-60 voltage
The Product and Ratings Data in this program is subject to change at any time and without notice. Please refer to the latest product literature and the AHRI directory at www.ahridirectory.org for the most up-to-date information.

Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39k Page 3 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 336
Certified Drawing For Default
Project: 27SCA 07/02/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
Outdoor Model
Unit Model: 27SCA
Unit Size: 5 Tons (Size 60)
Voltage: 208/230-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
SEER: 15
PartNumber: 27SCA560A003
Shipping Dimensions and Weights Outdoor Unit
Height 39.81 in
Width 34.25 in
Length 34.25 in
Operating Weight 234. lb
Shipping Weight 255. lb
Dimensions

A B C D E F G H I J K

35.00 in 35.50 in 0.88 in 6.56 in 28.44 in 9.13 in 1.13 in 3.81 in 13.00 in 15.50 in 16.75 in The Product and Ratings Data in this program is subject to change at any time and without notice. Please refer to the latest product literature and the AHRI directory at www.ahridirectory.org for the most up-to-date information.

Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39k Page 4 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 337
Certified Drawing For Default
Project: 27SCA 07/02/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
Indoor Coil
Unit Model: FJ5A
Unit Size: 60,000 Btuh (Size 60)
Voltage: 208-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
Cabinet Insulation:Singular, TXV/ 24 Inches Cabinet
PartNumber: FJ5ANXD60L00
Dimensions and Weights Indoor Coil
Height 59.19 in
Width 24.69 in
Length 22.06 in
Shipping Weight 210. lb
Dimensions

A B C D E F G H J

59.19 in 24.69 in 22.75 in 22.69 in 25.25 in 32.94 in 32.63 in -- -- The Product and Ratings Data in this program is subject to change at any time and without notice. Please refer to the latest product literature and the AHRI directory at www.ahridirectory.org for the most up-to-date information.

Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39k Page 5 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 338
Certified Drawing For Default
Project: 27SCA 07/02/2025
Prepared By: Ryan Walsh
Indoor Coil
Unit Model: FJ5A
Unit Size: 60,000 Btuh (Size 60)
Voltage: 208-1-60 V-Ph-Hz
PartNumber: FJ5ANXD60L00
The Product and Ratings Data in this program is subject to change at any time and without notice. Please refer to the latest product literature and the AHRI directory at www.ahridirectory.org for the most up-to-date information.

Residential Carrier Products Bldr 1.39k Page 6 of 6

8.1 Packet Pg. 339
Attachment D: Control Systems
City of Patterson

8.1 Packet Pg. 340
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Aquatic Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser No Access - - 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14 No ID tag Aquatic Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser No Access - - 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14 Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Aquatic Center Packet Pg. 341
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag City Hall Main Ground Mount Ductless Split Condenser Mr Cool A-24-HP-C-230G 2021 2 19 Good N N No Change 2 19 No ID tag City Hall Main Basement HHW Boiler Nat. Gas LAARS SMB-250N 2005 - N/A Poor Y N No Change - N/ANo ID tag City Hall Main Basement 1-HP HHW Pump Baldor VEJMM3116T 2005 - N/A Poor Y N No Change - N/A AH-1 City Hall Main Basement Air Handler McQuay CAH031GDAM 2005 - N/A Poor N Y RCx of SP fan controls and sensors - N/A No ID tag City Hall Main Basement Wall Mount Heat-Pump Marvair AVP24ACC00M 2006 2 10 Poor Y N No Change 2 23 No ID tag City Hall Main Rooftop Gas Package Trane YHC036A3RLA0R000 2006 3 12 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostat & Gateway 3 15.2 No ID tag City Hall Main Rooftop Air-Cooled Condensing Unit McQuay AC2050BC12-ER11 2006 50 12 Poor Y N No Change 50 15.6 Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - City Hall Packet Pg. 342
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER No ID tag Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Ductless Split Condenser Cooper CH18MSPH230V0 2022 2 23 Good N N No Change 2 23 No ID tag Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Split Condenser Trane 4TWZ0048A1000AA 2009 4 14 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 15 No ID tag Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Split Condenser Trane 4TWZ0060A1000AA 2009 5 14 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 15 No ID tag Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Split Condenser Trane 4TWZ0060A1000AA 2009 5 14 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 15 General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Corporate Yard Packet Pg. 343
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Rooftop Gas Package Bryant 582KP05A067A2A0AAA 2022 4 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 14 No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Rooftop Gas Package Bryant Illegible - 4 12 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 16 No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Rooftop Gas Package Rheem RGEA14036AJT06XAB 2020 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14 No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Ground Mount Ductless Split Condenser BDP DAQMA-S122-3AAA 2015 1 16 Good N N No Change 1 16 No ID tag Fire Station #1 Main Rooftop Ductless Split Heat-Pump Condenser LG LSU180HEV - 2 20 Good N N No Change 2 20 Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Fire Station #1 Packet Pg. 344
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data AC-1 Fire Station #2 Main Rooftop Gas Package Trane YHC043 - 4 11.7 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 16 AC-2 Fire Station #2 Main Rooftop Gas Package Trane YHC063 - 5 11.7 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 15 AC-3 Fire Station #2 Main Rooftop Gas Package Trane YHC063 - 5 11.7 Poor Y Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 15 CU-1 Fire Station #2 Main Rooftop Ductless Split Condenser No Nameplat- - 2 12.0 Poor Y N No Change 2 23 Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Fire Station #2 Packet Pg. 345
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Ductless Split Condenser Bryant 38MAQB36R-301 2017 3 20 Good N N No Change 3 20CU-3 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60S43S1A 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14 CU-4 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60S43S1A 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14CU-2 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60S43S1A 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14CU-1 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14CU-5 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD48 2017 4 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 14CU-8 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD48 2017 4 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 4 14CU-9 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD60 2017 5 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 5 14CU-6 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York YCHD36 2017 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14CU-7 Hammon Senior Center Main Rooftop Split Condenser York No Nameplate - 3 14 Good N Y Install WiFi Programmable Thermostats 3 14 Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Hammon Senior Center Packet Pg. 346
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Museum Main Ground Mount Split Condenser Carrier 38TXA042 2000 3.5 12 Poor N N No Change 3.5 12 Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Museum Packet Pg. 347
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Old Corporate Yard Main Ground Mount Ductless Split Condenser Mr Cool Multi2-18HP230V1 - 2 16 Good N N No Change 2 16No ID tag Old Corporate Yard Main Window Window Mount AC Frigidaire No Access 0 1 9 Good N N No Change 1 9No ID tag Old Corporate Yard Main Rooftop Evaporative Cooler 0 - - Good N N No Change - - Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Old Corporate Yard Packet Pg. 348
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2022 4 11 Good N N No Change 4 11 No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2022 4 11 Good N N No Change 4 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard 2006 3 11 Good N N No Change 3 11No ID tag Temporary Police Station Locker Rms Exterior Ductless Split Heat-Pump Condenser Carrier 38MGHBQ36DA3 2024 3 20 Good N N No Change 3 20No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Window Window Mount AC No Nameplat- - 1 9 Good N N No Change 1 9 No ID tag Temporary Police Station Portable Window Window Mount AC No Nameplat- - 1 9 Good N N No Change 1 9 Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Temporary Police Station Packet Pg. 349
City of Patterson: Add Controls to Select HVAC Units
Map ID Tag Site Building Unit Location System Type Make Model Mfg. Year Size Tons (pre) SEER (pre) Unit Condition Replace Unit? (Y/N) Add Controls? (Y/N) Proposed System Type Size Tons SEER General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Controls Data No ID tag WWTP North Lab Rooftop Gas Package Carrier No Access - 8 10 Poor N N No Change 8 10 No ID tag WWTP North Lab Rooftop Gas Package Carrier No Access - 2 10 Poor N N No Change 2 10No ID tag WWTP South MCCD Window Window Mount AC No Name Pla- - 1 9 Poor N N No Change 1 9 No ID tag WWTP South Office Portab Exterior Wall Mount Heat-Pump Bard Illegible - 4 9 Poor N N No Change 4 9 No ID tag WWTP South Electrical Ground Mount Package Heat-Pump Carrier 50TCQA07A2A6A0A0A0AB 2015 6 14 Good N N No Change 6 14 Detailed Controls Inventory - City of Patterson - Waste Water Treatment Plant Packet Pg. 350
Data Sheet / TC1
TC1 Commercial Connected Thermostat
The Pelican Commercial Connected Thermostat provides
customers with virtual indoor climate management. The TC1 delivers on leading edge energy efficiency, built-in notifications, and fine tuned comfort. Coupled with the Pelican Web App, the TC1 tracks space temperature and HVAC operational data in realtime and historically.

MESH WIRELESS NETWORK
The TC1 communicates over Pelican’s wireless. Install a Pelican Gateway to connect the wireless network to the Internet. Each TC1 has built-in state-of-the-art wireless mesh network auto-healing and repeating capabilities.

FAULT ALARMING
Built-in equipment fault and temperature analytics with automated email or text message alerts when a fault is detected.

WEB APP
Virtual and central management of TC1 provided for free on all smart phones, tablets, and PCs. Directly manage thermostat temperature levels through the web-app. Designed for intuitive control over multiple thermostats.

HISTORICAL TREND DATA
Online viewable historical data of space temperature, set-points, HVAC operation, and fan.

INSTALLATION
Industry standard HVAC terminals utilize existing thermostat wire.

Included with the TC1 is Pelican’s innovative limited wiring relay pack used in applications where there are only three (3) wires to the HVAC unit.

SCHEDULING
Through the Pelican Web App you can schedule the TC1 thermostat for daily, 5-2, or 7-day schedules. Thermostats can also be scheduled as groups, for simple multi-thermostat management.

SLIM AND SLEEK
The TC1 design provides both a simple touch interactive experience while disappearing on the wall.
www.pelicanwireless.com DS-TC1-02
Specifications
POWER
Hardwire 24VAC, 60Hz; 105 mA
Voltage Range 23 - 30VAC
Independent Relay Current 2.0A running

COMPATIBILITY
24VAC Conventional, Heat Pump, 4-Pipe, 2-Pipe, and
Pelican zone damper control.

WIRING
Conventional R, C, W, W2, Y, Y2, G
Heat Pump R, C, O/B, AUX, Y, Y2, G

SYSTEM PROTECTION
Four-Minute Compressor Short-Cycle Protection
Temporary Schedule Override
Auxiliary/Emergency Heat Efficiency Algorithm
Keypad Lockout
Trend Data Analytics and Fault Monitoring

THERMOSTAT RANGE
Operating Range -20°F to 122°F
Operating Humidity (%RH) 5 to 90% RH;
non-condensing
Storage Temperature -20°F to 160°F
SIZE
Inch H 5.2" x W 3.9" x D 0.75"
mm H 132 x W 99 x D 19
Vertical Mounting. Mounts on vertical single gang ring.

Designed and assembled in the USA
5-Year Limited Warranty
Pelican Wireless Systems | 2655 Collier Canyon Road, Livermore CA 94551 (888) 512-0490 | [email protected]
Copyright @ 2022. Pelican Wireless Systems. All Rights Reserved.

CONTAINS FCC ID
OA3MRF24J40MA
Meets California Title 24

8.1 Packet Pg. 351
Attachment E: Electrical Systems
City of Patterson

8.1 Packet Pg. 352
City of Patterson: Replace Select Transformers with High Efficiency Transformer # Building Unit Location Transformer Type Make: Model # kVA E-Star Rated (Y/N) Replace (Y/N) Proposed System Type Proposed Make Proposed Model kVA 1 WWTP South Office Exterior Dry Type GE 50 N Y New High Efficiency Transformer Powersmith OPAL 50 General Information Existing Equipment Data Proposed Equipment Data Detailed Transformer Inventory - City of Patterson - Waste Water Treatment Plant Packet Pg. 353
E-SAVER OPAL™ Series

APPLICATION
OPAL™

OPTIMIZED PERFORMANCE FOR THE APPLICATION LOAD
75kVA E-Saver OPAL™ Series shown with Cyberhawk TX
TM, hinged door and Rotatable IR PortTM

K-RATING IS A MODERN REQUIREMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL/GREEN BUILDING/LEED®/NET ZERO

CERTIFICATIONS & TESTING

METERING & ARC FLASH OPTIONS

HIGH PERFORMANCE TRANSFORMERS OPTIMIZED TO DELIVER
25 - 50% LESS LOSSES THAN DOE 2016 MINIMUM

EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENT
DOE 2016 IDENTIFIES BILLIONS IN SAVINGS

BEYOND NEW LEGAL MINIMUM

EXPANDED KVA SELECTION ENABLES RIGHT-SIZING
GUARANTEED PERFORMANCE FOR 32 YEARS
1 U.S. Department of Energy, 10 CFR Part 431, [Docket No. EERE-2010-BT-STD-0048] Energy Conservation Program:

Energy Conservation Standards for Distribution Transformers; Final Rule, April 18, 2013 % Loss Reduction
% Loading
*Estimated average savings vs. DOE 2016 referance for the application load profile ** K-Rating per IEEE-C57.110
*** CU - Copper, AL Aluminum, CU/AL Copper primary with Aluminum Secondary **** The high K-factor rating is not the goal of the design, but a consequence of the low current densities used to achieve the high loading efficiency goals E-SAVER OPAL MODEL COMPARISON MATRIX2
The E-SAVER OPAL™ Series is a family of ultra-efficient dry-type isolation transformers that has been optimized for different application load profiles, to maximize energy savings and ensure electrical system compatibility. These energy optimized units are perfect for Net Zero, LEED® and High Performing Buildings.

Many general purpose transformers are purchased and installed because they have the lowest first cost, however, they carry a UL label on the basis of feeding only linear loads. Since most connected loads today are electronic with nonlinear profiles, a low-voltage isolation transformer needs to be K-rated in order to have a valid UL listing for most applications today. E-Savers are appropriately K-rated.

By going meaningfully beyond the DOE 2016 baseline efficiency, the E-Saver™ contributes to green building, LEED®, Net Zero and carbon footprint reduction goals. Additional benefits of Powersmiths products include our ISO14001 certified manufacturing, integrated metering options and ability to integrate with the Powersmiths WOW™ Sustainability Management Platform.

Powersmiths certifications include ISO 9001 (Quality), ISO 14001 (Environment), ISO 17025 (Efficiency Test Lab), UL and CSA. Powersmiths has a production integrated nonlinear load test program that enables efficiency verification under real-world conditions, as well as IPMVP compliant field measurement of losses and efficiency, and Certified Test Lab Load Profile Test Reports.

Integrated metering can provide information about capacity utilization, load profiles, power quality and energy use. The lockable hinged door option, as well as our patented 360O Rotatable IR Port™ option enable quick and safe access to internal transformer connections, and reduces arc flash risk. Powersmiths also offers transformers with Integrated Power Distribution. For details see the Energy Station TX™ product information.

Most manufacturers have designed their low-voltage
transformers to just meet the new U.S. Dept. of Energy law (DOE 2016), setting minimum efficiency at a single required 35% load point, under an ideal sine wave factory test profile, sacrificing performance elsewhere. The DOE quantifies
savings for going beyond DOE 2016 in billions of dollars.

Furthermore, the DOE states that lifecycle savings can be maximized by optimizing for real-world loading. Powersmiths OPAL™ enables customers to access these savings – backed by real-world performance verification.

Powersmiths enables right-sizing of electrical infrastructure by offering a much broader selection of transformer kVA sizes. The capital cost, operating cost and footprint reductions can be dramatic - on the order of 30-50%, through smaller transformers, breakers, conductors, and distribution panels.

Powersmiths guarantees that every transformer we manufacture meets our published technical data, and furthermore, that this performance is met over the full term of the 32-year pro-rated warranty. Being able to trust that savings are both real and long-term is part of why organizations choose Powersmiths.

To achieve 25-50% more savings than the DOE 2016 requirement, Powersmiths’ developed and implemented a design best practice called OPAL™ - Optimized Performance for the Application Load.

Recognizing that the transformer has much more impact in an electrical system than just efficiency, OPAL considers the system as a whole, including goals like managing impedance, arc flash, fault level, inrush, harmonics, and more. OPAL™ is possible thanks to the tight feedback loop between design, onsite manufacturing, and extensive ongoing real world operating performance verification.

The result is more savings for the same dollar.

Model Optimized Saving beyond Temp. Winding Continuous
K-Rating Applications Load Range DOE 2016* Rise Material Overload **/**** *** Capacity E-Saver-33L 0-25% 33% <130°C CU 5% K7
E-Saver-20M 0-100% 20% <115°C CU 15% K1, K9, K13
E-Saver-25H 75-100% 25% <105°C CU/AL 20% K13
T1000-30H 50-100% 30% <105°C CU 20% K20
E-Saver-35H 75-100% 35% <80°C CU/AL 33% K20
E-Saver-50H 75-100% 50% <65°C CU 50% K30
E-Saver-S0L 0-100% 30% <105°C CU/AL 20% K20
Most Applications - office, education,
healthcare, most other institutional,
commerical (light load feeding
electronic equipment).

Where equipment or process loading
varies widely, or where the load is
expected to change significantly
over time.

Dedicated equipment (fans, pumps,
elevators,etc), labs, broadcast,
datacenter, industrial where loading
is significant.

Harmonic Mitigation Transformer -
for heavy, harmonic-rich loads, high
densities of electronic equipment,
where voltage distortion could
become excessive.

Heavy loading for extended hours,
and need for lower losses &
operating costs, overload capacity,
faster payback if high energy rate.

For Special Applications close to
full continuous load, where full load
losses & heat output must be
minimized, significant overload
capacity.

Solar Applications - to avoid solar
production waste - minimize
transformer idling and full load
losses, continuous overload capacity
for longer life.

CU opt.

CU opt.
(but not
required
for app)
CU opt.

E-SAVER OPAL™ Loss Reduction Curves

8.1 Packet Pg. 354
Metering: Express LoggerTM, SMARTTM or Cyberhawk TXTM
(see product cut sheets for details)
CC: Core & Coils available for OEM Integration
3R: Type 3R, sprinkler proof/ outdoor ventilated enclosure OSEC: Enclosure for outdoor public areas
SS: Painted stainless steel enclosure
NVI: Non-ventilated indoor enclosure
IRP: 360º Rotatable IR PortTM
HD: Hinged Door
F50: 50 Hz design
2S: Dual electrostatic shields
1S: Single electrostatic shield
3S: Triple electrostatic shields
SPD: (120/208 V OR 277/480V)
PRO80: 80kA, 7 mode, Filter
PRO120: 120kA, 7 mode, Filter
PRO200: 200kA, 7 mode, Filter
PRO240: 240kA, 7 mode Filter
PROXX: Where XX is custom ID
LKS: Lug kit, screw-type
LKC: Lug kit, compression type
VLI: Very Low Inrush
IMP: Custom Impedance
COL: Custom color
TS: Thermal sensors at 170°C and 200°C
RTR: Routine Test Report
NLT: Nonlinear Load Test with Certificate
2016TR: DOE 2016 Test Report
CTL: ISO 17025 Certified Test Lab, load profile test
SE: Sensitive environment, extra low noise
SB: Certified Seismic Bracing for 2.28g
(for Certificate details contact Powersmiths)
WM: Wall-mount kit up to 75kVA is available (sold separately)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
POWE R SM I THS INTE RNAT IONA L COR P. 10 Devon Road, Brampton ON, L6T 5B5 Canada Phone: (905) 791-1493 Toll-free: (800) 747-9627 Fax: (905) 791-8870 Email: [email protected] WWW.POWERSMITHS.COM
kVA Impedance
(%Z)
CU Model
Weight (lbs)
Standard Case Size
(in)
Alternate Smaller
Case Size (in)
15 20
25 30
45 50
63 75
100
112.5
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
400
450
500
600
750

3.0-6.0

3.0-6.0
275-325 A (18W x 17D x 27H) 17.4W x 14.5D x 25H
350-400
325-375
375-420
500-550
550-600
725-800
600-650
875-975
1000-1100
1150-1250
1400-1500
1300-1400
1500-1600
1600-1750
1750-1850
2500-2650
2000-2150
2750-2900
3150-3350
3650-3800
4150-4350

3.0-6.0

3.0-6.0
B (26W x 18D x 30H)
B (26W x 18D x 30H)
B (26W x 18D x 30H)
B (26W x 18D x 30H)
C (32W x 22D x 40H)
C (32W x 22D x 40H)
C (32W x 22D x 40H)
C (32W x 22D x 40H)
C (32W x 22D x 40H)
D (38W x 27D x 48H)
D (38W x 27D x 48H)
D (38W x 27D x 48H)
D (38W x 27D x 48H)
D+ (38W x 32D x 52H)
D+ (38W x 32D x 52H)
D+ (38W x 32D x 52H)
E+ (52W x 38D x 61H)
E+ (52W x 38D x 61H)
E+ (52W x 38D x 61H)
F (64W x 47D x 67H)
F (64W x 47D x 67H)
23W x 15.5D x 27.5H
23W x 15.5D x 27.5H
23W x 15.5D x 27.5H
25W x 16D x 29H

26.5W x 17D x 33H

30.5W x 20D x 33H

30.5W x 20D x 33H
33W x 22.5D x 38H
33W x 22.5D x 38H

34.5W x 24D x 42H

34.5W x 24D x 42H
37W x 26D x 43H
37W x 26D x 43H
43W x 33D x 51H
43W x 33D x 51H
43W x 33D x 51H

51.4W x 37.5D x 60.6H

51.4W x 37.5D x 60.6H
Efficiency
(%)

98.22 98.31

98.41 98.50

98.64 98.67

98.74 98.80

98.85 98.91

98.94 98.99

99.02 99.05

99.08 99.10

99.14 99.19

99.22 99.24

99.27 99.31

ORDERING INFORMATION AVAILABLE OPTIONS

TECHNICAL DATA
The E-Saver™ is an ultra-efficient low-voltage dry-type isolation transformer that meaningfully exceeds the U.S. Dept. of Energy’s new minimum efficiency law, commonly referred to as DOE 2016. Each model is optimized to maximize energy savings and electrical system compatibility in each target application, and has a K-factor listing per UL 1561 and an application appropriate K-rating per C57.110 (see Comparison Matrix). For models with an ‘H’ designation, K-rating is reduced by one level for 400kVA and larger, reflecting lower harmonic content reality at heavy loading for large kVA transformers (ex.K30->K20, K20->K13, K13->K9) to avoid overbuilding and associated unecessary cost. See table for individual model attributes.

E-Savers have a common-core (3-phase models), 10kV BIL, 200% rated neutral, are 60Hz rated (std), built to NEMA ST-20 and other applicable ANSI, IEEE standards and are UL listed and CSA approved. Both primary and secondary terminals and voltage taps (typically six 2.5%) are all front-accessible. E-Savers have a 220°C class insulation system that is NOMEX-based with an Epoxy Co-polymer impregnant with technical performance characteristics that embed lower environmental impact, long term reliability and long life expectancy. E-Savers carry OSHPD and IBC Seismic Certification. The seismic bracing option provides a higher 2.28g certification. All E-Saver models come standard in a Type 2 ventilated drip-proof indoor enclosure made of heavy gauge steel finished with epoxy powder coating for durability and low environmental impact, and are UL Listed for 2” rear clearance - a significant improvement over the typical industry 6” limit. A wide variety of enclosures and options are available.

Low Noise: Keeping audible noise at a minimum is key. While the NEMA ST-20 standard sets levels referenced by industry only a type test, not a production test, is required – so transformers on actual projects may be noisy. NEMA ST-20 also allows K13 transformers to be even noisier. Powersmiths builds 3dB quieter than NEMA standard values, and 6dB quieter than the K13+ allowance. Furthermore, every unit is tested to ensure quiet operation. For very sensitive environments, an additional 2dB lower noise option is available.

Management of Impedance, Inrush, Fault Level, Arc Flash: Powersmiths’ OPAL™ design best practice includes addressing key transformer attributes like impedance, inrush, fault level, arc flash, to ensure smooth integration into an electrical system, avoiding the negative impacts often associated with high efficiency transformers. See individual technical data sheets for comprehensive values for all parameters.

Impedance: For 33L, 20M, 25H, 35H models, impedance is kept at or above 4.0% in order to manage downstream fault current and arc flash levels, and stay within interrupting capacity (kAIC) ratings. Higher impedance is available to meet specific project needs. 50H models are optimized to project specific requirements.

Inrush: Inrush currents are managed in order to avoid nuisance tripping of the primary breaker and to enable design engineers to use standard 125% rated primary protection, thereby avoiding expensive design changes that otherwise may be needed. Very low inrush designs are available as specific projects may require, for example some datacenter and medical applications.
kVA Audible 33L, 20M, 25H Model Standard Alternate Smaller Noise Weight Range (lbs) Case Size (in) Case Size (in)* 15 42 dB 260-340 17.5W x 17D x 27.5H 17.5W x 14.5D x 25H 20 42 dB 300-380 25.5W x 18D x 30H 23W x 15.5D x 27.5H
25 42 dB 340-420 25.5W x 18D x 30H 23W x 15.5D x 27.5H
30 42 dB 380-470 25.5W x 18D x 30H 23W x 15.5D x 27.5H
45 42 dB 490-590 25.5W x 18D x 30H No Alternate
50 42 dB 540-600 31.5W x 21.5D x 40H No Alternate
63 47 dB 600-720 31.5W x 21.5D x 40H 26.5W x 20D x 33H
75 47 dB 650-800 31.5W x 21.5D x 40H 26.5W x 20D x 33H
100 47 dB 800-900 31.5W x 21.5D x 40H No Alternate
112 47 dB 900-1000 31.5W x 21.5D x 40H No Alternate
125 47 dB 1050-1150 37.5W x 26.5D x 48H 33W x 23D x 38H 150 47 dB 1170-1300 37.5W x 26.5D x 48H 33W x 23D x 38H 175 52 dB 1260-1450 37.5W x 26.5D x 48H 34.5W x 26.5D x 42H 200 52 dB 1375-1550 37.5W x 26.5D x 48H 34.5W x 26.5D x 42H 225 52 dB 1500-1700 37.5W x 31.5D x 52H 34.5W x 26.5D x 42H 250 52 dB 1650-1850 37.5W x 31.5D x 52H 37.5W x 26.5D x 48H 300 52 dB 1850-2000 37.5W x 31.5D x 52H 37.5W x 26.5D x 48H 400 57 dB 2150-2350 51.5W x 38D x 61H 43.5W x 33.5D x 55.5H 450 57 dB 2400-2650 51.5W x 38D x 61H 43.5W x 33.5D x 55.5H 500 59 dB 2800-3000 51.5W x 38D x 61H 43.5W x 33.5D x 55.5H 600 59 dB 3500-3800 64W x 47D x 67H 51.5W x 38D x 61H
750 61 dB 4000-4300 64W x 47D x 67H Contact Factory
850 61 dB 4300-4850 64W x 47D x 67H Contact Factory
1000 61 dB 4800-5500 64W x 53D x 67H Contact Factory
* Typically the min cases are available for the standard models of 33L, 20M, 25H only.

NOTE: The above data applies to the standard configuration of each kVA. Selection of some options may change enclosure size and/or transformer weight. Some options may be mutually exclusive. Consult factory for detailed product data sheet for these and other configurations. Efficiencies tested according to U.S. Dept. of Energy’s 10 CFR Part 431, a linear load test at 35% of nameplate capacity. Refer to technical data sheet for comprehensive information for each specific model, kVA, and option selected.

As design optimization is continuous, technical data is updated over time. Please check with Powersmiths for latest revision.

Copyright © 2018, Powersmiths International Corp. All rights r eserved. OPAL, Cyberhawk, E-Saver, E-Saver 2016, E-Saver-33L, E-Saver-25H, E-Saver-35H, E-Saver-50H, E-Saver-20M, T1000, Express Logger, Rotatable IR Port and SMART are trademarks of Powersmiths International Corp. All ot her trademarks are those of their respective owners.

Please print responsibly.
807-000431-158-A10
- MODEL - kVA - PV - SV - OPT
E-SAVER kVA
Rating Unit
(9-1000 kVA)
Primary
Voltage
Input
(Up to 600V)
Secondary
Voltage
Input
(Up to 600/347V)
Options
if Applicable
(See Available
Options)
33L
20M
25H
35H
50H

OPAL PRODUCT
FAMILY

8.1 Packet Pg. 355
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment F: Building Envelope Systems
P a g e | 1
Attachment F: Building Envelope Systems
City of Patterson

8.1 Packet Pg. 356
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment F: Building Envelope Systems
P a g e | 2
City Hall
Address: 1 Plaza Circle, Patterson, CA 95363
Scope of Work:
60 mil TPO Mechanically Attached Roof Assembly meeting Class “A” Criteria, C.R.R.C. Title 24 Criteria & Carlisle Syn-Tec: 20 Yr. NDL Warranty approval.

Total Area:

Low Slope Roof Area: 8,945 S.F.

Roof Canopies: 1,498 S.F.

Wall & Base Flashing Area: 1,368 S.F.

Total Roof Area: 11,811 S.F.

System Assembly / Spec Plate:

Basis of Design Carlisle Syn-Tec: TPO Membrane MA:

1. TPO Membrane (60mil TPO for field, SRI 0.75)

2. Roof Insulation: Tapered Crickets/ ½” per ft

3. Deck Sheathing: If required, Deck Sheathing installed by others.

4. Cover Boards: Dens Deck Prime ¼”

5. Flashing Membrane & Prefabricated Flashings: 60mil TPO membrane

6. Cross Grip Walk Pad: To be installed per Carlisle Syn-Tec Specifications. (100 L.F.) SOW:

1. Demolition: Demo existing roofing down to roof deck.

2. Coverboard Installation: Provide & Install 1/4” coverboard (Allowance of 2,000 S.F.) for damaged existing coverboard over existing insulation and roof deck. Mechanically attached using #12 8.75” Screws & 3” Membrane Plates. Fastened at 12-ea per 100 S.F., meeting manufactures written specifications.

3. 60 mill TPO MA: Provide & Install Carlisle Syn-Tec 60 mil TPO Mechanically Attached Assembly with #15-HP-XTRA 9” Screws & Piranha Plates, meeting manufactures written specifications.

4. TPO Clad Metal Edge Installation: Provide & Install Carlisle Syn-Tec “Clad Metal Edge” located @ all perimeters, exposed underdeck canopies. Fastening pattern 4” O.C., Meeting SMACNA & manufactures written specifications. (380 L.F.)

5. TPO Vertical Base Flashings: Provide & Install Carlisle Syn-Tec 60 mil TPO Base Flashing located @ all vertical flashing locations. Meeting manufactures written specifications.

6. TPO VTR Boot Flashings: Provide & Install Carlisle Syn-Tec Boot Flashings located @ all VTR pipe penetrations. (30-ea)

7. Kynar Counter Flashing Assembly: Provide & Install Kynar Factory Coated 24 ga.

8. Counter-Flashing Assembly per SMACNA requirements

8.1 Packet Pg. 357
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment F: Building Envelope Systems
P a g e | 3

9. Labor Guarantee: Durations: 2 Yrs. from Acceptance of Carlisle Technical Audit

10. Carlisle Syn-Tec NDL Warranty: 20 Yrs. from Acceptance of Carlisle Technical audit.

Exclusions:

1. Design Build Qualifications: All design criteria will meet Carlisle Syn-Tec Specification & Assembly Letter requirements.

2. Existing Structural Framing: Excluded in its entirety.

3. Existing TPO Clad Metal Edge Installation: Please be advised that the existing Clad Metal to be used as the required cleat to receive the New Clad Metal Edging.

Clarifications:

1. Stucco Condition: Extensive cracking and holes in stucco at walls and parapets could lead to potential water intrusion in the structure and under the roofing.

2. System Assembly: Above referenced System Assembly meets ASTM: 4450-1989 &4470-2012

3. Safety Protocols: Allowance of daily Pre-Task Safety meetings as required.

4. JHA Implementation: Allowance of Field Condition JHA Forms “COMPLETED DAILY” as required.

5. Hoisting Criteria: Provision of Reach Lift required for Hoisting all materials & equipment required for this project. Operator Certified.

6. Generated Debris: Removal of all construction debris generated on this project.

7. Provision of Scaffold Stair-Tower: Provision of Stair-Tower for safe Access/Egress to & from Roof Location. Eliminating any need of entering the ongoing Tennant Operations.

8. Affiliations: Union Contractor / Manufacturer Approved.

9. Certifications: Certified Installer/MBE.

8.1 Packet Pg. 358
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment F: Building Envelope Systems
P a g e | 4
Fire Station #1
Address: 344 W Las Palmas Ave, Patterson, CA 95363
Scope of Work:
60 mil TPO Mechanically Attached Roof Assembly meeting Class “A” Criteria, C.R.R.C. Title 24 Criteria & Carlisle Syn-Tec: 20 Yr. NDL Warranty approval.

Total Area:

Low Slope Roof Area: 3,200 S.F.

Roof Canopies: 898 S.F.

Total Roof Area: 4,068 S.F.

System Assembly / Spec Plate:

Basis of Design Carlisle Syn-Tec: TPO Membrane MA:

1. TPO Membrane (60mil TPO for field, SRI 0.75)

2. Roof Insulation: R30-Value / Tapered Crickets/ ½” per ft

3. Deck Sheathing: If required, Deck Sheathing installed by others.

4. Cover Boards: Dens Deck Prime ¼”

5. Flashing Membrane & Prefabricated Flashings: 60mil TPO membrane

6. Safety Yellow Walk Pad: To be installed per Carlisle Syn-Tec Specifications. (50 L.F.) SOW:

1. Demolition: Demo existing single ply membrane down to BUR system

2. Coverboard Installation: Provide & Install ¼” coverboard (Allowance of 500 S.F.) for damaged existing coverboard over BUR Roof Deck. Mechanically attached using #12-8.75” Screws & 3” Membrane Plates. Fastened at 12-ea per 100.S.F. meeting manufactures written specifications.

3. 60 mill TPO MA: Provide & Install Carlisle Syn-Tec 60 mil TPO Mechanically Attached Assembly with #15-HP-XTRA 9” Screws & Piranha Plates, meeting manufactures written specifications.

4. Existing Tile Coping Installation: Provide & Install an allowance of 20 L.F. of broken or damaged existing perimeter “Tile Ridge”, Included in Base Bid

5. TPO Vertical Base Flashings: Provide & Install Carlisle Syn-Tec 60 mil TPO Base Flashing located @ all vertical flashing locations. Meeting manufactures written specifications.

6. TPO VTR Boot Flashings: Provide & Install Carlisle Syn-Tec “Boot Flashings located @ all VTR pipe penetrations. (10-ea)

7. TPO Scuppers: Provide & install Carlisle Syn-Tech 4EA Clad Metal Scupper meeting manufacturers written specifications.

8. Kynar Counter Flashing Assembly: Provide & Install Kynar Factory Coated 24 ga.

9. Counter-Flashing Assembly per SMACNA requirements

10. Labor Guarantee: Durations: 2 Yrs. from Acceptance of Carlisle Technical Audit

8.1 Packet Pg. 359
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment F: Building Envelope Systems
P a g e | 5

11. Carlisle Syn-Tec NDL Warranty: Duration: 20 Yrs. from Acceptance of Carlisle Technical Audit.

Exclusions:

1. Design Build Qualifications: All design criteria will meet Carlisle Syn-Tec Specification & Assembly Letter requirements.

2. Existing Structural Framing: Excluded in its entirety.

3. Existing TPO Clad Metal Edge Installation: Please be advised that the existing Clad Metal to be used as the required cleat to receive the New Clad Metal Edging.

4. Infrared Testing: ABS recommends the provision of Infra-Red Testing to determine the extent if any of potential trapped moisture that may be present with-in the existing BUR Roof Assembly to retain meeting Unified Building Code.

Clarifications

1. System Assembly: Above referenced System Assembly meets ASTM: 4450-1989 &4470-2012

2. Safety Protocols: Allowance of daily Pre-Task Safety meetings as required.

3. JHA Implementation: Allowance of Field Condition JHA Forms “COMPLETED DAILY” as required.

4. Hoisting Criteria: Provision of Reach Lift required for Hoisting all materials & equipment required for this project. Operator Certified.

5. Generated Debris: Removal of all construction debris generated on this project.

6. Provision of Scaffold Stair-Tower: Provision of Stair-Tower for safe Access/Egress to & from Roof Location. Eliminating any need of entering the ongoing Tennant Operations.

7. Affiliations: Union Contractor / Manufacturer Approved.

8. Certifications: Certified Installer/MBE.

8.1 Packet Pg. 360
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Reinforced Membrane
Overview
Carlisle’s Sure-Weld TPO reinforced membrane is a premium, heatweldable, single-ply thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) sheet designed for new roof construction and re-roofing applications. Sure-Weld High Slope (HS) membrane is formulated with additional flame retardant for higherslope fire code approvals. Sure-Weld Extra is 80 mils (2.03 mm) thick for significantly higher strength and weatherability.

Sure-Weld TPO membranes use advanced polymerization technology that combines the flexibility of ethylene-propylene (EP) rubber with the heat weldability of polypropylene. All Sure-Weld TPO membranes include OctaGuard XT™, an industry-leading, state-of-the-art weathering package.

OctaGuard XT technology enables Sure-Weld TPO to withstand the extreme weatherability testing that is intended to simulate exposure to severe climates.

Physical properties of the membrane are enhanced by a strong polyester fabric that is encapsulated between the TPO-based top and bottom plies.

The combination of the fabric and TPO plies provides high breaking and tearing strength, as well as excellent puncture resistance. The relatively smooth surface of the membrane produces a total surface fusion weld that results in a consistent, watertight, monolithic roof assembly. The membrane is environmentally friendly and safe to install.

Features and Benefits
» Living Building Challenge “Red List Free” – Declare Label » Sure-Weld TPO is available in 4- and 6-ft (121.92 cm and 182.88 cm) perimeter sheets and 8-, 10-, 12-, and 16-ft (243.84 cm, 304.80 cm, 365.76 cm, and 487.68 cm) Sure-Weld field sheets*
» Outstanding puncture resistance and excellent fire resistant assemblies » Environmentally friendly and stable formulation
» Excellent resistance to impact and low temperatures
» UL 2218 Class 4 hail rating
» Manufactured with non-halogenated flame retardants
» Excellent chemical resistance to acids, bases and restaurant exhaust emissions
» Exceptional resistance to heat, solar UV, ozone and oxidation » Manufactured using a hot-melt extrusion process for complete scrim encapsulation
» Enhanced with the OctaGuard XT
weathering package
» Standard Colors:
» Special Colors:
*Sure-Weld HS Special Color TPO membranes are available in limited sizes.

Refer to Carlisle’s Sure-Weld TPO Color Palette Sell Sheet for details.

Sure-Weld 80-mil in special colors are limited to warranties up to 20 years.

Sustainable Attributes
Carlisle SynTec Systems’ focus has always been innovation — Innovation to solve problems, improve performance, reduce labor, and above all, improve sustainability. Carlisle is committed to driving sustainable and efficient processes in the design and manufacturing of our products. » Up to 10% pre-consumer recycled content
» Fully recyclable when used in mechanically attached systems » 3rd-party verified Environmental Product Declaration available » NSF P151 certification for rainwater catchment**
» California Title 24 compliant***
» Free of Living Building Challenge red list chemicals
**White only, produced in Tooele, UT and Carlisle, PA
***White and Tan only
Installation
Sure-Weld TPO roofing systems are quick to install, as minimal labor and few components are required. TPO systems are installed using an Automatic Heat Welder, making sheet welding fast, clean, consistent, and easy to learn, while reducing strain on the roofing technician.

White
Slate Gray
Gray
Med Bronze
Tan
Terra Cotta Patina Green Rock Brown

8.1 Packet Pg. 361

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Reinforced Membrane
Fully-Adhered – membrane is adhered to a suitable substrate utilizing an appropriate bonding adhesive
Mechanically Fastened – membrane is attached to the roof deck over a suitable substrate utilizing plates and fasteners which are overlapped with membrane
Induction-Welded – membrane is attached over a suitable substrate via an induction welding tool being placed over the membrane where a fastened TPO induction welding plate is located to weld the two components together
Review Carlisle specifications and details for complete installation information.

Precautions
» Sunglasses that filter out ultraviolet light are strongly recommended, as tan and white surfaces are highly reflective. Roofing technicians should dress appropriately and wear sunscreen.
» Surfaces may become slippery due to frost and ice buildup. Exercise caution during cold conditions to prevent falls. Exercise caution when walking on wet membrane. Membranes may be slippery when wet. » Care must be exercised when working close to a roof edge when the surrounding area is snow-covered, as the roof edge may not be clearly visible.
» Use proper stacking procedures to ensure sufficient stability of the rolls. » Store membrane in the original undisturbed plastic wrap in a cool, shaded area and cover with light-colored, breathable, waterproof tarpaulins. Membrane that has been exposed to the weather must be prepared with Weathered Membrane Cleaner prior to hot-air welding. » Take care not to stand or place heavy objects on the edge of foldedover membrane, as this could cause a hard crease in the membrane. » Maximum sustained temperature not to exceed 160°F (71°C) for TPO membrane.
» Do not use razor blades or other sharp tools to cut the APEEL Protective Film while it is still adhered to the TPO membrane as damage to the underlying membrane may occur. Pull the protective film away from the membrane prior to cutting.
» Remove APEEL Protective Film by pulling towards the center of the roof. Do not remove the film by pulling towards the roof edge. » A static electric charge may develop when removing APEEL Protective Film from the surface of the membrane sheet. To avoid the possibility of ignition, lids must be closed on any flammable products and a fire extinguisher should be readily available.
» Color membranes will ‘fade’ over time mainly due to the ultraviolet portion of sunlight. Since most roof surfaces are exposed to variable sunlight, some areas will be more susceptible to color changes caused by UV fading. Warranties for color membranes do not cover fading of colors.

Extreme Testing for Severe Climates
ASTM Standard D6878 is the material specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin-Based Sheet Roofing. It covers material property requirements for TPO roof sheeting and includes initial and aged properties after heat and xenon-arc exposure. As stated in the scope of the standard, “the tests and property limits used to characterize the sheet are values intended to ensure minimum quality for the intended purpose.” Carlisle’s goal is to produce TPO that delivers maximum performance for the intended purpose of roofing membranes. Maximum performance requires the membrane to far exceed the requirements of ASTM D6878.

Wider is Better
Carlisle’s 16-foot Sure-Weld
TPO delivers a leap in
productivity on adhered and
induction welded roofs by
cutting down on the number of
rolls needed and dramatically
reducing the number of seams
on the roof.

With fewer rolls to load, stage, and kick out, and fewer seams to weld, contractors can save significant time on each project, moving on to the next one sooner.
16-Foot TPO Benefits
» Fewer rolls to load and stage on a job saves crane time and labor at the beginning of each project
» Fewer rolls to position, kick-out, and align during installation saves labor
» Up to 60% fewer seams vs. 10-foot TPO
» Fewer seams to weld, probe, and inspect, saving considerable time during installation
» Fewer T-joint patches to install on each roof
» Less waste and trash from packaging
» Less time spent on each project, allowing contractors to complete more roofs and grow their business

8.1 Packet Pg. 362
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com Heat Aging accelerates the oxidation rate that roughly doubles for each 18°F (10°C) increase in roof membrane temperature. Oxidation (reaction with oxygen) is one of the primary chemical degradation mechanisms of roofing materials.

Carlisle Testing – Heat Aging
ASTM Requirement Sure-Weld Requirement

ASTM TEST
240°F
32 weeks** >128 weeks
**Heat exposure comparable to 3,120 weeks (60 years) at 185°F for 8 hours/day. » Test specimen is a 2" by 6" (50.8 mm by 152.4 mm) piece of 45-mil (1.14 mm) membrane unbacked, placed in circulating hot-air oven. » Criterion – no visible cracks after bending aged test specimen around 3" (76.2 mm)-diameter mandrel.

Q-Trac testing combines accelerated weathering with real-world conditions using an array of ten mirrors to reflect and concentrate full spectrum sunlight onto membrane test specimens. The Q-Trac device automatically tracks the sun’s path from morning to night. Also, it adjusts to compensate for seasonal changes in the sun’s altitude. Eight years in Q-Trac testing is equal to 40 years of real-world exposure. Carlisle requires its Sure-Weld TPO membranes to pass the equivalent of 40 years of exposure in the Q-Trac.

Carlisle Testing – Q-Trac
ASTM D6878 Requirement Sure-Weld Requirement

ASTM TEST
N/A
N/A Equivalent of 40 years
of exposure
Environmental Cycling subjects the membrane to repeated cycles of heat aging, hot-water immersion, and xenon-arc exposure. » ASTM requirement – none
» Carlisle Extreme test*:
- 10 days heat aging at 240°F (116°C) followed by
- 5 days water immersion at 158°F (70°C) followed by
- 5,040 kJ/m² (2000 hours at 0.70 W/m² irradiance)
xenon-arc exposure
*Test specimen is 2.75" (69.85 mm by 140 mm) by 5.5" piece of membrane with edges sealed.
*Criterion – after 3 complete cycles, test specimens shall remain flexible and not have any cracking under 10x magnification while wrapped around a 3" (76.2 mm)-diameter mandrel.

Supplemental Approvals, Statements
and Characteristics:

1. Sure-Weld TPO meets or exceeds the requirements of
ASTM D6878 Standard Specification for Thermoplastic
Polyolefin-Based Sheet Roofing.

2. Sure-Weld TPO membranes conform to requirements of the US E.P.A. Toxic Leachate Test (40 CFR part 136) performed by an independent analytical laboratory.

3. Sure-Weld TPO was tested for dynamic puncture resistance per ASTM D5635-04 using the most recently modified impact head. 45-mil (1.14 mm) was watertight after an impact energy of 12.5 J (9.2 ft-lbf) and 60-mil (1.52 mm) was watertight after 22.5 J (16.6 ft-lbf). 80-mil (2.03 mm) Extra was watertight after an impact energy of 30.0 J (22.1 ft-lbf).

4. All FM approved assemblies have been tested to pass FM 4470 for foot traffic resistance.

Optional APEEL™ Protective Film
Shield Carlisle’s Sure-Weld TPO membrane
from dirt and scuffs during installation with
APEEL Protective Film. Factory-applied and
easy to remove, APEEL eliminates the need
for rooftop cleaning upon project completion.
» Ideal for re-roofing, re-cover, and new construction projects » Simple and easy to remove
» Saves time and money when compared to pressure washing » Protecting from dirt maintains maximum membrane reflectivity and long-term performance
Installation
Simply order membrane with APEEL, install, and remove the film to reveal a clean, new roof.
» APEEL Protective Film should be removed from within areas that are to be heat-welded together. In areas that do not require heat-welding, the APEEL Protective Film can be left in place for up to 90 days without degrading due to its excellent heat- and UV-resistance.
» When the installation of the entire TPO roofing system is complete, remove and discard the APEEL Protective Film.

8.1 Packet Pg. 363

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Reinforced Membrane
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

REPRINT CODE: 600515 TPO-2012 - “Sure-Weld TPO Reinforced Membrane Product Data Sheet” US PATENT NUMBERS: 8,833,037 • 9,163,140 • 10,422,138 • 10,801,207 Carlisle, Sure-Weld, OctaGuard XT, and APEEL are trademarks of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

LEED Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content 10%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location Senatobia, MS
Tooele, UT
Carlisle, PA
Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) 99 (white) 86 (tan)
Radiative Properties for Cool
Roof Rating Council (CRRC)
and LEED
Test
Method
White
TPO
Tan
TPO
Gray
TPO
CRRC –
Initial solar
reflectance
ASTM
C1549

0.79 0.71 0.46
CRRC – Solar
reflectance after
3 years
ASTM
C1549
(uncleaned)

0.70 0.64 0.43
CRRC – Initial
thermal emittance
ASTM
C1371

0.90 0.86 0.89
CRRC – Thermal
emittance after
3 years
ASTM
C1371
(uncleaned)

0.86 0.87 0.88
LEED – Thermal
emittance
ASTM
E408

0.90 0.86 0.85
SRI – Initial
(Solar Reflectance
Index)
ASTM
E1980
99 86 52
SRI – 3 year aged
(Solar Reflectance
Index)
85 77 49
Radiative Properties (Initial)
for Special Colors
Reflectance Emittance SRI
Medium Bronze 0.12 0.89 8
Rock Brown 0.23 0.88 23
Slate Gray 0.20 0.89 18
Terra Cotta 0.25 0.88 24
Patina Green 0.25 0.88 25
Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) is calculated per ASTM E1980.

The SRI is a measure of the roof’s ability to reject solar heat, as shown by a small temperature rise. It is defined so that a standard black (reflectance 0.05, emittance 0.90) is 0 and a standard white (reflectance 0.80, emittance 0.90) is 100. Materials with the highest SRI values are the coolest choices for roofing. Due to the way SRI is defined, particularly hot materials can even take slightly negative values and particularly cool materials can even exceed 100.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Physical Property ASTM D6878
Requirement
45-mil
(1.14 mm)
60-mil
(1.52 mm)
80-mil Extra
(2.03 mm)
Tolerance on Nominal Thickness, %
ASTM D751 test method
+15, -10 ± 10 ± 10 ± 10
Thickness Over Scrim, in. (mm)
ASTM D7635 optical method, average
of 3 areas

0.015 min
(0.380)

0.018 typical
(0.457)

0.024 typical
(0.610)

0.034 typical
(0.864)
Breaking Strength, lbf (kN)
ASTM D751 grab
220 (976 N)
min
225 (1.0) min
320 (1.4) typical
250 (1.1) min
360 (1.6) typical
350 (1.6) min
425 (1.9) typical
Elongation Break of Reinforcement, %
ASTM D751 grab method
15 min 15 min
25 typical
15 min
25 typical
15 min
25 typical
Tearing Strength, lbf (N)
ASTM D751 proc. B 8 in. x 8 in.
55 (245) min 55 (245) min
130 (578) typical
55 (245) min
130 (578) typical
55 (245) min
130 (578) typical
Brittleness Point, °F (°C)
ASTM D2137
-40 (-40) max -40 (-40) max
-50 (-46) typical
-40 (-40) max
-50 (-46) typical
-40 (-40) max
-50 (-46) typical
Linear Dimensional Change, %
ASTM D1204, 6 hours at 158°F
± 1 max ± 1 max
-0.2 typical
± 1 max
-0.2 typical
± 1 max
-0.2 typical
Ozone Resistance, no cracks 7X ASTM
D1149, 100 pphm, 168 hrs

PASS PASS PASS PASS
UV Exposure (Xenon Arc), no cracks
7X ASTM G155, min.
exposure 10,080 kJ/m2
(4,000 hrs - 0.70 W/m2)

PASS PASS PASS PASS
Water Absorption Resistance, mass %
ASTM D471 top surface only 166 hours
at 158°F water
± 3.0 max ± 3.0 max

0.90 typical
± 3.0 max

0.90 typical
Factory Seam Strength, lbf (N) ASTM
D751 grab method
66 (290) min 66 (290) min 66 (290) min 66 (290) min
Field Seam Strength, lbf/in (kN/m)
ASTM D1876 tested in peel
No requirement 25 (4.4) min
50 (8.8) typical
25 (4.4) min
60 (10.5) typical
40 (7.0) min
70 (12.3) typical
Water Vapor Permeance, Perms
ASTM E96 proc. B
No requirement 0.10 max

0.05 typical

0.10 max

0.05 typical

0.10 max

0.05 typical
Puncture Resistance, lbf (kN)
FTM 101C, method 2031 (see
supplemental section)
No requirement 250 (1.1) min
325 (1.4) typical
300 (1.3) min
350 (1.6) typical
400 (1.8) min
450 (2.0) typical
Properties After Heat Aging
ASTM D573, 32 weeks @ 240°F or
8 weeks @ 275°F
No cracking when bent around 3"
diameter mandrel
Weight Change, %
PASS
No cracking
± 1.5 max
PASS
No cracking

1.0 max
PASS
No cracking

1.0 max
Typical Weights lb/ft² (kg/m²) 0.25 0.33 0.45
Air Permeance, ASTM E2178 No Requirement PASS PASS PASS Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product.

This data and information is intended as a guide and does not reflect the specification range for any particular property of this product.

8.1 Packet Pg. 364
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Non-Reinforced Flashing
Overview
Carlisle’s Sure-Weld TPO Non-Reinforced Flashing is a 60-mil thermoplastic polyolefi n (TPO)-based membrane available in 12" and 24" by 50' rolls. When the use of prefabricated accessories is not feasible, this product can be used to create inside and outside corners, fi eld-fabricated pipe fl ashings, sealant pockets, and scuppers. Standard colors are white, tan, and gray.

Features and Benefi ts
» New and improved TPO Flashing provides 35% more fl exibility, making it easier to fi eld-fabricate details
» Compounded with the same OctaGuard XT™ weathering package as Carlisle’s Sure-Weld TPO membranes for maximum longevity » Superior weldability allows for consistent, high-quality seams in penetrations and other critical roof areas
» Available in white, gray, and tan colors to match Carlisle’s Sure-Weld TPO membranes
Installation

1. TPO Flashing is used to fl ash various roofi ng system details and penetrations. The specifi c installation method will vary based on the situation.

2. Use a lower temperature setting on the heat welder than when welding reinforced TPO membrane. Typically, a setting of “6” on a scale of “10” is appropriate for welding TPO Flashing.

3. Use the edge of the roller to crease the fl ashing into any membrane step-offs for a proper seal.

Review Carlisle specifi cations and details for complete installation information.

Precautions
» Review the applicable Safety Data Sheet for complete safety information prior to use.
» Sunglasses that fi lter out ultraviolet light are strongly recommended, as tan and white surfaces are highly refl ective. Roofi ng technicians should dress appropriately and wear sunscreen.
» Store TPO Flashing in a cool, shaded area and cover with light-colored, breathable, waterproof tarpaulins. TPO Flashing that has been exposed to the weather for approximately 7 days or longer must be prepared with Weathered Membrane Cleaner prior to hot air welding.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Properties ASTM Test
Method
Specifi cation
Tolerance on nominal thickness, % D 412 plus 15/ minus 10 Weight, lb/ft2 (kg/m²), typical 0.30 (1.5)
Tensile strength, min., psi (Mpa) D 412 Die C 1200 (8.3) Elongation, ultimate, min., % D 412 Die C 600
Tear strength, min., lbf/in (kN/m) D 624 Die C 250 (43.8) Ozone resistance, 168h @ 100 pphm,
50% ext.

D 1149 No Cracks
Heat aging: 28 days at 240°F (116°C)
Tensile strength, min., psi (MPa)
Elongation, ultimate, min., %
Tear strength, min., lbf/in (kN/m)
Linear dimensional change, max. %
D 573
D 412
D 412
D 624
D 1204
1000 (6.9)
500
200 (35.0)
±4
Resistance to Xenon-arc weathering
Xenon-Arc, 10,080 kJ/m² total radiant
Exposure, visual condition at 10X
G 155

0.70 W/m²
80°C B.P.T.

No Cracks
Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product. This data and information is intended as a guide and does not refl ect the specifi cation range for any particular property of this product.

LEED® Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location Greenville, IL
Solar Refl ectance Index (SRI) N/A

REPRINT CODE: 605089 - “Sure-Weld TPO Non-Reinforced Flashing Product Data Sheet” Carlisle and OctaGuard XT are trademarks of Carlisle. Sure-Weld is a registered trademark of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

8.1 Packet Pg. 365
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Overview
DensDeck Prime Roof Board’s patented design features a gypsum core with embedded glass mat facers on the top and bottom of the board.

DensDeck Prime can be used in a variety of commercial roof systems and provides an excellent thermal barrier as well as exceptional fire, moisture, and wind uplift resistance properties.

DensDeck Prime is typically used as a cover board over insulation in fully adhered EPDM, TPO, and PVC applications. It is compatible with solventbased bonding adhesives. For applications in which Flexible FAST™ Adhesive is used to attach insulation and a vapor barrier is specified, DensDeck Prime can be used as a base layer for Carlisle’s VapAir™ Seal 725TR Air and Vapor Barrier (in conjunction with CCW 702-LV or CAVGRIP® III Primer). DensDeck Prime is also compatible with hot asphalt and can be used as a membrane underlayment in hot mopped roofing systems or as a parapet wall substrate in all systems.

Features and Benefits
» UL code ratings available for high slopes and wood decks » FM Approved
» Improves resistance to foot traffic and hail damage
» Excellent wind uplift ratings
» Resistant to deterioration, warping, and jobsite damage » 5⁄8 DensDeck Prime can replace any generic type "X" gypsum board in any roof assembly in the UL Fire Resistance Directory under the prefix "P" Installation
DensDeck Prime may be secured with Flexible FAST Adhesive, fastened in accordance with an approved fastening pattern, or mopped with Type III or IV asphalt.

Maximum asphalt application temperatures of 425°F (218°C) to 450°F (232°C) are recommended. Application temperatures above these recommended temperatures may adversely affect roof system performance.

Edge joints should be located on and parallel to deck ribs. End joints of adjacent lengths should be staggered.

1. This material shall be installed with ends and edges butted tightly.

2. When installed over combustible wood decks or insulations, all joints should be staggered.

3. In accordance with approved shop drawings, FM Approved fasteners shall be installed with plates through the roof board, flush with the surface.

4. When attaching VapAir Seal 725TR, use DensDeck Prime in conjunction with CCW-702, 702-LV, or CAV-GRIP III Primer.

Review Carlisle specifications and details for complete installation information.

Precautions
» Panels must be kept dry before, during and after installation. Apply only as much roof board as can be covered by roof membrane in the same day.
» When applying solvent-based adhesives or primers, allow sufficient time for the solvents to flash off.
» ¼" DensDeck Prime is not recommended for vertical parapet applications.
» In ballasted roofing systems, DensDeck Prime is not an acceptable membrane underlayment.

Ratings and Certifications
» Manufactured to conform to ASTM C-1177
» Tested in accordance with ASTM E-84 or CAN/ULC-S102
» Non-combustible when tested in accordance with ASTM E-136 » UL Classified when tested in accordance with ASTM E-119 DensDeck® Prime Roof Board

8.1 Packet Pg. 366

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

REPRINT CODE: 601960 INS_CST-6043 - “DensDeck Prime Roof Board Product Data Sheet” Carlisle, FAST, VapAir and CAV-GRIP are trademarks of Carlisle.

DensDeck is a registered trademark of Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Properties ¼" (6.4 mm) ½" (12.7 mm) 5
⁄8" (15.9 mm)
Thickness, nominal ¼" (6.4 mm) ± 1⁄16" (1.6 mm) ½" (12.7 mm) ± 1⁄32" (.8 mm) 5⁄8" (15.9 mm) ± 1⁄32" (.8 mm) Width, standard 4' (1219 mm) ± 1⁄8" (3 mm) 4' (1219 mm) ± 1⁄8" (3 mm) 4' (1219 mm) ± 1⁄8" (3 mm) Length, standard 4' (1219 mm)
8' (2438 mm) ± ¼" (6.4 mm)
4' (1219 mm)
8' (2438 mm) ± ¼" (6.4 mm)
4' (1219 mm)
8' (2438 mm) ± ¼" (6.4 mm)
Weight, nominal, lbs./sq. ft. (Kg/m²)7 1.2 (5.9) 2.0 (9.8) 2.5 (12.2) Surfacing Fiberglass mat with
non-asphaltic coating
Fiberglass mat with
non-asphaltic coating
Fiberglass mat with
non-asphaltic coating
Flexural Strength1, parallel, lbf. min. (N) ≥40 (178) ≥80 (356) ≥100 (444) Flute Spanability 2 25⁄8" (67 mm) 5" (127 mm) 8" (203 mm) Permeance3, Perms (ng/Pa• S• m²) >30 (>1710) >23 (>1300) >17 (>970) R Value4, ft²• °F• hr/BTU (m²• K/ W) 0.28 0.56 0.67
Linear Variation with Change in Temp., in/in °F (mm/mm/C°) 8.5 x 10-6 (15.3 x 10-6) 8.5 x 10-6 (15.3 x 10-6) 8.5 x 10-6 (15.3 x 10-6) Linear Variation with Change in Moisture 6.25 x 10-6 6.25 x 10-6 6.25 x 10-6 Water Absorption5, % 5 5 5
Compressive Strength6, psi nominal1 900 900 900
Surface Water Absorption, grams, nominal 1.0 1.0 1.0
Flame Spread, Smoke Developed (ASTM E84) 0/0 0/0 0/0
Bending Radius 4' (1219 mm) 6' (1829 mm) 8' (2438 mm)
1 Tested in accordance with ASTM C473 method B.
2 Tested in accordance with ASTM E661.
3 Tested in accordance with ASTM E96 (dry cup method).
4 Tested in accordance with ASTM C518 (heat flow meter). 5 Tested in accordance with ASTM C1177.
6 Tested in accordance with ASTM C473.
7 Represents approximate weight for design and shipping purposes. Actual weight may vary based on manufacturing location and other factors.

DensDeck Prime Roof Board
LEED® Information
Manufacturing
Location1
Total
Recycled
Content2
Pre-Consumer
Recycled
Content2
Post-Consumer
Recycled
Content2
Acme, TX 0% 0% 0%
Antioch, CA 0% 0% 0%
Ft. Dodge, IA 0% 0% 0%
Las Vegas, NV 0% 0% 0%
Lovell, WY 0% 0% 0%
Newington, NH 30% 30% 0%
Savannah, GA 0% 0% 0%
Tacoma, WA 14% 14% 0%
Wheatfield, IN 94% 94% 0%
1 Manufacturing locations subject to change. Please visit www.gpgypsum.com and click on Sustainability.
2 Recycled content subject to change +/– 1.0%.
3 Based on ICC Evaluation Service Verification of Attributes Report for Dens® brand products issued August 1, 2009. www.saveprogram.icc-es.org

8.1 Packet Pg. 367
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
InsulFoam Tapered Insulation
Overview
Carlisle’s InsulFoam Tapered EPS is an engineered insulation made of closed-cell, lightweight expanded polystyrene (EPS). This product is available in a wide range of panel sizes and densities that meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C578, Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. InsulFoam Tapered offers a long-term, stable R-value and has excellent dimensional stability, compressive strength, and water resistance properties.

Features and Benefits
» Labor and cost savings: no complicated filler panel systems, can be installed in a single layer for thicknesses up to 40", and is significantly more cost-effective than extruded polystyrene, perlite, and isocyanurate tapered systems
» Promotes positive drainage: ideal for both new construction and re-roofing projects in which positive slope is desired or ponded water is a concern
» Environmentally friendly: contains no ozone-depleting blowing agents, may contain recycled material, and is 100% recyclable if removed or replaced
» Stable R-value: thermal properties will remain stable over the material’s entire service life, no thermal drift
» Proven performance: manufactured using the same chemistry since the mid-1950s for proven performance
» Water resistance: does not readily absorb moisture from the environment
Panel Characteristics
InsulFoam Tapered is available in 4' x 4' and 4' x 8' panels with thicknesses from 0 (1/8" actual) to 40" in a single layer. There are no limitations to available slope per foot.

Applications
InsulFoam Tapered is well-suited for a variety of single-ply roof systems, including EPDM, TPO, and PVC, and assembly types, including ballasted, mechanically fastened, and fully adhered. Consult Carlisle Specifications and Details for more information.

Installation Considerations

1. Install only as much insulation as can be covered by a roof membrane system, and/or made watertight by the end of each day.

2. InsulFoam Tapered should not be exposed directly to solvent- or petroleum-based adhesives and sealants.

3. Allow approximately a ¼" space between insulation and vertical surfaces or roof projections. Do not force or jam product into place.

4. Review the layout of all tapered EPS systems before loading and installing panels.

5. In re-cover applications, ensure no moisture is trapped in the new or existing roofing system.

Loose-Laid Insulation
Install InsulFoam Tapered with continuous side joints and end joints, staggered so they are offset by a minimum of 12" from the end joints in adjacent rows. Insulation should abut tightly against adjacent boards.

Joints greater than ½" should be filled with the same insulation that is being used in the field of the roof. If insulation is being installed over a thermal barrier or existing layer of insulation, or under a cover board, all joints must be offset a minimum of 6" between layers. When installing InsulFoam Tapered directly to a metal deck, the edges of the insulation parallel to the deck ribs must be solidly supported and centered on the ribs.

Additionally, for metal decks, ensure that the insulation has a thickness that is adequate to span the rib openings. When conditions dictate, in order to prevent wind blow-off or damage during installation, loose-laid insulation should be weighed down or tacked into place with a minimal quantity of mechanical fasteners.

Review Carlisle specifications and details for complete installation information.

8.1 Packet Pg. 368

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

INS_CST-9341 - “InsulFoam Tapered Insulation Product Data Sheet” Carlisle is a trademark of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

LEED® Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content Up to 25%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location(s) Anchorage, AK
Puyallup, WA
Dixon, CA
Chino, CA
Mead, NE
Aurora, CO
Phoenix, AZ
Lakeland, FL
InsulFoam Tapered Insulation
Typical Physical Properties
Property Type I Type VIII Type II Type IX Type XIV Type XV Test Method Nominal Density (pcf) 1.0 1.25 1.5 2 2.5 3 ASTM C303
C-Value (Conductance)
BTU/(hr·ft2·°F) (per inch) .260 .255 .240 .230 0.222 0.217 ASTM C518
or
ASTM C177
R-Value (Thermal Resistance)
(hr·ft2·°F)/BTU (per inch @ 75°F) 3.85 3.92 4.17 4.50 4.50 4.60 ASTM C518
or
ASTM C177
Compressive Strength
(psi. 10% deformation) 10-14 13-18 15-21 25-33 40 60 ASTM D1621 Flexural Strength (min. psi) 25 30 35 50 60 75 ASTM C203 Dimensional Stability
(maximum %) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 ASTM D2126
Water Vapor Permeance
(max. perm., 1 inch) 5.0 3.5 3.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 ASTM E96
Water Absorption (max. % vol.) 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 ASTM C272 Capillarity none none none none none none –
Flame Spread < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 ASTM E84
Smoke Develioped 150-300 150-300 150-300 150-300 150-300 150-300 ASTM E84

8.1 Packet Pg. 369
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

E X P E R I E N C E T H E C A R L I S L E D I F F E R E N C E HP-X Fastener
Overview
Carlisle’s HP-X Fastener is a specialized, high performance fastener designed to secure Carlisle single-ply membrane and insulation. The HP-X Fastener can be used on steel decks (20-gauge [0.91 mm] or 22-gauge [0.76 mm] or wood [minimum 15⁄32" [12 mm] CDX plywood]).

The HP-X Fastener is designed to offer an optimum combination of driving performance, back-out, and corrosion resistance with excellent pull-out performance.

Features and Benefi ts
» Oversized heavy shank and #15 thread diameter for enhanced pull-out resistance
» Miniature drill point penetrates decks quickly and contributes to exceptional resistance to back-out as well as pull-out
» Deep buttress threads further increase pull-out and back-out resistance
» Excellent corrosion resistance, surpassing the FM4470 corrosion test Installation

1. No pre-drilling is necessary for wood and steel decks. Simply insert the HP-X Fastener through an approved Carlisle plate and install with a standard clutch drive electric screw gun (0 –2,500 rpm).

2. Optimum fastener performance is achieved when the fastener is installed perpendicular to the deck and into the top fl utes of a steel deck.

Review Carlisle specifi cations and details for complete installation information.

Precautions
» The strength of different roof decks varies widely and can be adversely affected by moisture and other conditions. Therefore, Carlisle recommends conducting a fastener pull test to help evaluate deck conditions and fastener suitability.
» Care must be taken not to overdrive the fastener.
» Eye protection is recommended during drilling and installation.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Head #3 Phillips Truss Head
.435" (11.04 mm) diameter
Thread .265" (6.73 mm) diameter
Shank .202" (5.13 mm) diameter
Coating CR-10
Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product. This data and information is intended as a guide and does not refl ect the specifi cation range for any particular property of this product.

Packaging Information
Size
Inches (mm)
Weight/Carton
(Kg)
Thread Length
Inches (mm)
Packaging
Fasteners/Carton
2 (50) 20 lbs (9.08) Full 1,000
3 (75) 29 lbs (13.16) Full 1,000
4 (100) 38 lbs (17.25) 3 (76) 1,000
5 (125) 24 lbs (10.89) 4 (102) 500
6 (150) 28 lbs (12.71) 4 (102) 500
7 (175) 34 lbs (15.44) 4 (102) 500
8 (200) 38 lbs (17.25) 4 (102) 500
9 (230) 42 lbs (19.07) 4 (102) 500
10 (255) 47 lbs (21.33) 4 (102) 500
11 (280) 52 lbs (23.61) 4 (102) 500
12 (305) 56 lbs (25.42) 4 (102) 500
14 (355) 32 lbs (14.52) 4 (102) 250
16 (405) 38 lbs (17.25) 4 (102) 250

WEB ONLY: CST-7066: “HP-X Fastener Product Data Sheet”
Carlisle, Sure-Weld, and Sure-Flex are trademarks of Carlisle.

8.1 Packet Pg. 370
Product Data
Experience the Carlisle Difference
800-479-6832 • P.O. Box 7000 • Carlisle, PA 17013 • Fax: 717-245-7053 • www.carlislesyntec.com Carlisle, Sure-Seal, Sure-Weld, FleeceBACK, Sure-Flex, Sure-White, HP-X Fastener, InsulFAST, Sure-Tite and RUSS are trademarks of Carlisle.

RhinoBond is a registered trademark of OMG, Inc.

FASTENERS & PLATES
A pre-assembled #12 diameter fastener and
plastic insulation plate applicable to steel and
wood decks. Used to secure insulation only.

Longer fastener sizes available as special order.

Sizes Available:
2¼", 3"– 12" (1" Increments)
Size & Quantity Per Box:
2¼"– 8": 250; 9"– 12": 200
Pre-assembled HP Fastener and Polymer seam
plate applicable to steel, wood and CDX plywood
decks. Used to secure Sure-Tough membranes.

Sizes Available:
2¼", 3"– 12" (1" Increments)
Size & Quantity Per Box:
2¼", 3", 3¼", 3¾": 450; 4", 5": 400; 6": 350;
7", 8": 300; 9": 250; 10"– 12": 200
Along with the appropriate fastener, used to
secure Sure-Weld and Sure-Flex membranes
to steel, concrete and wood decks.

Sizes Available:
23/8" diameter
Quantity Per Box: 1,000

HP-XTRA PIRANHA PLATE
Also Available (Not shown)
For use with HP-XTRA Fastener to secure Sure-Weld
and Sure-Flex membranes to steel and wood decks.

Sizes Available:
2 3
/8" diameter
Quantity Per Box: 1,000
Applicable with HP, HD 14-10 and CD-10 fasteners
to mechanically attach reinforced Sure-Tough
membrane (excluding steel decks) and RUSS
(except when used with mechanically fastened
EPDM to steel decks).

Sizes Available:
2" diameter
Quantity Per Box: 1,000
A pre-assembled HP-X Fastener and Piranha
Plate™ applicable to steel, wood and CDX
plywood decks. Used to secure Sure-Weld and
Sure-Flex membranes.

Sizes Available:
2"–10" (1" Increments)
12"–16" (2" Increments)
Size & Quantity Per Box:
2"– 9": 250; 10"– 12": 200; 14"– 16": 150
Along with the HP Fastener, used to mechanically
fasten reinforced Sure-Tough membrane and
RUSS over steel decks.

Sizes Available:
2" diameter
Quantity Per Box: 1,000

HP-XTRA POLYMER SEAM PLATE
Also Available (Not shown)
For use with HP-XTRA Fastener to secure Sure-Tough
membranes to steel decks.

Sizes Available:
2 3
/8" diameter
Quantity Per Box: 1,000
Applicable with InsulFast, HP, CD-10 and HD
14-10 fasteners. Used for insulation securement
only on steel, wood and concrete decks.

Sizes Available:
3" diameter
Quantity Per Box: 1,000

ASAP WITH POLYMER PLATE

HP PRE-ASSEMBLED

PIRANHA PLATE

SEAM FASTENING PLATE

HP-X ASAP

HP POLYMER SEAM PLATE

INSULATION FASTENING PLATE
3"-round, specially coated plates used with HP-X
Fasteners and the RhinoBond induction welding
system. Available in TPO and PVC versions.

Sizes Available:
3" diameter
Quantity Per Box: 500/carton
RHINOBOND® PLATE

8.1 Packet Pg. 371

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Fastening and Termination Bars
Typical Properties and Characteristics
Material Engineered Polymer
Dimensions 1" (25 mm) wide x 250' (76 m) long
Packaging 250 lf (76 m) per carton
Weight 10 lbs. (5 kg) carton
Recycled Content 0% pre-consumer recycled content
Manufacturing Location Addison, IL
Typical Properties and Characteristics
Material Galvalume Coated Metal
Dimensions 1" (102 mm) wide x 10' (3 m) long
Packaging 50 pcs; 500 lf (152 m) per carton
Weight 85 lbs. (39 kg) carton
Recycled Content 49% pre-consumer recycled content
Manufacturing Location Cleveland, OH
Polymer Fastening Bar
The Polymer Fastening Bar is an engineered polymer bar that’s used to mechanically fasten EPDM membranes per Carlisle Specifi cations. The bar is packaged in a 1" x 250' coil that has pre-punched holes every 3" on center. The bar can be easily cut to any desired length. When installing, make sure that all corners of cut bar are rounded. Install the bar using HP or HP-X Fasteners.

Termination Bar
The Termination Bar is an extruded aluminum bar that’s designed for securing and sealing compression type fl ashing terminations per Carlisle Specifi cations.

The bar is packaged in 1" x 10' lengths, 500 linear feet per package and has pre-punched holes every 6" on center. This bar features a top edge for ease of applying Carlisle’s Lap Sealant for EPDM installations or Universal Single Ply Sealant for TPO, PVC, and KEE HP installations. The bar can be easily cut to any desired length. When installing, make sure that all corners of cut bar are rounded. Install the bar using HP-X Fasteners, or Term-Bar Nail In Fasteners.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Material 6063-T6 Extruded Aluminum
Dimensions 1" (25 mm) wide x 10' (3 m) long
Packaging 50 pcs; 500 lf (152 m) per carton
Weight 69 lbs. (31 kg) carton
Recycled Content 0% pre-consumer recycled content
15% post-consumer recycled content
Manufacturing Location Cleveland, OH
Typical Properties and Characteristics
Material 6063-T6 Extruded Aluminum
Dimensions 4" (102 mm) wide x 10' (3 m) long
Packaging 25 pcs; 250 lf (76 m) per carton
Weight 123 lbs. (56 kg) carton
Metal Fastening Bar
The Metal Fastening Bar is a Galvalume™ coated metal that’s used to mechanically fasten EPDM membranes per Carlisle Specifi cations. The bar is packaged in 1" x 10' lengths, 500 linear feet per package and has prepunched holes every 6" on center. The bar can be easily cut to any desired length. When installing, make sure that all corners of cut bar are rounded.

Install the bar using HP-X Fasteners.

Sure-Seal Ballast Retaining Bar
The Ballast Retaining Bar is an extruded aluminum bar that’s designed as a ballast retaining perimeter securement system, which comes packaged in 4" x 10' lengths, 250 linear feet per package. The ballast retaining bar has pre-punched holes every 6" on center for installation, and also has pre-punched drainage holes every 4" on center.
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

WEB ONLY: EPDM-1096 - “Fastening and Term Bars Product Data Sheet” Carlisle, Sure-Seal and Galvalume are trademarks of Carlisle.

8.1 Packet Pg. 372

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Coated Metal
Overview
Sure-Weld TPO Coated Metal is a 24-gauge (0.6 mm) galvanized steel sheet that is coated with a layer of .035" non-reinforced TPO fl ashing. TPO membrane may be welded directly to the coated metal, eliminating the need to strip in the metal with a separate piece of TPO Pressure-Sensitive Coverstrip. The sheet is cut to the appropriate width and used to fabricate metal drip edges or other roof perimeter edging profi les. The metal is available in 4' by 10' (1.2 m by 3.1 m) sheets and comes packaged 10 or 25 sheets per pallet.

Carlisle’s TPO Coated Metal is part of Carlisle's comprehensive TPO accessory offering that meets the stringent quality tolerances required to be included in a Carlisle warranted roofi ng system.

Features and Benefi ts
» Allows direct welding of TPO membrane to the metal, eliminating the need to strip in edging with additional TPO Pressure-Sensitive Coverstrip.
» Easy to cut and form for creating a variety of edge sizes and profi les.

Installation

1. Install TPO Coated Metal with 1⁄8" to ¼" (3-6 mm)
between adjoining sections.

2. Install 2"-wide (5 cm) duct tape over joints in TPO Coated Metal.

3. Heat-weld 6"-wide (15.5 cm) piece of TPO non-reinforced fl ashing over joint.

4. Position TPO reinforced membrane and heat-weld to the TPO Coated Metal with a minimum 1½" (4 cm) weld.

Review Carlisle specifi cations and details for complete installation information.

Precautions
» Store coated metal in a cool, shaded area and cover with light-colored, breathable, waterproof tarpaulins. TPO Coated Metal that has been exposed to the weather must be prepared with Weathered Membrane Cleaner prior to hot-air welding.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Sheet Size 4' by 10' (1.2 m by 3.0 m)
Weight 1.1 lb/ft2 (5.4 kg/m2)
Color Gray, White, Tan, Patina Green, Rock Brown,
Terra Cotta, Medium Bronze, and Slate Gray
Flashing Thickness 0.035" (0.9 mm) nominal
Steel Thickness 0.024" (0.6 mm) nominal (24 gauge)
Steel Type Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel – G90
Conforms to ASTM A653
Packaging 10 or 25 sheets per pallet - White, Gray, and Tan 5 sheets per pallet - Patina Green, Rock Brown,
Terra Cotta, Medium Bronze, and Slate Gray
Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product. This data and information is intended as a guide and does not refl ect the specifi cation range for any particular property of this product. 800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

REPRINT CODE: 604820 - “Sure-Weld TPO Coated Metal Product Data Sheet” Carlisle and Sure-Weld are trademarks of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

LEED® Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location Franklin Park, IL
Solar Refl ectance Index (SRI) N/A

8.1 Packet Pg. 373
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Universal Corners
Overview
Carlisle’s labor-saving, pre-molded Sure-Weld TPO Universal Corners are ideal for fl ashing corners on a variety of details.

Carlisle’s Sure-Weld TPO Universal Corners are a part of the Certifi ed Fabricated Accessory (CFA) program. CFAs are the only factory-fabricated TPO accessories that meet the stringent quality tolerances required to be included in a Carlisle warranted roofi ng system.

Features and Benefi ts
» Conforms easily to details on new construction installations, where right angles are common
» Each Universal Corner can be cut into one outside corner or one inside corner
» Large, 6"-wide deck fl ange reduces the need for T-Joint Covers (when used as an outside corner)
» Provide a substantial labor savings compared to fi eld-fabricating from non-reinforced fl ashing
» More professional, consistent appearance than fi eld-fabricated corners Installation
See the diagram on page two for cutting instructions. The cutting instructions are also molded into each part. Use a lower temperature setting on the heat welder than when welding reinforced TPO membrane.

Typically, a setting of 6 on a scale of 10 is appropriate for welding Universal Corners.

Outside Corner

1. Clean the surface to be welded with Weathered Membrane Cleaner.

2. Place the outside Corner into position over the outside intersection of the corner.

3. Begin welding at the bottom point of the outside corner. Weld straight up the vertical portion of the corner. Weld each side of the outside corner, working from the inside toward the outside.

4. Weld the bottom fl ange starting on the inside and working towards the outer edges. Use the edges of the roller to crease the corner into any membrane step-off to create a proper seal.

5. Once the material has completely cooled, probe all welded edges of the corner to ensure watertight performance.

Inside Corner

1. Clean the surfaces to be welded with Weathered Membrane Cleaner.

2. Position the inside corner into the corner setting. Begin welding at the innermost corner point and work up and away from the corner.

Weld each side of the inside corner, working from the inside toward the outside.

3. Weld the bottom fl ange starting on the inside and working towards the outer edges. Use the edge of the roller to crease the corner into any membrane step-off to create a proper seal.

4. Once the material has completely cooled, probe all welded edges of the corner to ensure watertight performance.

Review Carlisle specifi cations and details for complete installation information.

Productivity Boosting Features and Benefi ts:
» Up to 60% labor savings compared to traditional
fi eld fabrication
» Quick and simple installation with no
stretching required
» One product to utilize for both an inside or
outside corner

8.1 Packet Pg. 374

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Universal Corners
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

REPRINT CODE: 600427 - “Sure-Weld TPO Universal Corners Product Data Sheet” Carlisle and Sure-Weld are trademarks of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

Precautions
» Store TPO Universal Corners in a cool, shaded area and cover with light-colored, breathable, waterproof tarpaulins. TPO Universal Corners or TPO membrane that has been exposed to the weather prior to use must be prepared with Weathered Membrane Cleaner before hot-air welding.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Thickness 0.060" (1.5 mm)
Packaging 20 per carton
Color White, gray and tan
Material Injection-molded TPO
Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product. This data and information is intended as a guide and does not refl ect the specifi cation range for any particular property of this product.

LEED® Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location Bloomingdale, IL
Each Universal Corner can be cut
into one Inside or Outside Corner.

Inside Corner Outside Corner

8.1 Packet Pg. 375
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
T-Joint Covers
Overview
Let Carlisle simplify your next Sure-Weld TPO installation with molded T-Joint Covers. Sure-Weld TPO T-Joint Covers are used to seal step-offs at splice intersections. T-Joint Covers are mandatory on all 60- and 80-mil TPO systems and on 45-mil systems where step-offs have not been properly sealed. Sure-Weld TPO T-Joint Covers consist of 60-mil non-reinforced TPO formed into a perfect 4.5"-diameter circle and packaged 100 parts per carton. Available in white, tan and gray.

Carlisle’s Sure-Weld TPO T-Joint Covers are part of the Certifi ed Fabricated Accessory (CFA) program. Certifi ed Fabricated Accessories are the only factory-fabricated TPO accessories that meet the stringent quality tolerances required to be included in a Carlisle warranted roofi ng system.

Features and Benefi ts
» Every T-Joint cover is a perfect 4.5" diameter circle » More consistent appearance than hand-cut fl ashing
» Provides substantial labor savings compared to fi eld-cut fl ashing » Seals channels at splice intersections created by seam step-offs Installation

1. If membrane has been exposed to the weather, clean splice intersection area with Weathered Membrane Cleaner.

2. Use a lower temperature setting on the hand heat welder than that used for welding reinforced TPO membrane. (Typically a setting of “6” on a scale of “10” is appropriate for welding TPO T-Joint Covers.)

3. Center the T-Joint Cover over the splice intersection, begin welding at the center point and work towards the outside. Use the edge of the roller to crease the T-Joint cover into membrane step-offs to achieve a proper seal.

4. Using a probe, check all splices for voids and cold welds only once the T-Joint Cover has completely cooled. Make any needed repairs.

Review Carlisle specifi cations and details for complete installation information.

Precautions
» The TPO T-Joint Cover is not intended to overlay fasteners and plates as this requires the use of reinforced membrane.
» Store T-Joint Covers in a cool, shaded area and cover with lightcolored, breathable, waterproof tarpaulins. T-Joint Covers that have been exposed to the weather must be prepared with Weathered Membrane Cleaner before hot-air welding.

Carlisle and Sure-Weld are trademarks of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

REPRINT CODE: 604458 TPO-12949 - “Sure-Weld T-Joint Covers Product Data Sheet” Typical Properties and Characteristics
Size 4.5" (114 mm)
Thickness 0.060” (1.5 mm)
Packaging 100 per box
Weight (per box) 3.5 lbs. (1.6 kg)
Material Non-Reinforced TPO
Color White, Gray, Tan
Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product. This data and information is intended as a guide and does not refl ect the specifi cation range for any particular property of this product.

LEED® Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location Bloomingdale, IL
Solar Refl ectance Index (SRI) N/A

8.1 Packet Pg. 376
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Pipe Seals
Overview
Let Carlisle simplify your next Sure-Weld TPO installation with TPO Molded Pipe Seals. TPO Pipe Seals are injection-molded, pre-formed fl ashings for pipes ¾" (19.0 mm) to 8" (203.2 mm) in diameter. TPO Pipe Seals are packaged in boxes of eight and come with universal stainless steel clamping rings.

Carlisle’s TPO Molded Pipe Seals are part of the Certifi ed Fabricated Accessory (CFA) program. Certifi ed Fabricated Accessories are the only factory-fabricated TPO accessories that meet the stringent quality tolerances required to be included in a Carlisle warranted roofi ng system.

Features and Benefi ts
» Provides a reliable method of waterproofi ng round pipe penetrations » Provides a substantial labor savings compared to fi eld fabricating from non-reinforced fl ashing
» Provides more consistent appearance than fi eld-fabricated pipe fl ashings » Double-ribbed cutting guide provides easier, smoother and straighter cuts » Rib design also keeps the clamp in the proper position for the life of the roofi ng system
Installation

1. Cut pipe seal between the two raised “ribs” to the desired diameter as illustrated on the fl ange of the pipe seal. (Do not cut off both raised “ribs”.)

2. Pull TPO Pipe Seal over pipe until base fl ange is in contact with the membrane. (Application of heat to the top portion of the TPO Pipe Seal may be necessary to allow installation over the pipe.)

3. Mark pipe around the top of the TPO Pipe Seal.

4. Pull TPO Pipe Seal upwards on pipe until mark on the pipe is visible.

5. Install Water Cut-off Mastic below mark which indicates the top of the installed TPO Pipe Seal.

6. Pull TPO Pipe Seal back down over pipe and into position.

7. Heat weld the TPO Pipe Seal base fl ange to deck membrane (the hand-welder temperature setting should be between 5 and 6).

8. Install a stainless steel universal clamping ring to provide constant compression of the sealant.

Review Carlisle specifi cations and details for complete installation information.

Precautions
» Remove all lead and other fl ashing.
» Temperature of pipe must not exceed 160°F (71°C).
» When used with mechanically fastened membrane, install a minimum of four fastening plates around pipe penetrations. Position fastening plates around the penetration so the plates are covered by the pipe seal fl ange. A minimum 1½"-wide weld must be maintained around the outer edge of the fl ange beyond the plates. If fastening plates cannot be installed in a manner to allow a minimum 1½" weld, the plates must be placed outside the TPO Pipe Seal fl ange and covered with a reinforced TPO overlay.
» Store pre-molded pipe seals in a cool, shaded area and cover with lightcolored, breathable, waterproof tarpaulins. TPO Pipe Seals or membrane that has been exposed to the weather prior to use must be prepared with Weathered Membrane Cleaner prior to hot-air welding.

Productivity Boosting Features and Benefi ts:
» Up to 60% labor savings compared to traditional
fi eld fabrication
» Quick and simple installation with no
stretching required
» Provides a consistent, fi nished appearance

8.1 Packet Pg. 377

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Pipe Seals
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

REPRINT CODE: 604453 - “Sure-Weld TPO Pipe Seals Product Data Sheet” Carlisle and Sure-Weld are trademarks of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Sizes ¾" to 8" O.D. pipe (19.0 to 203.2 mm)
Packaging 8/box
Weight (each) 0.63 lbs (0.3 kg)
Material Injection-molded TPO
Color White, gray and tan
Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product. This data and information is intended as a guide and does not refl ect the specifi cation range for any particular property of this product.

Copper Tubing (C.T.S.)
Nominal tube size ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8"
Pipe O.D. .88 1.13 1.38 1.63 2.13 2.63 3.13 4.13 5.13 6.13 N/A Step of boot used 1 1 1 1½ 2 2 3 4 5 6 N/A
Schedule 40 / 80 Steel Pipe - PVC Standard - Polyethylene Pipe IPS Nominal tube size ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8"
Pipe O.D. 1.05 1.32 1.66 1.90 2.38 2.88 3.50 4.50 5.56 6.63 8.63 Step of boot used 1 1 1½ 1½ 2 3 3 4 5 6 8
Cast Iron Pipe
Pit Class A & Spun 100 – 250 Pit Class B, C & D
Nominal tube size 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8"
Pipe O.D. 2.50 3.96 4.80 6.90 9.50 N/A 3.96 5.00 7.10 9.30 Step of boot used 2 4 5 6 N/A N/A 4 5 6 N/A
Sewer - Soil Pipe
PVC Plastic SDR 35 & 41 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe no hub - service weight & extra heavy Nominal tube size 4" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8"
Pipe O.D. 4.22 4.38 4.30 4.62 6.28 6.30 6.30 6.62 8.40 8.38 8.38 8.75 Step of boot used 444466668888
Conduit EMT
Nominal tube size ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 3½" 4"
Pipe O.D. .922 1.16 1.51 1.74 2.19 2.88 3.50 4.00 4.50
Step of boot used 1 1 1 1½ 2 3 3 4 4
Conduit IMC
Nominal tube size ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 3½" 4"
Pipe O.D. 1.02 1.29 1.63 1.88 2.36 2.85 3.47 3.97 4.46
Step of boot used 1 1 1½ 1½ 2 3 3 4 4
Conduit Rigid
Nominal tube size ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 3½" 4" 5"
Pipe O.D. 1.05 1.32 1.66 1.90 2.37 2.87 3.5 4 4.5 5.56
Step of boot used 1 1 1½ 1½ 2 3 3 4 4 5
Please use the chart below to cross-reference your pipe size with the proper step to cut as shown.

LEED® Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location Bloomingdale, IL
Solar Refl ectance Index (SRI) N/A

8.1 Packet Pg. 378
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Universal Single-Ply Sealant
Overview
Carlisle’s Universal Single-Ply Sealant is a 100% solids, solvent-free, one-part polyether sealant that provides a weather-tight seal to a variety of substrates. Universal Single-Ply Sealant can be used as a sealant above Termination Bar for Sure-Weld®, Sure-Flex™, and Sure-White® fully adhered and mechanically fastened roofing systems. It is also excellent for use in counter flashing, coping, and scupper details. Available in White and Gray.

Features and Benefits
» Excellent adhesion to a variety of substrates
» Low VOC
» Wide range of applications
» Gray is approved for use as a lap sealant on Gray Sure-Seal Elastoform Flashing
» Standard Colors:

Coverage Rate
25' (7.6 m) per tube or 600' (183 m) per carton using a ¼" (8 mm) bead.

Application

1. Universal Single-Ply Sealant is a one-component, ready-to-use material that requires no mixing or preparation.

2. Surface preparation: Surfaces shall be dry, clean, and free of all dust or contamination that may negatively affect adhesion.

Cleaning with Carlisle’s Weathered Membrane Cleaner or Low-VOC Membrane Cleaner may be required.

3. Use a high-quality caulking gun to ensure ease of application.

4. Universal Single-Ply Sealant typically is tack-free in 25 minutes and skins over within 45 minutes. Full cure occurs in 3 to 7 days, depending on temperature and humidity levels.

5. Clean up: Remove excess sealant adjacent to joint prior to cleaning with Carlisle’s Weathered Membrane Cleaner or Low-VOC Membrane Cleaner.

IMPORTANT – Gray Universal Single-Ply Sealant is required for use as a lap sealant when installing Gray Sure-Seal Pressure-Sensitive Elastoform Flashing to Gray TPO membrane. To ensure adequate adhesion, primer must be installed to the surface of the Elastoform Flashing in any area that is to receive the Gray Universal Single-Ply Sealant.

Review Carlisle specifications and details for complete installation information.

Precautions
» Store in original, unopened containers in a cool, dry area. Protect unopened containers from heat and direct sunlight. Elevated temperatures will reduce shelf life.
» Do not use Universal Single-Ply Sealant in temperatures below 40°F (4°C).
» For industrial professional use only. May not be repackaged or resold for other than industrial or professional use.
» Avoid prolonged contact with skin.
» Uncured adhesive is an eye irritant. In case of contact with eyes, immediately flush with water.
» Do not ingest. If ingested, contact a physician immediately. » Review Safety Data Sheet for complete safety information prior to use. » KEEP OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN.

White Gray

8.1 Packet Pg. 379

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

CST-2805 - “Universal Single-Ply Sealant Product Data Sheet” Carlisle, Sure-Weld, Sure-Flex, and Sure-White are trademarks of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Color White or Gray
Viscosity 850,000 Cps.

Tack-Free Time 25 minutes depending on temp/humidity
Cure Time 3-7 days depending on temp/humidity
Flow, Sag, or Slump None (¼" [8 mm] Bead)
Staining None
Ozone Resistance Good
UV Resistance Excellent
Cured Hardness (Shore A) 17-55
Shear Strength 150-208 PSI
Weight per Carton 25 lbs (11.3kg) @ 24/ctn

12.5 lbs (5.7kg) @ 12/ctn
Packaging White – 24 Cartridges, 10.1 fl. oz. (298 mL) each Gray – 12 Cartridges, 10.1 fl. oz. (298 mL) each
Shelf Life 12 months, unopened container @ 90ºF (32°C)
VOC Content 22 g/L
Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product. This data and information is intended as a guide and does not reflect the specification range for any particular property of this product.

LEED® Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location MI
Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) N/A
Universal Single-Ply Sealant

8.1 Packet Pg. 380
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
Water Cut-Off Mastic
Overview
Let Carlisle simplify your next membrane installation with its Water Cut-Off Mastic. Water Cut-Off Mastic is a one-component, low-viscosity, selfwetting, butyl-blend mastic designed to be used in conjunction with roofing and waterproofing systems. It is primarily used as a sealing agent between various membranes and applicable when membrane is being terminated using a compression-type seal.

Water Cut-Off Mastic is an extremely tacky material and will remain as such when used with compression-type terminations.

Features and Benefits
» Extremely tacky
» Provides a durable compression-type seal between various membranes and parapet wall constructions
Coverage Rate
10 linear feet per tube at the recommended application rate of a ½" bead.

Application

1. All surfaces to be sealed with Water Cut-Off Mastic must be free of moisture, oil, dirt and other foreign materials. Water Cut-Off Mastic cannot be used on insulation.

2. Apply a ½" (13 mm) bead of Water Cut-Off Mastic between the substrate and the edge of the membrane.

3. Apply appropriate termination material and secure to provide constant compression for the Water Cut-Off Mastic.

Review Carlisle specifications and details for complete application information.

Precautions
» Review the applicable Material Safety Data Sheet for complete safety information prior to use.
» Water Cut-Off Mastic is FLAMMABLE – contains solvents that are dangerous fire and explosion hazards when exposed to heat, flame or sparks. Store and use away from all sources of heat, flame or sparks.

Do not smoke while applying. Do not use in a confined or unventilated area. Vapors are heavier than air and may travel along ground to a distant ignition source and flash back.
» Avoid breathing vapors. Keep container closed when not in use.

Use with adequate ventilation. If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, perform artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call a physician immediately.
» If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Call a physician immediately. » Avoid contact with eyes. Safety glasses or goggles are recommended.

If splashed in eyes, immediately flush eyes with plenty of clean water for at least 15 minutes. Contact a physician immediately. » Avoid contact with skin. Wash hands thoroughly after handling. In case of contact with skin, thoroughly wash affected area with soap and water.

Note: Permeation-resistant gloves (that meet ANSI/ISEA 105-2005) are recommended to be worn when using this product to protect hands from irritating ingredients.

8.1 Packet Pg. 381

EXPERIENCE THE CARLISLE DIFFERENCE
800-479-6832 | P.O. Box 7000 | Carlisle, PA 17013 | Fax: 717-245-7053 | www.carlislesyntec.com

REPRINT CODE: 603622 EPDM-1027 - “Water Cut-Off Mastic Product Data Sheet” Carlisle is a trademark of Carlisle.

LEED is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

Typical Properties and Characteristics
Color Gray
Solids 80%
Flash Point 40ºF (4ºC) Closed Cup
Service Temperature -40ºF to 200ºF (-40ºC to 93ºC)
Specific Gravity 1.29
Cold Weather Flexibility Excellent
Average Brookfield Viscosity 1,320,000 cps
Packaging 25 tubes/carton
Clean up Weathered Membrane Cleaner
Average net weight/carton 28 lbs (13 kg)
Shelf life 1 year, unopened container
Typical properties and characteristics are based on samples tested and are not guaranteed for all samples of this product. This data and information is intended as a guide and does not reflect the specification range for any particular property of this product.

Water Cut-Off Mastic
LEED® Information
Pre-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Post-consumer Recycled Content 0%
Manufacturing Location Carlisle, PA
VOC Content 250 g/L

8.1 Packet Pg. 382
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 1
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
City of Patterson

8.1 Packet Pg. 383
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 2
System 1 Design
Location: City Hall
Address: 1 Plaza Circle, Patterson, CA 95363
Estimated Power Rating: 24,200 W-DC
Estimated Year 1 Production: 42,976 kWh

8.1 Packet Pg. 384
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 3
System 2 Design
Location: Fire Station #1
Address: 344 W Las Palmas Ave, Patterson, CA 95363
Estimated Power Rating: 21,780 W-DC
Estimated Year 1 Production: 38,021 kWh

8.1 Packet Pg. 385
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 4
System 3 Design
Location: Fire Station #2
Address: 1950 Keystone Pacific Pkwy, Patterson, CA 95363 Estimated Power Rating: 39,040 W-DC
Estimated Year 1 Production: 65,621 kWh

8.1 Packet Pg. 386
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 5
System 4 Design
Location: Old Corporate Yard
Address: 420 S 4th St, Patterson, CA 95363
Estimated Power Rating: 13,310 W-DC
Estimated Year 1 Production: 21,909 kWh

8.1 Packet Pg. 387
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 6
System 5 Design
Location: Wastewater Treatment Plant South
Address: 14901 Poplar Ave, Patterson, CA 95363
Estimated Power Rating: 584,100 W-DC
Estimated Production: 1,020,726 kWh
The scope of work only includes repairing the repowering the existing ground mount solar system. The Power Rating and Production is an estimate. Actual numbers might vary.

8.1 Packet Pg. 388
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 7
System 6 Design
Location: Well 8
Address: Orange Ave, Patterson, CA 95363
Estimated Power Rating: 177,120 W-DC
Estimated Production: 299,093 kWh

8.1 Packet Pg. 389
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 8
System 7 Design
Location: Well 9
Address: 636 Orange Ave, Patterson, CA 95363
Estimated Power Rating: 153,720 W-DC
Estimated Production: 257,116 kWh

8.1 Packet Pg. 390
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 9
System 8 Design
Location: Well 11
Address: 15804 Sycamore, Patterson, CA 95363
Estimated Power Rating: 139,080 W-DC
Estimated Production: 237,566 kWh

8.1 Packet Pg. 391
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 10
Assumptions:

1. All technology & equipment specified/used in this project will meet or exceed all currently applicable & proposed safety, environmental and interconnection standards, as well as all fire safety requirements.

2. All PV system equipment & components will be UL certified.

3. ABS will obtain permits (without any building and safety or planning fees from the City) & utility approvals necessary to install the PV System.

4. Assumes all carport foundation drilling in clean dirt. All rock drilling to be at additional costs.

5. Interconnection work/outages will be scheduled during normal business hours.

6. Building department and utility inspections will be scheduled during normal business hours.

7. Pricing assumes that ABS’s employees will have free and clear access to all array locations simultaneously during business hours (M-F 0700-1700).

8. ABS will provide electrical drawings stamped by a licensed California Registered Electrical Professional Engineer.

9. The planned AC electrical tie-in will not require component upgrades or improvements.

10. The System & installation will meet all requirements for interconnection with appropriate documentation. ABS will be responsible for providing all documentation.

11. System layout is acceptable to AHJ in terms of clearances.

12. Single mobilization and completion of project in one phase.

13. As built plans are available for engineering reference.

14. ABS is not responsible for superficial marking of parking area due to use of equipment.

15. On-site staging areas are available for storage of equipment and materials.

16. No special safety requirements beyond ABS’s standard safety regulations will be enforced.

17. Pricing includes NEMA 3R painted steel electrical equipment.

18. Module pricing is based on current market value. Price is subject to adjustment based on market conditions at time of construction.

19. Steel pricing is based on current market value. Price is subject to adjustment based on market conditions at time of construction.

20. Ground penetrating radar (GPR) is accurate down to a depth of 3’-4’. There may be underground utilities below this level that are untraceable with GPR that would require the use of an underground camera to be located at additional cost.

21. Pricing assumes the structure can support the additional loads of the PV array system.

22. Pricing is based on prevailing wage rates.

23. Panels, inverters and equipment is subject to change based on availability, but the system size and production shall remain unchanged.

8.1 Packet Pg. 392
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project
Attachment G: Renewable Energy Systems
P a g e | 11
Exclusions:

1. UL recertification of existing electrical equipment beyond our scope of work

2. Repairs of any electrical code violations at the existing facility

3. Removal and/or disposal of hazardous materials

4. Arc flash or breaker coordination studies

5. 3rd party (private) locating services

6. Pedestrian & vehicle traffic control

7. Re-creation of building plan sets

8. Lightening protection systems

9. Revenue grade metering

10. ADA design/compliance

11. Sprinklers & gutters

12. Inverter enclosures

13. Phasing

14. Electrical infrastructure upgrades

8.1 Packet Pg. 393

8.1 Packet Pg. 394

8.1 Packet Pg. 395
Sol-Ark LLC | Sales: (972) 575-8875 ext. 1, [email protected] | Support: (972) 575-8875 ext. 2, support@sol-ark. com | SK150-0015 Rev. 9 Commercial: 60K-3P-480V
Perfect for Large Industrial AC/DC Coupling Capability Modular & Scalable Energy Seamless Backup Power Simplifies adding energy
storage to small commercial
buildings.

Enabling seamless integration
with existing grid-tied PV systems
Modular and flexible design
allowing for easy installation and
expansion.

Helps met your corporate
renewable energy goals and
decarbonization efforts
Native 277/480V 3P output
with Wye or Delta options
simplifies installation removing
the need for external
transformers
Allows for efficient DC coupling
using the integrated 4x channel
MPPT charge controller.

Accommodates a range of
system sizes with outputs starting
from 60kW going to 600kW
Blazing fast 20ms transfer time
with 200A grid relay allows for
business continuity during grid
outages.

Commercial: 60K-3P-480V
Sol-Ark Commercial Energy Solutions
French cleat for
easy installation
2x Integrated locking
PV disconnect
WiFi or Ethernet
monitoring via MySolArk
Outdoor rated
to NEMA 3R

8.1 Packet Pg. 396
Sol-Ark LLC | Sales: (972) 575-8875 ext. 1, [email protected] | Support: (972) 575-8875 ext. 2, support@sol-ark. com | SK150-0015 Rev. 9 DATASHEET 60K-480V SKU: 60K-3P-480V
60K-3P-480V C&I Hybrid Inverter
Input Data (PV)
Max. Allowed PV Power (STC) 78,000W
MPPT Voltage Range 150-850V
Startup Voltage 180V
Max. Input Voltage 1 1,000V
Max. operating input current per MPPT 36A
Max. short circuit current per MPPT 55A
No. of MPP Trackers 4
No. of PV Strings per MPPT 2
Max. AC Coupled Input 60,000W
Output Data (AC)
Nominal AC Voltage (3Φ)
2 277/480V (4-wire Wye) or 480V (3-wire Delta)
Grid Frequency 50 / 60Hz
Real Power, max continuous (3Φ) 60,000W
Max. Output Current 72.3A
Peak Apparent Power (10s, off-grid, 3Φ) 90,000VA
Max. Grid Passthrough Current (10min) 200A
Continuous Grid Passthrough Current 180A
Power Factor Output Range +/- 0.8 adjustable
Backup Transfer Time Up to 15ms
CEC Efficiency 96.5%
Max Efficiency 97.5%
Design (DC to AC) Transformerless DC
Stackable Up to 10 in parallel
Battery Input Data (DC)
Supported Battery Chemistry Lithium-ion
No. of Battery Inputs 2
Battery Input Terminal Rating 50A
Nominal DC Voltage ≥ 600V
Operating Voltage Range 160 - 700V
Battery Capacity Range 50 — 9900Ah
Max. Battery Charge / Discharge Current 100A (50A per input) Charge Controller Type CC/CV - BMS Controlled
Grid to Battery Charging Efficiency 96.0%
Automatic Generator Start (AGS) 2 Wire Start - Integrated BMS Communication 3 CAN (Controller Area Network)
General Data
Dimensions (H x W x D) 894 x 528 x 295 mm (35.2 x 20.8 x 11.6 in) Weight 80 Kg / 176 lb.

Enclosure IP65 / NEMA 3R
Operating Temperature -40 – 60°C, >45°C Derating
Operating Altitude 4 2000 m (6561 ft)
Noise Level @ 1m < 30 dB @ 25°C (77°F)
Idle Consumption - No Load 60W
Communication and Monitoring Wi-Fi & LAN Hardware Included Warranty 10 Years
Category
Certifications and Listings
(Grid Support Interactive Inverter)
UL 1741-2021 (UL1741SB), CSA C22.2 No 107.1-16, IEEE 1547-2018 & 1547a2020 & 1547.1-2020 (SRD V2.0), UL 1741 CRD-PCS, UL1699B, CEC, SGIP, CSIP PV DC Disconnect Switch — NEC 240.15 Integrated
Ground Fault Detection — NEC 690.5 Integrated
PV Rapid Shutdown Control — NEC 690.12 Integrated
PV Arc Fault Detection — NEC 690.11 Integrated
PV Input Lightning Protection Integrated
PV String Input Reverse Polarity Protection Integrated
Surge Protection DC Type II / AC Type III
1 See Installation Guide for details on sizing array strings. Highest input voltage is based on the open-circuit voltage of the array at minimum design temperature 2 Does not support corner grounded delta, high leg delta, or 240V delta systems. Consult installation manual or solark.com for details.. 3 Active BMS communication is required for all lithium batteries. See solark.com for list of compatible battery partners. 4 Derating occurs above 2000m (6561 ft).

Sol-Ark reserves the right to modify specifications at any time, and without prior notice. See sol-ark.com for the latest information.

8.1 Packet Pg. 397
Sol-Ark LLC | Sales: (972) 575-8875 ext. 1, [email protected] | Support: (972) 575-8875 Ext. 2, support@sol-ark. com | SK150-0017 Rev 6 Commercial: 30K-3P-208V
Perfect for Light Commercial AC/DC Coupling Capability Modular & Scalable Energy Seamless Backup Power Simplifies adding energy storage
to small commercial buildings.

Enabling seamless integration
with existing grid-tied PV
systems
Modular and flexible design
allowing for easy installation and
expansion.

Helps met your corporate
renewable energy goals and
decarbonization efforts
Native 120/208 3P output
simplifies installation removing
the need for bulky step-down
transformers
Allows for efficient DC coupling
using the integrated 4x channel
MPPT charge controller.

Accommodates a range of
system sizes with outputs
starting from 30kW going to
300kW
Blazing fast 20ms transfer time
with 200A grid relay allows for
business continuity during grid
outages.

French cleat for
easy installation
2x Integrated locking
PV disconnect
WiFi or Ethernet
monitoring via MySolArk
Outdoor rated
to NEMA 3R

8.1 Packet Pg. 398
Sol-Ark LLC | Sales: (972) 575-8875 ext. 1, [email protected] | Support: (972) 575-8875 Ext. 2, support@sol-ark. com | SK150-0017 Rev 6 DATASHEET 30K-208V SKU: 30K-3P-208V
30K-3P-208V C&I Hybrid Inverter
Input Data (PV)
Max. Allowed PV Power (STC) 39,000W
MPPT Voltage Range 150-500V
Startup Voltage 180V
Max. Input Voltage 1 550V
Max. operating input current per MPPT 36A
Max. short circuit current per MPPT 55A
No. of MPP Trackers 4
No. of PV Strings per MPPT 2
Max. AC Coupled Input Power 30,000W
Output Data (AC)
Nominal AC Voltage (3Φ) 120/208V
Grid Frequency 50 / 60Hz
Real Power, max continuous (3Φ) 30,000W
Max. Output Current 83.4A
Peak Apparent Power (10s, off-grid, 3Φ) 45,000VA
Max. Grid Passthrough Current (10min) 200A
Continuous Grid Passthrough Current 180A
Power Factor Output Range +/- 0.8 (adjustable)
Backup Transfer Time 20ms (adjustable)
CEC Efficiency 96.5%
Max Efficiency 97.5%
Design (DC to AC) Transformerless DC
Stackable Up to 10 in parallel
Battery Input Data (DC)
Battery Chemistry Lithium-ion
No. of Battery Inputs 2
Battery Input Terminal Rating 50A
Nominal DC Voltage ≥300V
Operating Voltage Range 160 - 500V
Battery Capacity Range 50 — 9900Ah
Max. Battery Charge / Discharge Current 100A (50A per input) Charge Controller Type CC/CV - BMS Controlled
Grid to Battery Charging Efficiency 96.0%
Automatic Generator Start (AGS) 2 Wire Start - Integrated BMS Communication 2 CAN (Controller Area Network)
General Data
Dimensions (H x W x D) 894 x 528 x 295 mm (35.2 x 20.8 x 11.6 in) Weight 80 Kg / 176 lb.

Enclosure IP65 / NEMA 3R
Operating Temperature -40 – 60°C, >45°C Derating
Operating Altitude 3 2000 m (6561 ft)
Noise Level < 30 dB @ 25°C (77°F)
Idle Consumption - No Load 60W
Communication and Monitoring Wi-Fi & LAN Hardware Included Warranty 10 Years
Category
Certifications and Listings
(Grid Support Interactive Inverter)
UL 1741-2021 (UL1741SB), CSA C22.2 No 107.1-16, IEEE 1547-2018 & 1547a2020 & 1547.1-2020 (SRD V2.0), UL 1741 CRD-PCS, UL1699B, CEC, SGIP, CSIP PV DC Disconnect Switch — NEC 240.15 Integrated
Ground Fault Detection — NEC 690.5 Integrated
PV Rapid Shutdown Control — NEC 690.12 Integrated
PV Arc Fault Detection — NEC 690.11 Integrated
PV Input Lightning Protection Integrated
PV String Input Reverse Polarity Protection Integrated
Surge Protection DC Type II / AC Type III
1 See Installation Guide for details on sizing array strings. Highest input voltage is based on the open-circuit voltage of the array at minimum design temperature. 2 Active BMS communication is required for all lithium batteries. See solark.com for list of compatible battery partners. 3 Derating occurs above 2000m (6561 ft).

Sol-Ark reserves the right to modify its specifications at any time and without prior notice. Please visit sol-ark.com for the latest information.

8.1 Packet Pg. 399
It stands on its own
The Sunny Tripower CORE1 is the world’s first free-standing PV inverter for commercial rooftops, carports, ground
mount and repowering legacy solar projects.

From distribution to construction to operation, the Sunny Tripower CORE1 enables logistical, material, labor and service cost reductions, and is the most versatile, cost-effective commercial solution available. Integrated SunSpec PLC for rapid shutdown and enhanced DC AFCI arc-fault protection ensure compliance to the latest safety codes and standards. With Sunny Tripower CORE1 and SMA’s ennexOS cross sector energy management platform, system integrators can deliver comprehensive commercial energy solutions for increased ROI.

Fully integrated
•No additional racking required for rooftop installation •Integrated DC and AC disconnects and overvoltage protection •12 direct string inputs for reduced labor and material costs •Up to 60% faster commercial PV system installation
Increased power, flexibility
•Six MPP trackers for flexible stringing and maximum power production •ShadeFix, SMA’s proprietary shade management solution, optimizes at the string level
•Intelligent string monitoring to pinpoint array performance issues Enhanced safety, reliability
• Integrated SunSpec PLC signal for module-level rapid shutdown • DC AFCI arc-fault protection certified to Standard UL 1699B Ed. 1 Smart monitoring, control, service
•I-V curve diagnostic function to visualize and document PV string electrical characteristics
•Increased ROI with SMA ennexOS cross sector energy management platform •SMA Smart Connected proactive O&M solution reduces time spent diagnosing and servicing in the field
Sunny Tripower
CORE1-US
33 / 50 / 62
STP 33-US-41 / STP 50-US-41 / STP 62-US-41
New! Complies with IEEE 1547-2018
and UL 1741 SB standards

8.1 Packet Pg. 400
STPCORE1-DS-en-34 SMA and Sunny Tripower are registered trademarks of SMA Solar Technology AG. Printed on FSC-certified paper. All products and services described as well as technical data are subject to change, even for reasons of country-specific deviations, at any time without notice. SMA assumes no liability for errors or omissions. For current information, see www.SMA-Solar.com.

Accessories
SMA Sensor Module
MD.SEN-US-40
SMA Data Manager M
EDMM-US-10
AC Surge Protection Module Kit
AC_SPD_KIT1-10, AC_SPD_KIT2_T1T2
DC Surge Protection Module Kit
DC_SPD_KIT4-10, DC_SPD_KIT5_T1T2
Universal Mounting System
UMS_KIT-10
SMA America, LLC
Toll Free +1 888 4 SMA USA
www.SMA-America.com
Technical data Sunny Tripower CORE1 33-US Sunny Tripower CORE1 50-US Sunny Tripower CORE1 62-US Input (DC)
Maximum array power 50000 Wp STC 75000 Wp STC 93750 Wp STC Maximum system voltage 1000 V
Rated MPP voltage range 330 V … 800 V 500 V … 800 V 550 V … 800 V MPPT operating voltage range 150 V … 1000 V
Minimum DC voltage / start voltage 150 V / 188 V
MPP trackers / strings per MPP input 6 / 2
Maximum usable operating input current / per MPP tracker 120 A / 20 A Maximum short circuit current per MPPT / per string input 32 A / 30 A Output (AC)
AC nominal power 33300 W 50000 W 62500 W
Maximum apparent power 33300 VA 53000 VA 66000 VA
Output phases / line connections 3 / 3-(N)-PE
Nominal AC voltage 480 V / 277 V WYE
AC voltage range 244 V … 305 V
Maximum output current 40 A 64 A 80 A
Rated grid frequency 60 Hz
Grid frequency / range 50 Hz, 60 Hz / -6 Hz … +6Hz
Power factor at rated power / adjustable displacement 1 / 0.0 leading … 0.0 lagging Harmonics THD <3 %
Efficiency
CEC efficiency 97.5% 97.5% 97.5%
Protection and safety features
Load rated DC disconnect ●
Load rated AC disconnect ●
Ground fault monitoring: Riso / Differential current ● / ● DC AFCI arc-fault protection ●
SunSpec PLC signal for rapid shutdown ●
DC reverse polarity protection ●
AC short circuit protection ●
DC surge protection: Type 2 / Type 1+2 ● / ●
AC surge protection: Type 2 / Type 1+2 ● / ●
Protection class / overvoltage category (as per UL 840) I / IV General data
Device dimensions (W / H / D) 621 mm / 733 mm / 569 mm (24.4 in x 28.8 in x 22.4 in) Device weight 84 kg (185 lbs)
Operating temperature range -25 °C … +60 °C (-13 °F … +140 °F) Storage temperature range -40 °C … +70 °C (-40 °F … +158 °F) Audible noise emissions (full power @ 1m and 25 °C) 65 dB (A) Topology Transformerless
Cooling concept OptiCool (forced convection, variable speed fans) Enclosure protection rating Type 4X, 3SX (as per UL 50E) Corrosivity classification according to IEC 61701 C3*
Maximum permissible relative humidity (non-condensing) 100 % Additional information
Mounting Free-standing with included mounting feet
DC connection Amphenol UTX PV or H4Plus connectors
AC connection Screw terminals - 4 AWG to 4/0 AWG CU/AL
LED indicators (Status / Fault / Communication) ●
Network interfaces: Ethernet / WLAN / RS485 ● (2 ports) / ▲ / ● Data protocols: SMA Modbus / SunSpec IEEE 1547 Modbus / Webconnect ● / ● / ● ShadeFix technology for string level optimization ●
Intelligent string performance monitoring ●
I-V curve diagnostic function ●
Integrated Plant Control / Q on Demand 24/7 ● / ●
SMA Smart Connected (proactive monitoring and service support) ● Certifications
Certifications and approvals UL 1741, UL 1699B Ed. 1, UL 1998, CSA 22.2 107-1, PV Rapid Shutdown System Equipment, UL 3741 FCC compliance FCC Part 15 Class A
Grid interconnection standards IEEE 1547-2018, UL 1741 SA/SB - CA Rule 21, HECO SRD V2.0 Advanced grid support capabilities L/HFRT, L/HVRT, Volt-VAr, Volt-Watt, Frequency-Watt, Ramp Rate Control, Fixed Power Factor Warranty
Standard 10 years
Optional extensions 15 / 20 years
● Optional features ● Standard features – Not available ▲ Subject to availability Data at nominal conditions - status: 08/2023 * ≥ 2 km from the coast Type designation STP 33-US-41 STP 50-US-41 STP 62-US-41

8.1 Packet Pg. 401
Please scan this QR code to have
access to our APPs and Products
information
APsystems QT2 Microinverter
(For North America)
APsystems Microinverter Installation Manual
© All Rights Reserved
ALTENERGY POWER SYSTEM Inc. Usa.APsystems.com
canada.APsystems.com
APsystems America
8627 N. Mopac Expy, Suite 150, Austin, TX 78759
EMAIL: [email protected]
APsystems Canada
8627 N. Mopac Expy, Suite 150, Austin, TX 78759
EMAIL: [email protected]

8.1 Packet Pg. 402
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 1
Table of Contents

1. Important Safety Instructions......................................................................................................... 2

1.1 Safety Instructions..........................................................................................................................................2

1.2 Radio Interference Statement........................................................................................................................3

1.3 Symbols in lieu of words.................................................................................................................................4

2. APsystems Microinverter System Introduction..............................................................................4

3. APsystems Microinverter QT2 Introduction................................................................................... 7

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation................................................................................8

4.1 Additional accessories supplied by APsystems..............................................................................................8

4.2 Other required accessories not supplied by APsystems............................................................................... 8

4.3 PV Rapid Shut Down Equipment....................................................................................................................9

4.4 Installation Procedures.................................................................................................................................10

4.4.1 Step 1 - Verify that grid voltage matches microinverter rating ........................................................ 10

4.4.2 Step 2 – AC Bus Cable distribution....................................................................................................10

4.4.3 Step 3 - Attach the APsystems Microinverters to the Racking ......................................................... 10

4.4.4 Step 4 - Ground the system...............................................................................................................11

4.4.5 Step 5 - Connect the APsystems microinverter to AC bus cable...................................................... 12

4.4.6 Step 6 - Install a Bus Cable End Cap at the end of AC bus cable...................................................... 13

4.4.7 Step 7 - Connect APsystems Microinverters to the PV Modules......................................................13

4.4.8 Step 8 - Connect APsystems Microinverters to Grid.........................................................................14

4.4.9 Step 9 - AC Extension Cable .............................................................................................................. 15

4.4.10 Step 10 - Complete the APsystems installation map......................................................................15

5. APsystems microinverter system operating instructions.............................................................16

6. Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................................17

6.1 Status Indications and Error Reporting ........................................................................................................ 17

6.1.1 Start up LED....................................................................................................................................... 17

6.1.2 Operation LED................................................................................................................................... 17

6.1.3 GFDI Error.......................................................................................................................................... 17

6.2 ECU_APP ....................................................................................................................................................... 17

6.3 Installer EMA (web portal or EMA Manager APP)....................................................................................... 17

6.4 Trouble Shooting Guide ................................................................................................................................17

6.5 APsystems Technical Support.......................................................................................................................18

6.6 Maintenance.................................................................................................................................................18

7. Replace a microinverter................................................................................................................ 19

8. Technical Data................................................................................................................................20

8.1 QT2 3-Phase Microinverter Datasheet.........................................................................................................21

9. QT2 - Wiring Diagram.................................................................................................................... 22

9.1 QT2 Connected to Delta Type 3-Phase Grid.................................................................................................22

9.2 QT2 Connected to Wye Type 3-Phase Grid..................................................................................................23

10.QT2 Accessory...............................................................................................................................24

10.1 Dimensions................................................................................................................................................. 24

10.2 Wiring Diagram...........................................................................................................................................25

11.APsystems Microinverter Installation Map ................................................................................. 26

8.1 Packet Pg. 403
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 2

1. Important Safety Instructions
This manual contains important instructions to follow during installation and maintenance of the APsystems Photovoltaic Grid-connected Microinverter. To reduce the risk of electrical shock and ensure a safe installation and operation of the APsystems Microinverter, the following symbols appear throughout this document to indicate dangerous conditions and important safety instructions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Please ensure you are using the most recent update found at https://usa.apsystems.com/resources/library/ or https://canada.apsystems.com/resources/library/ This indicates a situation where failure to follow instructions may cause a serious hardware failure or personnel danger if not applied appropriately. Use extreme caution when performing this task. This indicates information that is important for optimized microinverter operation. Follow these instructions closely. 1.1 Safety Instructions
 Do NOT disconnect the PV module from the APsystems Microinverter without first disconnecting the AC power.  Only qualified professionals should install and/or replace APsystems Microinverters.  Perform all electrical installations in accordance with local electrical codes.  Before installing or using the APsystems Microinverter, please read all instructions and cautionary markings in the technical documents and on the APsystems Microinverter system and the solar-array.  Be aware that the body of the APsystems Microinverter is the heat sink and can reach a temperature of 80°C. To reduce risk of burns, do not touch the body of the Microinverter.  Do NOT attempt to repair the APsystems Microinverter. If it fails, contact APsystems Customer Support to obtain an RMA number and start the replacement process. Damaging or opening the APsystems Microinverter will void the warranty.  Caution!
The external protective earthing conductor is connected to the inverter protective earthing terminal through AC connector. When connecting, connect the AC connector first to ensure the inverter earthing then do the DC connections. When disconnecting, disconnect the AC by opening the branch circuit breaker first but maintain the protective earthing conductor in the branch circuit breaker connect to the inverter ,then disconnect the DC inputs.  Please install AC breakers on the AC side of the inverter. CAUTION – Hot surfaces - To reduce the risk of burns - Do not touch. Risk of electric shock-(a) both ac and dc voltage source are terminated inside this equipment. Each circuit must be individually disconnected before servicing, and (b) When the photovoltaic array is exposed to light, it supplies a dc voltage to this equipment. Warranty void if cover removed. No user serviceable parts inside.Refer servicing to qualified service personnel. This inverter has an integral ground-fault detector / interrupter (GFDI).This Utility-InteractiveInverter contains active anti-islanding protection(IEEE1547) and is tested per FCC/IC.

8.1 Packet Pg. 404
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 3

1. Important Safety Instructions

1.2 Radio Interference Statement
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.  Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. RF exposure warning This equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with provided instructions and the antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provide with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance.

8.1 Packet Pg. 405
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 4

1. Important Safety Instructions

1.3 Symbols in lieu of words
Trademark. Caution, risk of electric shock. Caution, hot surface. NOTICE, danger!This device directly connected with electricity generators and public grid. Qualified personnel Person adequately advised or supervised by an electrically skilled person to enable him or her to perceive risks and to avoid hazards which electricity can create. For the purpose of the safety information of this manual, a "qualified person" is someone who is familiar with requirements for safety, electrical system and EMC and is authorized to energize, ground, and tag equipment, systems, and circuits in accordance with established safety procedures. The inverter and photovoltaic system may only be commissioned and operated by qualified personnel. English Warning Statement:

This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

French Warning Statement:

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

8.1 Packet Pg. 406
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 5

2. APsystems Microinverter System Introduction
The APsystems Microinverter is used in utility-interactive grid-tied applications, comprised of three key elements:  APsystems Microinverter  APsystems Energy Communication Unit (ECU)  APsystems Energy Monitor and Analysis (EMA) web-based monitoring and analysis system Figure 1

8.1 Packet Pg. 407
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 6

2. APsystems Microinverter System Introduction
This integrated system improves safety; maximizes solar energy harvest; increases system reliability, and simplifies solar system design, installation, maintenance, and management. Safety with APsystems Microinverters In a typical string inverter installation, PV modules are connected in series. The voltage adds-up to reach high voltage value (from 600Vdc up to 1000Vdc) at the end of the PV string. This extreme high DC voltage brings a risk of electrical shocks or electrical arcs which could cause fire. When using an APsystems microinverter, PV modules are connected in parallel. Voltage at the back of each PV module never exceeds PV modules Voc, which is lower than 60Vdc for most of PV modules used with APsystems microinverters. This low voltage is considered “safe to touch” by fire departments and negates the risk of electrical shock, electrical arcs and fire hazards. APsystems Microinverters maximize PV energy production Each 2 input channels have individual Maximum Peak Power Tracking (MPPT) control, which ensures that the maximum power is produced to the utility grid regardless of the performance of the PV modules of other channels in the array. When PV modules in the array are affected by shade, dust, different orientation, or any situation in which one channel underperforms compared with the other channels, the APsystems Microinverter ensures top performance from the array by maximizing the performance of each channel individually within the array.More reliable than centralized or string inverters The distributed APsystems Microinverter system ensures that no single point of system failure exists across the PV system. APsystems Microinverters are designed to operate at full power at ambient outdoor temperatures of up to 65 deg C (or 149 F). The inverter case is designed for outdoor installation and complies with the Type 6 environmental enclosure rating. Simple to install
APsystems Microinvertes are compatible with most of 60 and 72 cell PV modules or 120 and 144 half-cut cells PV modules. (In order to confirm compatibility of PV module with APsystems microinverter, feel free to check our online “E-decider” module compatibility tool or contact your local APsystems Technical Support).

Installation requires a minimum number of accessories and microinverters offer a lot of versatility to the installer:
microinverters can indeed be installed on different roofs with different orientation or with modules having different orientation.

In the same way, end-users can extend their system whenever they want with microinverters. Smart system performance monitoring and analysis The APsystems Energy Communication Unit (ECU) is installed by simply plugging it into any wall outlet and providing an Ethernet or Wi-Fi connection to a broadband router or modem. After installing and setting the ECU (see ECU Instruction Manual), the full network of APsystems Microinverters automatically reports to the APsystems Energy Monitor and Analysis (EMA) web server.

8.1 Packet Pg. 408
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 7

3. APsystems Microinverter QT2 Introduction
APsystems 2
nd generation of native 3-phase quad microinverters are reaching unprecedented power outputs of 1728VA (for the type of QT2-208) or 1800VA (for the type of QT-480) to adapt to today’s larger power PV module. With balancing 3-phase output, 4 DC inputs, encrypted ZigBee signals, the QT2 benefits from an entirely new architecture. The innovative design makes the product unique while maximizing power production . The components are encapsulated with silicone to reduce stress on the electronics, facilitate thermal dissipation, enhance waterproof properties, and ensure maximum reliability of the system via rigorous testing methods including accelerated life testing. A 24/7 energy access through apps or web-based portal facilitate remote diagnosis and maintenance. The new QT2 is interactive with power grids through a feature referred to as RPC (Reactive Power Control) to better manage photovoltaic power spikes in the grid. In addition, it provides 96.5% peak efficiency with 20% less components compared to the last generation product. QT2 is a game changer in 3-phase installations for commercial PV rooftops. Key Product Feature:  Designed for 3-phase grid connection  4 input channels with module level DC voltage
 Single unit connects to 4 modules  Maximum continuous AC output power 1728VA for QT2-208 and 1800VA for QT2-480  Engineered to match the highest power modules available (Maximum input current 20A)  Safety protection relay integrated  Adjustable output power factor  Balancing 3-phase output

8.1 Packet Pg. 409
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 8

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation
A PV system using APsystems Microinverters is simple to install. Each Microinverter easily mounts on the PV racking, directly beneath the PV module(s). Low voltage DC wires connect from the PV module directly to the Microinverter, eliminating the risk of high DC voltage.

Installation MUST comply with local regulations and technical rules. Special Statement: we advise installation of an RCD breaker only if required by the local electrical code. ①. Perform all electrical installations in accordance with local electrical codes. ②. Be aware that only qualified professionals should install and/or replace APsystems Microinverters. ③. Before installing or using an APsystems Microinverter, please read all instructions and warnings in the technical documents and on the APsystems Microinverter system itself as well as on the PV array. ④. Be aware that installation of this equipment includes the risk of electric shock. ⑤. Do not touch any live parts in the system, including the PV array, when the system has been connected to the electrical grid. Even if not required by local electrical code, we strongly recommend to install surge protection devices in the dedicated AC box. 4.1 Additional accessories supplied by APsystems  AC Bus cable
 AC Bus Cable End Cap
 AC Bus Cable T-CONN Cap
 ECU
 AC connectors male/female

4.2 Other required accessories not supplied by APsystems In addition to your PV array and its associated hardware, you may need the following items:  An AC connection junction box  Mounting hardware suitable for module racking  Sockets and wrenches for mounting hardware

8.1 Packet Pg. 410
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 9

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation

4.3 PV Rapid Shut Down Equipment
This product is PV Rapid Shut Down Equipment and conforms with NEC-2014 and NEC-2017 section 690.12, for AC and DC conductors, when installed according to the following requirements:  Microinverters and all DC connections must be installed inside the array boundary.  The array boundary is defined as 305 mm (1 ft.) from the array in all directions, or 1 m (3 ft.) from the point of entry inside a building. This rapid shutdown system must be provided with an initiating device and (or with) status indicator which must be installed in a location accessible to first responders, or be connected to an automatic system which initiates rapid shutdown upon the activation of a system disconnect or activation of another type of emergency system. The initiator shall be listed and identified as a disconnecting means that plainly indicates whether it is in the “off” or “on” position. Examples are:  Service disconnecting means  PV system disconnecting means  Readily accessible switch or circuit breaker The handle position of a switch or circuit breaker is suitable for use as an indicator. Refer to NEC for more information. Additionally, in a prominent location near the initiator device, a placard or label must be provided with a permanent marking including the following wording:
’PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM EQUIPPED WITH RAPID SHUTDOWN’ The term ‘PHOTOVOLTAIC’ may be replaced with ‘PV.’ The label requires reference NEC 690.65 to meet the audit requirements.

8.1 Packet Pg. 411
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 10

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation

4.4 Installation Procedures

4.4.1 Step 1 - Verify that grid voltage matches microinverter rating

4.4.2 Step 2 – AC Bus Cable distribution
a. Each connector drop of the AC Bus cable matches the position of the microinverter. b. One end of the AC bus cable is used to access the junction box into the power grid. c. Wire the conductors of the AC bus: L1 - BLACK ; L2 - RED；L3 - BLUE; N - WHITE; PE - GREEN. Wiring color code can be different according to the local regulation. Check all the wires of the installation before connecting to the AC bus to be sure they match. Wrong cabling can damage irreparably the microinverters: such damage is not covered by the warranty. Do NOT carry the microinverter by the AC cable. This may cause the AC cable to partially or fully disconnect from the unit, resulting in no or poor operation.

4.4.3 Step 3 - Attach the APsystems Microinverters to the Racking a. Mark the location of the microinverter on the rack, with respect to the PV module junction box or any other obstructions. b. Mount one microinverter at each of these locations using hardware recommended by your module racking vendor.

Figure 2

8.1 Packet Pg. 412
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 11

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation
Install the microinverters (including DC and AC connectors) under the PV modules to avoid direct exposure to rain, UV or other harmful weather events. Allow a minimum of 1.5 cm (3/4’’) below and above the casing of the microinverter to allow proper air flow. The racking must be properly grounded as per local electrical code. 4.4.4 Step 4 - Ground the system There're 2 ways to ground the QT2 series microinverters. 1. By grounding washer attached. After the microinverters and racking are reliably installed, the microinverter's grounding washer can connect to the racking to ensure proper earthing.

Figure 3

2. By grounding copper wire. Fix the grounding copper wire by the grounding lug.

Figure 4
grounding lug
grounding washer
Warning injure hand

8.1 Packet Pg. 413
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 12

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation

4.4.5 Step 5 - Connect the APsystems microinverter to AC bus cable Insert the microinverter AC connector into the trunk cable connector. Make sure to hear the “click” as a proof of robust connection
Figure 5
AC connector interface as from left to right.

Figure 6
Cover any unused connectors with Bus Cable T-CONN Cap to protect the unused connectors.

Figure 7
Click
PE N L3 L2 L1

8.1 Packet Pg. 414
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 13

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation

4.4.6 Step 6 - Install a Bus Cable End Cap at the end of AC bus cable A. Wire stripping B. Set the parts on the cable C. Insert five wires into the core wires hole of the
body
D. Insert seal and Clamp
Finger into the body, then
tighten the nut, torque

2.5±0.5N.m
Figure 8

4.4.7 Step 7 - Connect APsystems Microinverters to the PV Modules Figure 9
Remove the DC connector caps before PV modules connection. When plugging in the DC cables, the microinverter should immediately blink green ten times. This will happen as soon as the DC cables are plugged in and will show that the microinverter is functioning correctly. This entire check function will start and end within 10 seconds of plugging in the unit, so pay careful attention to these lights when connecting the DC cables. Double check to make sure all of the AC and DC wiring has been correctly installed. Ensure that none of the AC and/or DC wires are pinched or damaged. Make sure that all of the junction boxes are properly closed.
 The neutral wire is not mandatory to be connected to grid.  Compatible with both Delta and Wye 3-phase grid.

Nut/Claw Seal/body/Body

8.1 Packet Pg. 415
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 14

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation
Figure 10
Each PV panel must be carefully connected to the same channel. Make sure to not split positive and negative DC cables into two different input channels: microinverter will be damaged and warranty will not apply. 4.4.8 Step 8 - Connect APsystems Microinverters to Grid Figure 11
①.Please install bi-polar circuit breakers with proper rated current or according to the local regulation, which are mandatory to connect to grid. ②.Leakage current breakers or AFCI/GFCI breakers are not recommended to install.

8.1 Packet Pg. 416
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 15
Bus Cable End Cap Male/Female AC Connectors
AC Extension Cable

4. APsystems Microinverter System Installation

4.4.9 Step 9 - AC Extension Cable
Figure 12
When AC extension cable is needed, users could connect the AC bus cable and AC extension cable in a junction box or use a pair of male/female AC connectors that APsystems provides as optional accessory. 4.4.10 Step 10 - Complete the APsystems installation map a. Each APsystems Microinverter has 2 removable serial number labels. b. Complete installation map by sticking ID label of each microinverter at the right location. c. The second serial number label, could be stuck on the solar module frame, which could help later to confirm the position of the microinverter without dismantling the PV module Figure 13
①. The layout of the microinverters' serial numbers installation map is only suitable for typical installation
②. Installation Map is available in the last page appendix of this manual. ③. Use ECU_APP (available in the EMA Manager) to scan the serial numbers on the map when setting up the ECU (see ECU instruction manual for more info).

8.1 Packet Pg. 417
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 16

5. APsystems microinverter system operating instructions To operate the APsystems microinverter PV system:

1. Turn ON the AC circuit breaker on each microinverter AC branch circuit. 2. Turn ON the main utility-grid AC circuit breaker. Your system will start producing power after approximately one minute of waiting time. 3. Microinverter data will be available in the EMA Manager APP or in the EMA web portal. Alternatively, LED sequences could be an indicator of microinverters status (see section 6.1) Once the ECU has been commissioned properly, the APsystems Microinverters will start to send performance data to the ECU. The time required for all of the Microinverters in the system to report to the ECU will vary depending on the number of Microinverters in the system.

8.1 Packet Pg. 418
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 17

6. Troubleshooting
Qualified personnel can use the following troubleshooting steps if the PV system does not operate correctly:

6.1 Status Indications and Error Reporting
Assuming they are easily accessible and visible, Operation LEDs can give a good indication of the microinverters status

6.1.1 Start up LED
Ten short green blinks when DC power is first applied to the Microinverter indicates a successful Microinverter startup. 6.1.2 Operation LED
Flashing Slow Green (5 sec. gap) - Producing power and communicating with ECU Flashing Slow Red (5 sec. gap) - Not producing power
Flashing Fast Green (2 sec. gap) - Not communicating with ECU over 60mins, but still producing power. Flashing Fast Red (2 sec. gap) - Not communicating with ECU over 60mins and not producing power. Steady Red – default, DC side ground fault protection, see 6.1.3

6.1.3 GFDI Error
A solid red LED indicates the Microinverter has detected a Ground Fault Detector Interrupter (GFDI) error in the PV system. Unless the GFDI error has been cleared, the LED will remain red and the ECU will keep reporting the fault. Please contact your local APsystems Technical Support. 6.2 ECU_APP APsystems ECU_APP (available in the EMA Manager APP) is the recommended tool to do on-site troubleshooting. When connecting the ECU_APP to the ECU hotspot (please check ECU User Manual for more detailed information), installer can check every microinverter status (production, communication) but also ZigBee signal strength, grid profile and other insightful data helping the troubleshooting. 6.3 Installer EMA (web portal or EMA Manager APP) Before going on site for troubleshooting, installer can also check all information remotely using his installer account, either on the web or using the EMA Manager APP (see EMA Manager APP User Manual for more detailed information). Having access to module data (DC, AC, voltages and currents) gives the first indication on potential issues. 6.4 Trouble Shooting Guide
Professional installers can also refer to our Troubleshooting Guide (https://usa.apsystems.com/resources/library/ or https://canada.apsystems.com/resources/library/, section libraries) for more in depth guidelines on how to troubleshoot and fix PV installations powered by APsystems microinverters.

8.1 Packet Pg. 419
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 18

6. Troubleshooting

6.5 APsystems Technical Support
APsystems local Technical Support team is available to support professional installers to get familiar with our products and to troubleshoot installations when needed. Do not attempt to repair APsystems Microinverters. Please contact your local APsystems Technical Support. ①. Never disconnect the DC wire connectors under load. Ensure that no current is flowing in the DC wires prior to disconnecting. ②. Always disconnect AC power before disconnecting the PV module wires from the APsystems Microinverter. ③. The APsystems Microinverter is powered by PV module DC power. AFTER disconnecting the DC power, when reconnecting the PV modules to the Microinverter, be sure to watch for the quick red light followed by ten short green LED flashes. 6.6 Maintenance APsystems microinverters do not require any specific regular maintenance.

8.1 Packet Pg. 420
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 19

7. Replace a microinverter
Follow the procedure to replace a failed APsystems Microinverter A. Disconnect the APsystems Microinverter from the PV Module, in the order shown below:

1. Disconnect the AC by turning off the branch circuit breaker. 2. Disconnect the inverter AC connector from the AC Bus. 3. Disconnect the PV module DC wire connectors from the microinverter. 4. Remove the Microinverter from the PV array racking. B. Install a replacement Microinverter to the rack. Remember to observe the flashing green LED light as soon as the new Microinverter is plugged into the DC cables. C. Connect the AC cable of the replacement Microinverter to the AC bus. D. Close the branch circuit breaker, and verify proper operation of the replacement Microinverter. E. Update the microinverter in EMA Manage through "Replace" function and update the system's map with new serial number labels.

8.1 Packet Pg. 421
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 20

8. Technical Data
①. Be sure to verify that the voltage and current specifications of your PV module are compatible with the range allowed on APsystems Microinverter. Please check the microinverter datasheet. ②. DC operating voltage range of the PV module must be within allowable input voltage range of the APsystems Microinverter. ③. The maximum open circuit voltage of the PV module must not exceed the specified maximum input voltage of the APsystems. 2023/06/25 Rev1.5

8.1 Packet Pg. 422
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 21

8.1 QT2 3-Phase Microinverter Datasheet
Model QT2-208 QT2-480
Region USA/Canada
Input Data (DC)
Operating Voltage Range 26V-60V
Maximum Input Voltage 60V
Maximum Input Current 20A x 4
Maximum input short circuit current 25A per input
Output Data (AC)
Maximum Continuous Output Power 1728VA 1800VA
Nominal Output Voltage/Range
(1) 208V/183V-229V 480V/422V-528V
Adjustable Output Voltage Range 166V-240V 385V-552V
Nominal Output Current 4.8Ax3 2.17Ax3
Maximum Output Fault Current (ac) And Duration
L-L:85.4Apk, 13.6ms of
duration, 4.967Arms L-L:35.1Apk, 13.9ms ofduration, 2.199Arms Nominal Output Frequency/ Range (1) 60Hz/58.8Hz-61.2Hz(HECO:57Hz-63Hz)
Adjustable Output Frequency Range 55Hz-65Hz Power Factor(Default/Adjustable) 0.99/0.8 leading…0.8 lagging Maximum Units per 30A branch
(2) 5 11
AC Bus Cable 10AWG
Efficiency
Peak Efficiency 96.5%
CEC Efficiency 96% 95.5%
Nominal MPPT Efficiency 99.5%
Night Power Consumption 80mW 200mW
Mechanical Data
Operating Ambient Temperature Range
(3) -40 °F to +149 °F (-40 °C to +65 °C )
Storage Temperature Range -40 °F to +185 °F (-40 °C to +85 °C ) Dimensions (W x H x D) 14” × 9.5” × 1.8” (359mm X 242mm X 46mm) Weight 13 lbs (6kg)
DC Connector Type Stäubli MC4 PV-ADBP4-S2&ADSP4-S2
Cooling Natural Convection - No Fans Enclosure Environmental Rating Type 6 Features
Communication (Inverter To ECU)
(4) Encrypted ZigBee
Isolation Design High Frequency Transformers, Galvanically Isolated Energy Management Energy Management Analysis (EMA) system Warranty (5) 10 Years Standard ; 25 Years Optional
(1) Nominal voltage/frequency range can be extended beyond nominal if required by the utility. (2) Limits may vary. Refer to local requirements to define the number of microinverters per branch in your area. (3) The inverter may enter to power de-grade mode under poor ventilation and heat dissipation installation environment. (4) Recommend no more than 80 inverters register to one ECU for stable communication. (5) To be eligible for the warranty, APsystems microinverters need to be monitored via the EMA portal. Please refer to our warranty T&Cs available on usa.apsystem.com. © All Rights Reserved
Specifications subject to change without notice please ensure you are using the most recent update found at web : usa.apsystem.com or canada.apsystem.com

8.1 Packet Pg. 423
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 22

9. QT2 - Wiring Diagram

9.1 QT2 Connected to Delta Type 3-Phase Grid
 Neutral wire could be floating for delta grid. Figure 14

8.1 Packet Pg. 424
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 23

9. QT2 - Wiring Diagram

9.2 QT2 Connected to Wye Type 3-Phase Grid
Figure 15

8.1 Packet Pg. 425
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 24

10.QT2 Accessory

10.1 Dimensions
Figure 16

8.1 Packet Pg. 426
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 25

10.QT2 Accessory

10.2 Wiring Diagram
Figure 17

8.1 Packet Pg. 427
APsystems Microinverter QT2 Installation Manual 26

11.APsystems Microinverter Installation Map
The APsystems Installation Map is a diagram of the physical location of each microinverter in your PV installation. Each APsystems microinverter has two serial number labels. Peel the one label and affix it to the respective location on the APsystems installation map.

Installation Map Template
Installer: PV module type: Qty:

Sheet___of____ Owner: Microinverter type: Qty:

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Column 6 Column 7 Row 1
Row 2
Row 3
Row 4
Row 5
Row6
Row 7
Row 8
Row 9
Row10
Ns

8.1 Packet Pg. 428
Sunny Portal

SUNNY PORTAL

SUNNY PORTAL
Professional management, monitoring and presentation of PV plants Whether for small residential systems or a large PV farm, centralized management and system monitoring saves time and money. Through the Sunny Portal, plant operators and installers have access to key data at any time. Pre-configured standard pages can be easily customized or supplemented. Whether as a data table or as a diagram: SMA solutions allow almost infinite options for analyzing measured data or visualizing yields. The yields of all inverters in a plant are compared automatically, allowing for the detection of even the smallest deviations. The powerful reporting functions also provide regular updates via e-mail to help ensure yields.

User-friendly
• Central management of all
customer and plant data
• Easy to understand reporting
• World-wide access via the
Internet – via PC and mobile phones
Personalization
• Personalized configuration of pages
and diagrams
• Individual yield and event reports
sent via e-mail
Informative
• Fully automatic yield comparison of
plant devices
• Professional integration into
personal website

8.1 Packet Pg. 429
www.SMA-Solar.com SMA Solar Technology
SUNNYPORTAL-DEN111912 SMA und Sunny Portal sind eingetragene Warenzeichen der SMA Solar Technology AG. Text und Abbildungen entsprechen dem technischen Stand bei Drucklegung. Technische Änderungen vorbehalten. Keine Haftung für Druckfehler. Gedruckt auf chlorfrei hergestelltem Papier.

Monitoring without
having to be on-site
Management of several
PV plants from one
central location
Personalized access
to screen options and
functions
Quick overview of
measured and yield
values of the
PV plant
High-performance
reporting to help
safeguard yields
Easy diagnostics
through display of
measured values
and event log
Flexible page
design for individual
presentation of the
PV plant
Standard pages for
the most common
display options
Languages
Available languages
System requirements
Supported operating systems
Plant information
Plant description
Annual comparison
Energy balance
Plant log book
Device overview
Software
Recommended browsers
Other
Supported data logger
Access
Website
Smartphone
Plant management
Sunny Portal Account
Page design
Standard pages
Personalized pages
Page modules
Visualization of yield and measured values
Diagram types
Tables
Time periods
Monitoring
Inverter comparison
Communication monitoring
Status reports
Information reports
Event reports
Report format
Individual access
Publication of specific pages
User roles
Type designation
Technical Data Sunny Portal
German, English, Italian, Spanish, French, Dutch, Portuguese, Greek, Korean, Czech, Chinese
All / optimized access for mobile devices
Overview of the key properties of the PV plant
Quick yield overview of the entire operating period
Overview of purchased and fed in power and self-consumption, if applicable (power meter integration via Meter Connection Box or Sunny Home Manager required) Access to messages regarding plant events
Properties and parameters of the devices in the PV plant Firefox, Internet Explorer, version 7 and later, Safari JavaScript and cookies enabled
Sunny WebBox, Sunny Home Manager
www.sunnyportal.com
www.sunnyportal.mobi, Sunny Portal App for iPhone and Android One password for all your plants in Sunny Portal
Automatic standard pages for the most common plant monitoring and presentation needs
A variety of templates for page construction
Tables, diagrams, custom images, free text, plant overview (CO₂, remuneration, energy)
Selection of six diagram types for optimum presentation of yield & measured values, bar graphs, area charts, and line charts (with, without, or only tags), as well as XY diagrams
Individual configuration of charts for all yield and measured values From 5 minutes to 1 year, various time intervals selectable (depending on provided data) Fully automatic and ongoing inverter yield comparison and e-mail alarms Ongoing monitoring and, when necessary, alarms for the connection between Sunny Portal and Sunny WebBox, the Sunny Home Manager and the Power Reducer Box Daily or monthly reports on energy yield, maximum output, remuneration, CO₂ reduction via e-mail; a self-defined page can also be sent from Sunny Portal Hourly or daily reports on information, warnings, faults and errors, with personalized content and recipients
Text, PDF, HTML
Access via the public area on Sunny Portal by all Internet users, ideal for personalized presentations on personal Web sites
Assign roles of “guest”, “standard user”, “installer” and “plant administrator” to easily determine who has which viewing and configuration rights Sunny Portal

8.1 Packet Pg. 430

EQUIPMENT LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN
METRO FUTURES, INC., as Lessor
AND
CITY OF PATTERSON, as Lessee

DATED AS OF
April 17, 2026
Exhibit D

8.1 Packet Pg. 431

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-iARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS.......................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Acceptance Certificate ........................................................................................... 1

1.2 Acceptance Date .................................................................................................... 1

1.3 Authorized Representative..................................................................................... 1

1.4 Code ....................................................................................................................... 1

1.5 Governing Body....................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.6 Concluding Payment.............................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.7 Commencement Date............................................................................................. 1

1.8 Costs of the Equipment.......................................................................................... 1

1.9 Default Rate ........................................................................................................... 2

1.10 Equipment.............................................................................................................. 2

1.11 Escrow Fund .......................................................................................................... 2

1.12 Event of Nonappropriation .................................................................................... 2

1.13 Fiscal Year ............................................................................................................. 2

1.14 Lease Term............................................................................................................. 2 ARTICLE 2 LEASE ...................................................................................................................... 2 ARTICLE 3 LEASE TERM.......................................................................................................... 3 ARTICLE 4 RENTAL PAYMENTS ............................................................................................ 4

4.1 Amount and Times of Payment ............................................................................. 4

4.2 Place of Payments.................................................................................................. 4

4.3 Late Charges .......................................................................................................... 4

4.4 Abatement of Rental Payments.............................................................................. 4

4.5 Allocation of Interest ............................................................................................. 4

4.6 Rental Adjustment ................................................................................................. 4

4.7 Appropriation......................................................................................................... 4

4.8 Unconditional Current Obligation ........................Error! Bookmark not defined.

ARTICLE 5 ESCROW FUND ...................................................................................................... 5

5.1 Escrow Fund .......................................................................................................... 5

5.2 Intentionally Omitted............................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

5.3 Termination...........................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

ARTICLE 6 RESPONSIBILITIES OF LESSEE .......................................................................... 5

6.1 Care and Use .......................................................................................................... 5

6.2 Inspection............................................................................................................... 6

6.3 Utilities................................................................................................................... 6

6.4 Taxes...................................................................................................................... 6

6.5 Alterations.............................................................................................................. 6

6.6 Transportation and Installation Charges................................................................ 6

6.7 Insurance ................................................................................................................ 6

6.8 Risk of Loss........................................................................................................... 7

8.1 Packet Pg. 432

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
-ii6.9 Performance by the Lessor of the Lessee’s Responsibilities................................. 7

6.10 Financial Statements.............................................................................................. 7 ARTICLE 7 EQUIPMENT............................................................................................................ 8

7.1 Title........................................................................................................................ 8

7.2 Security Agreement ............................................................................................... 8

7.3 Personal Property................................................................................................... 9

7.4 Liens....................................................................................................................... 9

7.5 Inspection............................................................................................................... 9

7.6 Use of Equipment; Maintenance and Repairs...................................................... 10

7.7 Essentiality........................................................................................................... 10

7.8 Sublease ............................................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE 8 WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE LESSEE ........................ 11 ARTICLE 9 WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE LESSOR........................ 13 ARTICLE 10 WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE ESCROW AGENT...... 14 ARTICLE 11 TAX COVENANTS AND INDEMNIFICATION............................................... 14

11.1 Covenants............................................................................................................. 14

11.2 Further Covenants................................................................................................ 14

11.3 Indemnification .................................................................................................... 14 ARTICLE 12 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION....................................................................... 15 ARTICLE 13 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED ........................................................................... 15 ARTICLE 14 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.............................................................................. 15

14.1 Definition of Default............................................................................................ 15

14.2 Remedies on Default............................................................................................ 16

14.3 Further Remedies................................................................................................. 17

14.4 Reinstatement....................................................................................................... 17 ARTICLE 15 NON-APPROPRIATION ..................................................................................... 17

15.1 Nature of Obligations of the Lessee..................................................................... 17

15.2 Notice of Appropriation....................................................................................... 18

15.3 Non-Substitution...................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

ARTICLE 16 ASSIGNMENT..................................................................................................... 18

16.1 Assignment By Lessee......................................................................................... 18

16.2 Assignment By The Lessor.................................................................................. 18

16.3 Escrow Assignment By the Lessor .......................Error! Bookmark not defined.

ARTICLE 17 NATURE OF AGREEMENT............................................................................... 19

8.1 Packet Pg. 433

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
-iiiARTICLE 18 OPTION TO PURCHASE.................................................................................... 19 ARTICLE 19 MISCELLANEOUS ............................................................................................. 20

19.1 Waiver.................................................................................................................. 20

19.2 Severability .......................................................................................................... 20

19.3 Governing Law .................................................................................................... 20

19.4 Notice................................................................................................................... 20

19.5 Section Headings ................................................................................................. 21

19.6 Entire Agreement................................................................................................. 21

19.7 Binding Effect...................................................................................................... 21

19.8 Time ..................................................................................................................... 21

19.9 Counterparts......................................................................................................... 21

19.10 No Third-Party Beneficiaries............................................................................... 21

19.11 Exhibits................................................................................................................ 22 Lease Documents:

Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement;
Exhibit A – Description of Equipment;
Exhibit B - Equipment Schedule, including Schedule 1 (Rental Payment Schedule); Exhibit C – Notice and Acknowledgment of Assignment;
Exhibit D – Insurance Certification;
Exhibit E – Essential Use Certificate;
Exhibit F – Incumbency and Closing Certificate;
Exhibit G – Opinion of Lessee’s Counsel;
Exhibit H – Tax Opinion of Lessee’s Counsel;
Exhibit I – Intentionally Omitted;
Exhibit J – Post Issuance Tax Compliance Procedures;
Exhibit K – Escrow Agreement, including Schedule A (Notice and Acknowledgment of Assignment of Escrow Agreement);
Exhibit L –Resolutions of Lessee, including notice of public hearing; Exhibit M – Tax Certificate and IRS Form 8038-G; and
Exhibit N – Closing Memorandum/Payment Proceeds Direction.

Other Documents:

Installation Agreement and Measurement and Verification Agreement UCC-1 Financing Statement
CDIAC Filings
Lessee’s Form W-9

8.1 Packet Pg. 434

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
-ivInsurance Certificates
Payment and Performance Bonds, with Dual Obligee Rider naming Lessor and its successors and assigns as additional insured

8.1 Packet Pg. 435

EQUIPMENT LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS EQUIPMENT LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT, (as amended or supplemented from time to time, this “Lease Agreement”) dated as of April 17, 2026, between METRO FUTURES, INC., a California corporation (together with its successors and/or assigns, the “Lessor”) whose mailing address is 12520 High Bluff Drive, Suite 345, San Diego, California 92130, and the CITY OF PATTERSON, a political subdivision organized and existing under the laws of the State of California (the “Lessee”), whose mailing address is 1 Plaza Cir, Patterson, California 95363;
WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Lessor has agreed to purchase and lease the Equipment (as hereinafter defined) to the Lessee, and the Lessee has agreed to lease back and purchase the Equipment from the Lessor, pursuant to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the covenants hereinafter contained, and other good and valuable considerations, the mutual parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Lease Agreement and any related documents, the following definitions will apply:

1.1 Acceptance Certificate and Payment Request. A certificate in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Escrow Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit K by which the Lessee accepts delivery of all or a portion of the Equipment and requests payment from the Escrow Fund in payment thereof.

1.2 Acquisition Period. Shall mean thirty-six (36) months from the Commencement Date, which is the date that the Escrow Fund shall terminate, unless such date is extended in writing by the Lessor and the Lessee.

1.3 Authorized Representative. Shall mean, with respect to the Lessee, the Mayor or City Manager of the Governing Body or other person or officer approved by the Lessee in writing.

1.4 Code. Shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.5 Commencement Date. Shall have the meaning set forth on Exhibit B.

1.6 Concluding Payment. Shall have the meaning set forth in Article 18.

8.1 Packet Pg. 436
2 1.7 Costs of the Equipment. The total cost of acquisition and installation of the Equipment, including costs of issuance ($4,824,685.00).

1.8 Default Rate. Shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

1.9 Equipment. The personal property described in Exhibit A to this Lease Agreement that is now or may hereafter from time to time become attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, together and with any and all additions, modifications, attachments, substitutions, repairs, accessories, replacements and parts thereof and all insurance proceeds therefrom.

1.10 Escrow Fund. The fund created under the Escrow Agreement, as provided in Article 5 hereof.

1.11 Event of Nonappropriation. Shall have the meaning set forth in Section Error! Reference source not found..

1.12 Fiscal Year. Shall mean July 1 through June 30 of each year.

1.13 Governing Body. Shall mean the City Council of the Lessee.

1.14 Lease Term. Shall mean the Original Term and all Renewal Terms, but ending on the occurrence of the earliest event specified in Article 3 of this Lease Agreement.

1.15 Maximum Lease Term. Shall mean the Original Term and all Renewal Terms through the Renewal Term, including the last rental payment date set forth in the Rental Payment Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B.

1.16 Original Term. Shall mean the period from the Commencement Date until the end of the Fiscal Year of the Lessee in effect at the Commencement Date.

1.17 Renewal Term. Shall mean the optional renewal terms of this Lease Agreement, each having a duration of one year and a term co-extensive with the Lessee’s Fiscal Year.

1.18 Rental Payments. Shall mean the basic rental payments payable by the Lessee pursuant to Article 4 of this Lease Agreement.

1.19 State. Shall mean the State of California.

ARTICLE 2
LEASE
The Lessor hereby demises, rents and leases to the Lessee, and the Lessee hereby rents, leases and hires from the Lessor, the Equipment listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The Lessee shall be entitled to possession of each piece of the Equipment constituting and may retain possession of the Equipment so long as the Lessee is not in default under this Lease Agreement and the Lessee has not failed to appropriate any amounts

8.1 Packet Pg. 437
3 required to be paid by it hereunder. THIS LEASE IS NOT A PLEDGE OF THE FULL FAITH

AND CREDIT OF THE LESSEE, AND DOES NOT CREATE ANY OBLIGATION ON THE PART OF THE LESSEE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY STATED HEREIN. Except as provided in Section 15.1 hereof, the Lessee’s obligation to pay all Rental Payments payable hereunder and the Lessee’s obligations otherwise to perform its obligations under or with respect to this Lease Agreement and the other Lease Documents, (1) constitute a current obligation payable exclusively from legally available funds and shall not be construed to be an indebtedness within the meaning of any applicable constitutional or statutory limitation or requirement, and (2) are and shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances whatsoever, including (i) any right of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, deduction, abatement, defense or other right which the Lessee may have against the Lessor, the manufacturer or vendor of the Equipment, or any other Person, for any reason whatsoever, including, those arising or allegedly arising out of claims (present or future, alleged or actual, and including claims arising out of strict liability in tort or negligence of the Lessor) of the Lessee against the Lessor under this Lease Agreement or otherwise, (ii) any defect in the title, condition, design, operation, or fitness for use of, or any damage to or loss or destruction of all or any portion of, the Equipment, or any interruption or cessation in the use or possession thereof by the Lessee or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (iii) the existence of any collateral, guaranty or security interest, (iv) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceedings by or against Lessee, (v) any force majeure, or (vii) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. It is the intention of the parties that all Rental Payments and other amounts due hereunder shall continue to be payable in all events in the manner and at the times set forth herein unless the obligation to do so shall have been terminated pursuant to the express terms hereof.

ARTICLE 3
LEASE TERM; TERMINATION OF LEASE TERM
The Original Term of this Lease Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall terminate on the last day of the Lessee’s current Fiscal Year. The Lease Term may be continued, solely at the option of the Lessee, at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term for an additional Renewal Term up to the Maximum Lease Term. At the end of the Original Term and at the end of each Renewal Term until the Maximum Lease Term has been completed, the Lessee will be deemed to have exercised its option to continue this Lease Agreement for the next Renewal Term unless the Lessee has terminated this Lease Agreement pursuant to the provisions set forth in the following paragraph or Article 18. The terms and conditions during any Renewal Term will be the same as the terms and conditions during the Original Term, except that the Rental Payments will be as provided in the Rental Payment Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B.

The Lease Term will terminate upon the first to occur of: (a) the expiration of the Original Term or any Renewal Term of this Lease Agreement and the nonrenewal of this Lease Agreement in an Event of Nonappropriation pursuant to Article 15; (b) the exercise by Lessee of the option to purchase the Equipment pursuant to Article 18 hereof and payment of the Concluding Payment and all amounts payable in connection therewith; (c) an Event of Default hereunder by the Lessee and Lessor’s election to terminate this Lease Agreement pursuant to

8.1 Packet Pg. 438
4 Article 14; or (d) the payment by the Lessee of all Rental Payments authorized or required to be paid by the Lessee under this Lease Agreement during the Maximum Lease Term.

ARTICLE 4

RENTAL PAYMENTS

4.1 Amount and Times of Payment. As rental for the Equipment, the Lessee hereby agrees to pay rental payments hereunder in the amounts and on the dates identified in Exhibit B.

As set forth on Exhibit B and as provided below, a portion of each rental payment is paid as, and represents payment of, interest, and the balance of each rental payment is paid as, and represents payment of, principal.

4.2 Rental Payments. All Rental Payments required to be made to the Lessor hereunder shall be made by wire transfer or other form of electronic payment in accordance with written instructions provided by the Lessor or, with the Lessor’s consent, by such other commercially reasonable method of payment. The Lessee shall pay the Rental Payments in lawful money of the United States of America from moneys legally available therefor.

4.3 Late Charges. Whenever any Rental Payment or other amount payable to Lessor by Lessee hereunder is not paid within ten (10) business days after such due date, Lessee agrees to pay Lessor a late charge on the delinquent amount at the “Default Rate,” which is one percent (1%) per month, or the maximum amount permitted under applicable law, whichever is less.

4.4 [Reserved].

4.5 Allocation of Interest. A portion of each rental payment shall be allocated to interest, with the imputed interest based on a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

4.6 Rental Adjustment. The Lessee hereby represents and covenants that it will take no action which will directly or indirectly affect the exclusion of the interest component of the rental payments hereunder from gross income of the Lessor for Federal income tax purposes or the deductibility of any interest payments made by the Lessor. In the event the Lessee or the Lessor shall receive notice from the Internal Revenue Service that any of the interest components of rental payments hereunder may not be excluded from the Lessor’s gross income for purposes of federal income taxation, the rental payments hereunder shall be adjusted to preserve the Lessor’s after-tax economic yield with respect to the rental payments hereunder, taking into account any interest expense deductions lost by the Lessor as a direct or indirect result of the Lessee’s actions. The Lessee hereby agrees to make adjusted rental payments hereunder in the event of a breach of the representations set forth hereinabove.

4.7 Continuation of Lease Term. The Lessee currently intends, subject to the provisions of Article 15, to continue the Lease Term through the Original Term and all of the Renewal Terms and to pay the Rental Payments hereunder. The Lessee reasonably believes that legally available funds in an amount sufficient to make all Rental Payments during the Original Term and each of the Renewal Terms can be obtained. The responsible financial officer of the Lessee will do all things lawfully within his or her power to obtain and maintain funds from which the Rental Payments may be made, including making provision for such Rental Payments

8.1 Packet Pg. 439
5 to the extent necessary in each proposed annual budget submitted for approval in accordance with applicable procedures of the Lessee and to exhaust all available reviews and appeals in the event such portion of the budget is not approved. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the decision whether or not to budget or appropriate funds or to extend this Lease Agreement for any Renewal Term is solely within the discretion of the then current governing body of the Lessee.

ARTICLE 5

ESCROW FUND

5.1 Escrow Fund. On the Commencement Date, Lessor and Lessee shall enter into an escrow agreement in form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit K (the “Escrow Agreement”) dated the Commencement Date, by and among Lessor, Lessee, and the escrow agent named therein, relating to the non-interest bearing escrow fund (an “Escrow Fund”) created thereunder. On the Commencement Date, Lessor shall deposit: $4,824,685.00 into the Escrow Fund to be held in escrow and applied upon the express terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement for the acquisition of the Equipment and payment of costs of issuance relating to this Lease Agreement, which shall be disbursed as provided for in the Closing Memorandum attached hereto and the Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Fund shall be terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

RESPONSIBILITIES OF LESSEE

6.1 Care and Use. The Lessee shall use the Equipment in a careful and proper manner, in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and at its sole cost and expense, service, repair and maintain the Equipment so as to keep the Equipment in good condition, repair, appearance and working order for the purposes intended, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall replace any part of the Equipment as may from time to time become worn out, lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged or is unfit for use. Any and all additions to or replacements of the Equipment and all parts thereof shall constitute accessions to the Equipment and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement and included in the term “Equipment” as used in this Lease Agreement. If requested by the Lessor, the Lessee shall enter into or cause to be entered into, and maintained in full force and effect during the term of this Lease Agreement, standard maintenance contracts satisfactory to the Lessor covering the Equipment and shall comply with all its obligations thereunder. The Lessee shall furnish evidence to the Lessor of such signed maintenance agreement at or prior to the date of this Lease Agreement and the payment of all charges and premiums therefor. With Lessor’s prior written consent, Lessee may undertake maintenance of the Equipment by its employees in lieu of such a maintenance agreement. Substitute maintenance may be used if first approved by the Lessor in writing. Upon the early termination of this Lease Agreement pursuant to Article 14 and 15, the Lessee shall permit the Lessor to remove the Equipment from the premises in the same condition as originally received, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and in such a condition which will permit the Lessor to be eligible for such standard maintenance contract without incurring any expense to repair or rehabilitate the Equipment.

8.1 Packet Pg. 440
6 6.2 Inspection. The Lessor shall have the right upon reasonable prior notice to the Lessee to enter into and upon the premises where the Equipment is located to inspect the Equipment and observe its use during normal business hours.

6.3 Utilities. The Lessee shall pay all charges for gas, water, steam, electricity, light, heat or power, telephone or other utility service, if any, furnished to or used in connection with the Equipment during the term of this Lease Agreement. There shall be no abatement of rental payments on account of interruption of any such services.

6.4 Taxes. The Lessee agrees to pay when due any and all taxes relating to the Equipment and the Lessee’s obligations hereunder, including but not limited to, all license or registration fees, gross receipts tax, sales and use tax, if applicable, license fees, documentary stamp taxes, rental taxes, assessments, charges, ad valorem taxes, excise taxes, and all other taxes, licenses and charges imposed on the ownership, possession or use of the Equipment by any governmental body or agency, together with any interest and penalties, other than taxes on or measured by the net income of the Lessor.

6.5 Alterations. Without the prior written consent of the Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Lessee shall not make any alterations, modifications or attachments to the Equipment which cannot be removed without materially damaging the functional capabilities or economic value of the Equipment. Upon return of the Equipment and at the Lessor’s request, the Lessee at its sole cost and expense, will remove all alterations, additions and attachments and repair the Equipment as necessary to return the Equipment to the condition in which it was furnished, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

6.6 Transportation and Installation Charges. As between the Lessor and the Lessee, the Lessee shall be responsible for all charges relating to the transportation of the Equipment to the Lessee’s location and the installation at such location.

6.7 Insurance. The Lessee shall continuously maintain at its sole cost and expense or cause to be maintained (a) public liability insurance for death or injuries to persons, or damage to property arising out of or in any way related to the Equipment sufficient to protect the Lessor and its assigns from liability in all events; (b) casualty insurance on the Equipment covering such risks as are customarily insured against by reasonable and prudent government bodies of like size for such equipment, and in such amounts at a minimum equal to the greater of the outstanding principal amount under this Lease Agreement or the replacement value of the Equipment with such deductibles as required, and with such insurance companies as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor; and (c) workers’ compensation coverage as required by the laws of the State. Lessor shall be named as an additional insured on any such policy and all insurance for loss or damage shall provide that losses if any, shall be payable to the Lessor. Reasonable evidence of all required liability insurance shall be provided to the Lessor. The Lessee shall pay the premiums therefor and deliver to the Lessor the policies of insurance or duplicates thereof and a certification in the form of Exhibit D or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor of such insurance coverage. Each insurer shall also agree by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it that it will give thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Lessor of cancellation, non-renewal, or material modification of such policy and ten (10) days prior written notice for non-payment of premium. The proceeds of such insurance, at the option of the Lessor,

8.1 Packet Pg. 441
7 shall be applied: (a) toward the replacement, restoration or repair of the Equipment, or (b) toward payment of the obligations of the Lessee hereunder. The Lessee hereby appoints the Lessor as the Lessee’s attorney-in-fact to make claim for, receive payment of, and execute all documents, checks or drafts received in payment of loss or damage under any such insurance policy. In lieu of the insurance policies described above, and with the consent of the Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Lessee may self-insure the Equipment by means of a self-insurance program whereby funds are set aside and maintained for the purpose of selfinsuring the property of the Lessee. If Lessee chooses to self-insure the Equipment, , Lessee will, at all times, provide Lessor with evidence of the self-insurance program in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor. If at any time during the Lease Term, the Lessor in its reasonable discretion, deems it necessary so to do, the Lessee shall provide at its expense an insurance policy covering losses to the Equipment as set forth in this Section 6.7.

6.8 Risk of Loss. Lessee shall bear the entire risk of loss, theft, destruction of or damage to the Equipment or any part thereof from any cause whatsoever during the Lease Term and thereafter until redelivery to a location designated by Lessor, and shall not be relieved of the obligation to pay rental payments or any other obligation hereunder because of any such occurrence. If (a) the Equipment or any portion thereof hereunder is destroyed (in whole or in part) or is damaged by fire or other casualty or (b) title to, or the temporary use of, the Equipment or any part thereof hereunder is taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain, Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor. Lessee and Lessor shall cause the net proceeds of any insurance claim (including self-insurance) or condemnation award to be applied, at Lessor’s option, to (i) the prompt repair, restoration, modification or replacement of the Equipment so affected or (ii) the payment in full of the then applicable Concluding Payment.

Any balance of net proceeds remaining after completion of such work or payment of such Concluding Payment shall be paid promptly to Lessee. If the net proceeds are insufficient to pay the costs of such repair, restoration, modification or replacement or to pay such Concluding Payment in full, Lessee shall, at Lessor’s direction and sole discretion, either complete the work or pay the then applicable Concluding Payment in full, and in either case pay any cost in excess of the amount of net proceeds, but only from legally available funds. In the event there is no applicable Concluding Payment set forth in the Payment Schedule, the Concluding Payment for any such prepayment set forth in this Section 6.8 shall be in an amount equal to ____% of the outstanding principal balance of this Lease Agreement.

6.9 Performance by the Lessor of the Lessee’s Responsibilities. Any performance required of the Lessee or any payments required to be made by the Lessee, if not timely performed or paid, may be performed or paid by the Lessor, and in that event, the Lessor shall be immediately reimbursed by the Lessee for these payments and for any costs and expense, legal or otherwise, associated with the payments or other performance by the Lessor, with interest thereon at the Default Rate.

6.10 Financial Statements. The Lessee agrees that it will furnish the Lessor at such reasonable times as the Lessor shall request, but in no event later than ten (10) days prior to the end of each Fiscal Year, current financial statements, including without limitation the Lessee’s annual budget or other proof of appropriation for the ensuing Fiscal Year and such other information relating to Lessee’s ability to continue the Lease Term for the next succeeding Fiscal Year, and permit the Lessor or its agents and representatives to inspect the Lessee’s books and

8.1 Packet Pg. 442
8 records and make extracts therefrom. Additionally, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor as soon as available, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the audited financial statements of Lessee, in customary and reasonable detail including the report provided by Lessee’s auditor. The Lessee represents and warrants to the Lessor that all financial statements which have been delivered to the Lessor, if any, and accurately reflect the Lessee’s financial condition and there has been no material adverse change in Lessee’s financial condition as reflected in the statements since the date thereof.

ARTICLE 7

EQUIPMENT

7.1 Title. Title to the Equipment and any and all additions, repairs, replacements or modifications thereto, shall be deemed to be vested in the Lessee subject to the rights of the Lessor hereunder from and after the date of the acceptance of the Equipment so long as the Lessee shall not be in default hereunder, and shall vest permanently in the Lessee upon the completion of all rental payments, free and clear of any lien or security interest of the Lessor therein. Immediately upon the occurrence of an event of default by the Lessee hereunder, title to the Equipment (and all additions, repairs, replacements or modifications thereto) shall revert to the Lessor, free and clear of any right, title or interest of the Lessee unless the Lessor elects otherwise, without the necessity of any further action or the execution of any documents by the parties. Lessee will, nevertheless, execute and deliver any such instruments as Lessor may request to evidence such transfer. Lessee irrevocably designates, makes, constitutes and appoints Lessor and its assignee as Lessee’s true and lawful attorney (and agent in-fact) with power, at such time of termination or times thereafter as Lessor in its sole and absolute discretion may determine, in Lessee’s or Lessor’s or such assignee’s name, to endorse the name of Lessee upon any bill of sale, document, instrument, invoice, freight bill, bill of lading or similar document relating to the Equipment in order to vest title in Lessor and transfer possession to Lessor.

7.2 Security Agreement.
(a) The provisions of this Section 7.2(a) apply generally to all Equipment, regardless of the type, and the Escrow Fund. To secure the performance of all of Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee hereby grants to Lessor, and Lessor shall have and retain, a security interest constituting a first priority and perfected lien and security interest on the Equipment delivered hereunder and on any attachments, proceeds therefrom. Lessee agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel, financing statements, landlord-tenant or mortgagee waivers, notices and similar instruments, in form satisfactory to Lessor, that Lessor deems necessary or appropriate to establish and maintain its security interest in the Equipment or for the confirmation or perfection of Lessor’s rights hereunder. As further security therefor, Lessee hereby grants to Lessor a first priority security interest in the cash and negotiable instruments from time to time in the Escrow Fund and all proceeds (cash and non-cash) thereof, and agrees with respect thereto that Lessor shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the applicable state. Lessee, at its expense, will protect and defend Lessee’s rights in the Equipment and Lessor’s rights and interests therein and will keep the Equipment free and clear from any and all claims, liens, encumbrances and legal

8.1 Packet Pg. 443
9 processes of Lessee’s creditors and other persons. Lessor shall have the right during normal hours, upon reasonable prior notice to Lessee, to enter upon the premises where the Equipment is located in order to inspect the Equipment. Lessee agrees that financial statements may be filed with respect to the security interest in the Equipment. (b) During the Lease Term, ownership and legal title of all of the Equipment and all substitutions, repairs, modifications, and replacements shall be in Lessee, and Lessee shall take all necessary action to vest such ownership and title in Lessee. Lessor does not own the Equipment, and, by this Lease Agreement, Lessor is merely financing the acquisition of the Equipment for the Lessee. Lessor has not been in the chain of title, does not operate, control or have possession or control over the Equipment, or Lessee’s use, maintenance, operation, storage, or maintenance of the Equipment. Lessee is entitled to use and possession of the Equipment, subject to the rights of Lessor hereunder (including its interest in the Equipment as the lessor hereunder). If Lessor terminates this Lease Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof, all rights, title, and interests in the Equipment shall immediately vest in Lessor free and clear of any right, title or interest of Lessee. Lessee, at its expense, will protect and defend Lessee’s rights in the Equipment and Lessor’s rights and interests therein and will keep the Equipment free and clear from any and all claims, liens, encumbrances and legal processes of Lessee’s creditors and other persons.

7.3 Personal Property; No Encumbrances. The Equipment is, and shall at all times be and remain, personal property notwithstanding that the Equipment or any part thereof may now be, or hereafter become, in any manner affixed or attached to, or imbedded in, or permanently resting upon, real property or any building thereon or any fixtures, or attached in any manner to what is permanent by any means of cement, plaster, nails, bolts, screws or otherwise. Upon request of the Lessor, Lessee shall obtain, as to any place where the Equipment is located, a waiver from the landlord and mortgagee thereof with respect to any rights they may have in and to the Equipment or the rights of levy or seizure thereon. Lessee shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, charge or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on any of the real estate where the Equipment is or will be located or enter into any agreement to sell or assign or enter into any sale/leaseback arrangement of such real estate without the prior written consent of Lessor; provided, that if Lessor or its assigns is furnished with a waiver of interest in the Equipment acceptable to Lessor or its assigns in its discretion from any party taking an interest in any such real estate prior to such interest taking effect, such consent shall not unreasonably withheld.

7.4 Liens. The Lessee shall not directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, security interest, encumbrance or claim on or with respect to the Equipment or any interest therein, except for the lien and security interest of the Lessor therein created under this Lease Agreement. The Lessee shall promptly, at its own expense, take such action as may be necessary to duly discharge any such mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, charge, encumbrance or claim if the same shall arise at any time.

7.5 Acceptance and Written Notice of Defects; Inspection. . Lessee will order the Equipment, cause the Equipment to be delivered and installed at the location(s) specified on Exhibit B and pay any and all delivery and installation costs in connection therewith.

Immediately upon receipt and installation of the Equipment, the Lessee shall inspect the

8.1 Packet Pg. 444
10 Equipment. Unless the Lessee gives the Lessor written notice of each defect or other proper objection to the Equipment before the execution of the Acceptance Certificate and Payment Request, it shall be conclusively presumed upon execution of an Acceptance Certificate and Payment Request, as between the Lessor and the Lessee, that Lessee has fully inspected and acknowledged that the Equipment described in the Acceptance Certificate and Payment Request is in good condition and repair, has been properly installed and is performing satisfactorily, and that the Lessee is satisfied with and has accepted such Equipment in such good condition and repair. After it has been delivered and installed, the Equipment will not be moved from the location(s) specified on Exhibit B without Lessor’s consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

7.6 Use of Equipment; Maintenance and Repairs. Lessee shall keep the Equipment within the State specified on Exhibit B in the “Equipment Location” section and Lessee shall not remove any of the Equipment therefrom without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee shall use the Equipment for the purpose for which such Equipment was designed. Lessee shall at all times and at the Lessee’s sole cost and expense operate, maintain, service and repair the Equipment in good operating order, repair and condition (A) in accordance and consistent with (1) the manufacturer’s warranties, recommendations and all maintenance and operating manuals or service agreements, whenever furnished or entered into, including any subsequent amendments or replacements thereof, issued by the manufacturer, (2) the requirements of all applicable insurance policies, (3) preserving all rights to any warranties, indemnities or other rights or remedies (such service to include monitoring the degradation of the Equipment and enforcing or assisting with the enforcement of the applicable warranties with respect to such degradation), (4) all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements of any governmental authority, official, board or department relating to its installation, possession, use or maintenance, and (5) prudent industry standards; and (B) without limiting the foregoing, so as to cause the Equipment to be in at least the same condition as when delivered to the Lessee hereunder, except for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements to the Equipment that are not readily removable without causing damage to or reducing the value of the Equipment. All alterations, additions, or improvements not readily removable shall become property of Lessor.

7.7 Essentiality. Lessee represents that, with respect hereto, (a) the use and operation of the Equipment is essential to its proper, efficient, and economic governmental operation and (b) the functions performed by the Equipment could not be transferred to other equipment available for its use. Lessee does not intend to sell or otherwise dispose of the Equipment or any interest therein prior to the last rental payment scheduled to be paid hereunder. On the Commencement Date, Lessee shall complete and provide Lessor a certificate in the form of Exhibit E.

7.8 Sublease. Lessee will not sublease or otherwise in any manner transfer, deliver or, except as expressly consented to by Lessor, relinquish possession (except on a temporary basis for repair or maintenance) or use of the Equipment without the prior written consent of Lessor.

7.9 No Warranties. Lessee acquires and leases the Equipment “AS IS.” Lessee acknowledges that Lessor did not manufacture the Equipment. Lessor does not represent the

8.1 Packet Pg. 445
11 manufacturer, supplier, owner or dealer, and Lessee selected the Equipment based upon Lessee’s own judgment. Lessor makes no warranties, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or otherwise or as to the Equipment’s value, design, condition, use, capacity or durability. Lessee agrees that regardless of cause, Lessor is not responsible for, and Lessee will not make any claim against Lessor for, any damages, whether consequential, direct, special or indirect incurred by Lessee in connection with the Equipment. Neither the manufacturer, supplier or dealer nor any salesperson, employee or agent of the manufacturer, supplier or dealer is Lessor’s agent or has any authority to speak for Lessor or to bind Lessor in any way. For and during the Lease Term, Lessor assigns to Lessee any manufacturer’s or supplier’s product warranties, express or implied, applicable to any Equipment and Lessor authorizes Lessee to obtain the customary services furnished in connection with such warranties at Lessee’s sole expense. Lessee agrees that (a) all Equipment will have been purchased in accordance with Lessee’s specifications from suppliers selected by Lessee, (b) Lessor is not a manufacturer or dealer of any Equipment and has no liability for the delivery or installation of any Equipment, (c) Lessor assumes no obligation with respect to any manufacturer’s or supplier’s product warranties or guaranties, (d) no manufacturer or supplier or any representative of said parties is an agent of Lessor, and (e) any warranty, representation, guaranty or agreement made by any manufacturer or supplier or any representative of said parties shall not be binding upon Lessor.

ARTICLE 8

WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE LESSEE
The Lessee warrants and represents to the Lessor as follows, which representations and warranties shall be continuing.
(a) The Lessee is a political subdivision within the meaning of Section 103(c) of the Code and will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as such. Lessee has a substantial amount of one or more of the following sovereign powers: (i) the power to tax; (ii) the power of eminent domain; and (iii) police powers. (b) The Lessee is authorized under the Constitution and laws of the State to enter into this Lease Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and to perform all of its obligations hereunder.
(c) The execution and delivery of this Lease Agreement by or on behalf of the Lessee has been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Governing Body, and the Lessee has obtained such other approvals and consents as are necessary to consummate this Lease Agreement. The Lessee further represents and warrants that all requirements have been met and procedures have been followed in order to ensure the enforceability of this Lease Agreement in accordance with its terms.
(d) The Lessee has complied with such public bidding requirements as may be applicable to this Lease Agreement and has complied or will comply with such requirements for the acquisition of the Equipment hereunder.

8.1 Packet Pg. 446
12 (e) The Lessee shall cause to be executed and delivered to the Lessor (1) an incumbency and closing certificate in substantially the form attached as Exhibit F hereto, (2) an Opinion of Lessee’s Counsel in substantially the form attached as Exhibit G hereto and (3) a Tax Opinion of Lessee’s Counsel in substantially the form attached as Exhibit H hereto. (f) The Lessee has an immediate need for, and expects to make immediate use of all of the Equipment which need is not temporary or expected to diminish during the term of this Lease Agreement.
(g) The execution, delivery and performance of this Lease Agreement and transactions contemplated herein will not violate any judgment, order, law or regulation applicable to the Lessee or result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bond, loan or credit agreement or other instrument to which the Lessee is a party or by which it is bound.
(h) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Lessee, threatened against or affecting the Lessee in any court or before any governmental commission, board or authority which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Lessee to perform its obligations hereunder. (i) The Equipment is essential to and will be used only for the purpose of performing one or more governmental functions of the Lessee consistent with the scope of the Lessee’s authority and will not be used in a trade or business of any person or entity. The Lessee shall execute and deliver to Lessor an Essential Use Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor.
(j) The Equipment is, and shall remain during the term of this Lease Agreement, personal property.
(k) The Lessee will promptly and duly execute and deliver to the Lessor such further documents, instruments and assurances and take such further action as the Lessor may from time to time reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and purpose of this Lease Agreement and to establish and protect the rights and remedies created or intended to be created in favor of the Lessor hereunder.
(l) The Lessee has sufficient funds in its budget for the current Fiscal Year to pay the aggregate amount of the rental payments due under this Lease Agreement during the current Fiscal Year, if any. The Lessee has never failed to pay payments coming due under any bond issue, lease purchase agreement or other indebtedness obligation of the Lessee. (m) The useful life of the Equipment will not be less than the Lease Term. (o) Lessee will pay all costs of acquiring the Equipment in excess of the amount deposited by Lessor in the Escrow Fund allocated to payment of costs of the Equipment. (p) Lessee is the fee owner of the real estate where the Equipment is and will be located and has good and marketable title thereto, and there exists no mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, charge or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on or with respect to

8.1 Packet Pg. 447
13 such real estate. The Equipment is not a replacement, repair, substitution or proceeds of any equipment or personal property subject to a prior lien or security interest of a third party.

ARTICLE 9

WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE LESSOR
The Lessor warrants and represents to the Lessee as follows, which representations and warranties shall be continuing.
(a) The Lessor is a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of the State and is in good standing with the State and is duly authorized to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Lease Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder; (b) The Lessor has full power and authority to enter into this Lease Agreement and all other documents relating thereto and the performance of the Lessor’s obligations hereunder have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Lessor and approved under all laws, regulations and procedures applicable to Lessor and this Lease Agreement constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Lessor, enforceable in accordance with its terms;
(c) Lessor hereby assigns to Lessee, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, so long as no Event of Default and no Event of Nonappropriation shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, all rights and benefits that Lessor may have under any warranty, guaranty or the like that may be made with respect to the Equipment by the manufacturer, seller and/or supplier (collectively, the “Vendor”) thereof. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee or any third party for any loss, damage, injury or expense of any kind or nature caused directly or indirectly by any of the Equipment or the use or maintenance thereof or any defect therein, the failure of operation thereof or by any interruption of service or loss of use thereof or for any loss of business or damage whatsoever and howsoever caused. Lessor makes no warranty as to the treatment of this Lease for tax or accounting purposes or as to the compliance of the Equipment with applicable government regulations or requirements. Lessee agrees to look solely to the Vendor for any claim arising from any defect, breach of warranty, failure or delay in delivery, mis-delivery or inability to use the Equipment for any reason whatsoever and Lessee’s obligations to Lessor hereunder shall not in any manner be affected thereby, including (without limitation) Lessee’s obligations to pay Lessor all rental payments and other amounts payable hereunder, subject to Article 15 hereof. Lessee has selected both the Equipment and the Vendor and acknowledges that Lessor has not participated in any way in Lessee’s selection of the Equipment or the Vendor. Lessor has no obligation to install, erect, test, adjust, service or maintain the Equipment. (d) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE

CONTRARY LESSEE HAS SELECTED EACH ITEM, TYPE, QUALITY, QUANTITY AND

SUPPLIER OF THE EQUIPMENT BASED UPON RECOMMENDATIONS OF ITS

INDEPENDENT CONSULTANTS PRIOR TO HAVING REQUESTED LESSOR TO

FINANCE THE SAME AND THAT LESSOR HAS NOT MADE ANY, AND MAKES NO,

8.1 Packet Pg. 448
14 WARRANTEES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO ANY MATTER

RELATING TO THE SUITABILITY OF THE EQUIPMENT, ITS VALUE, DESIGN,

CONDITION, DURABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE,

MERCHANTABILITY, OPERATION, MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND/OR ITS QUALITY. AS BETWEEN LESSEE AND LESSOR, LESSEE LEASES, PURCHASES AND ACQUIRES THE EQUIPMENT “AS IS” “WHERE IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTS.” (e) Lessee agrees that Lessor shall have no liability or be obligated in any manner for any obligation, loss, expense, claim, damage, action, suit or proceeding arising out of, connected with, or resulting directly or indirectly from the Equipment, including without limitation, the manufacture, selection, delivery, installation, possession, condition, lease, use, operation or return of the Equipment, notwithstanding the full payment of all obligations under this Lease Agreement.

ARTICLE 10

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
ARTICLE 11

TAX COVENANTS AND INDEMNIFICATION

11.1 Covenants. The parties assume that the Lessor can exclude the interest component of the rental payments from Federal gross income. The Lessee covenants and agrees that it will (i) rebate an amount equal to any excess earnings on the Escrow Fund to the Federal Government if required by, and in accordance with, Section 148(f) of the Code, and make the annual determinations, and maintain the records required by and otherwise comply with all regulations applicable thereto; (ii) register in writing the owner of this Lease Agreement so as to meet the applicable requirements of Section 149(a)(3) of the Code; (iii) timely file a Form 8038- G with the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with Section 149(e) of the Code; (iv) not permit the Equipment to be directly or indirectly used for a private business use within the meaning of Section 141 of the Code; and (v) comply with all provisions and regulations applicable to excluding interest from Federal gross income pursuant to Section 103 of the Code.

11.2 Further Covenants. The Lessee further covenants that it will not take any action, or fail to take any action, if any such action or failure to take action would adversely affect the exclusion from gross income of the interest portion of the rental payments made hereunder under Section 103 of the Code. The Lessee will not directly or indirectly use or permit the use of any proceeds available from the Lessor or any other funds of the Lessee, or take or omit to take any action that would cause the lease purchase obligation evidenced by this Lease Agreement to be an “arbitrage bond” within the meaning of Section 148(a) of the Code. To that end, the Lessee will comply with all requirements of Section 148 of the Code to the extent applicable to the lease purchase obligation evidenced by this Lease Agreement.

11.3 Indemnification. If the Lessor receives notice, in any form, from the Internal Revenue Service that it has determined that the Lessor may not exclude any interest paid hereunder from Federal gross income because the Lessee breached a covenant contained herein,

8.1 Packet Pg. 449
15 then the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor, within ninety (90) days after the Lessor notifies the Lessee of such determination, an amount which, with respect to the rental payments previously paid and taking into account all penalties, fines, interest and additions to tax (including all federal, state and local taxes imposed on the interest component of all rental payments due through the date of such event), will restore to the Lessor its after-tax yield (assuming tax at the highest marginal tax rate and taking into account the time of receipt of payments and reinvestment at the after-tax yield rate) on the transaction evidenced by this Lease Agreement through the date of such payment. Additionally, the Lessee agrees that upon the occurrence of such an event, it shall pay as additional rent to the Lessor on such succeeding rental payment due date such amount as will maintain such after-tax yield to the Lessor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lessee’s obligations under this paragraph shall be subject to the appropriation of funds for such purpose by the Governing Body.

ARTICLE 12

GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION
The Lessee hereby agrees to indemnify, protect and save the Lessor harmless, to the extent permitted by law, from all liability, obligations, losses, claims, damages, actions, suits, proceedings, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of, connected with, or resulting directly or indirectly from the Equipment, including without limitation, the manufacture, selection, delivery, possession, condition, lease, use, operation or return of the Equipment. The indemnification arising under this section shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the full payment of all obligations due under this Lease Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lessee does not waive any sovereign immunity or other defense which may be available to it under applicable law.

ARTICLE 13

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
ARTICLE 14

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

14.1 Definition of Default. The Lessee shall be deemed to be in default hereunder upon the happening of any of the following events of default, which default (other than a monetary default under Section 14.1(a)) is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof (an “Event of Default”).
(a) The Lessee shall fail to make any rental payment or pay any other sum under this Lease Agreement when due or shall fail to perform or observe any term or condition or covenant of this Lease Agreement, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 14.1. (b) Proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar litigation shall be instituted by or against the Lessee, or a receiver, custodian or similar officer shall be appointed for the Lessee or any of its property, and such proceedings or appointments

8.1 Packet Pg. 450
16 shall not be vacated, or fully stayed, within sixty (60) days after the institution or occurrence thereof.
(c) Any warranty, representation or statement made by the Lessee is found to be incorrect or misleading in any material respect on the date made. (d) An attachment, levy or execution is levied upon or against the Equipment. (e) Any insurance carrier cancels any insurance on the Equipment which is required hereunder without the Lessee first providing replacement coverage. (f) The Equipment or any part thereof is abused, illegally used, misused, lost, destroyed or damaged beyond repair.
(g) The failure of the officer charged with the preparation of the Lessee’s budget to include in the budget for each Fiscal Year of the Lessee during the Lease Term a request that the Governing Body appropriate in such Fiscal Year the amount of the rental payments and other payments due under this Lease Agreement during such Fiscal Year.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, a failure by the Lessee to pay when due any payment required to be made under this Lease Agreement or a failure by the Lessee to observe and perform any covenant, condition or agreement on its part to be observed or performed under this Lease Agreement, resulting from a failure by the Governing Body to the appropriate money for such purposes after a request to appropriate in accordance with the requirements of Article 15, shall not constitute an Event of Default. Upon any such failure, the provisions of Article 15 shall be applicable.

14.2 Remedies on Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Lessor may exercise any one or more of the following remedies as the Lessor in its sole discretion shall elect.
(a) Declare the entire amount of rental payments hereunder immediately due and payable as to any or all items of Equipment without notice or demand to the Lessee. (b) Proceed by appropriate court action to enforce performance by the Lessee of the applicable covenants of this Lease Agreement or to recover for the breach thereof including the payment of rental payments due or to become due hereunder or any deficiency therefor following disposition of the Equipment.
(c) With or without terminating this Lease Agreement, enter the premises where the Equipment is located and take possession of the Equipment wherever situated or require Lessee, at Lessee’s expense, to promptly return any or all of the Equipment to the possession of Lessor at a place specified by Lessor, without any court order or other process of law and without liability for entering the premises and sell, lease, sublease or make other disposition of the same in a commercially reasonable manner for the account of the Lessee, and apply the proceeds of any such sale, lease, sublease, or other disposition, after deducting all costs and expenses, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred with the recovery, repair, storage and other sale, lease, sublease or other disposition costs, toward the balance due

8.1 Packet Pg. 451
17 under this Lease Agreement, holding Lessee liable for the difference between (i) the Rental Payments and other amounts payable by Lessee hereunder plus the applicable Concluding Payment, and (ii) the net proceeds of any such sale, lease or sublease; provided that the amount of Lessee’s liability under this subparagraph (c) shall not exceed the Rental Payments and other amounts otherwise due hereunder plus the remaining Rental Payments and other amounts payable by Lessee to the end of the Lease Term; and provided further that any liabilities for such remaining Rental Payments and other amounts shall be required to be paid by Lessee only at the times provided for the payment of such amounts under the provisions of this Lease Agreement.. (d) Terminate this Lease Agreement as to all or any part of the Equipment and use, operate, lease or hold the Equipment as the Lessor in its sole discretion may decide. (e) Terminate the Escrow Fund in accordance with Section Error! Reference source not found. hereof.

14.3 Further Remedies. A termination hereunder shall occur only upon notice by the Lessor to the Lessee and only with respect to such portion or portions of the Equipment as the Lessor specifically elects to terminate in such notice. Except as to those parts of the Equipment with respect to which there is a termination, this Lease Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the Lessee shall be and remain liable for the full performance of all its obligations hereunder. All remedies of the Lessor are cumulative and may be exercised concurrently or separately. The exercise of any one remedy shall not be deemed an election of such remedy or preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

14.4 Reinstatement. Notwithstanding the exercise of any remedy granted by either Article 14 or Article 15 of this Lease Agreement, if all amounts that have become due and payable to the Lessor have been paid, all other things have been performed in respect of which there was a default and there has been paid the reasonable fees and expenses of the Lessor, including administrative expenses and attorneys’ fees paid or incurred, then the Event of Default or termination for non-appropriation of funds under this Lease Agreement shall be waived without further action on the part of any party hereto. Upon such payment and waiver, this Lease Agreement shall be fully reinstated, as if it had never been terminated, and the Lessee shall be restored to the use and possession of the Equipment.

ARTICLE 15

NON-APPROPRIATION

15.1 Nonappropriation. Lessee is obligated only to pay such Rental Payments under this Lease Agreement as may lawfully be made from funds budgeted and appropriated for that purpose during Lessee’s then current fiscal year. In the event sufficient funds will not be appropriated or are not otherwise legally available to pay the Rental Payments required to be paid in the next occurring Renewal Term, as set forth in the Payment Schedule attached as Schedule 1 to Exhibit B hereto, this Lease Agreement will be deemed to be terminated at the end of the then current Original Term or Renewal Term. Lessee agrees to deliver notice to Lessor of such termination at least 90 days prior to the end of the then current Original Term or Renewal Term, but failure to give such notice will not extend the Lease Term beyond such Original Term

8.1 Packet Pg. 452
18 or Renewal Term. If this Lease Agreement is terminated in accordance with this Section, Lessee agrees, at Lessee’s cost and expense, to peaceably deliver the Equipment to Lessor at the location or locations specified by Lessor.

15.2 Rental Payments to Constitute a Current Expense of Lessee. The obligation of Lessee to pay Rental Payments hereunder will constitute a current expense of Lessee, is from year to year and does not constitute a mandatory payment obligation of Lessee in any fiscal year beyond the then current fiscal year of Lessee. Lessee’s obligation hereunder will not in any way be construed to be an indebtedness of Lessee in contravention of any applicable constitutional, charter or statutory limitation or requirement concerning the creation of indebtedness by Lessee, nor will anything contained herein constitute a pledge of the general credit, tax revenues, funds or moneys of Lessee.

ARTICLE 16

ASSIGNMENT

16.1 Assignment By Lessee. The Lessee agrees not to sell, assign, lease, sublease, pledge or otherwise encumber or suffer a lien or encumbrance upon or against any interest in this Lease Agreement or the Equipment (except for the lien and security interest of the Lessor therein) or to remove the Equipment from its place of installation without the Lessor’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld and an opinion of nationally recognized counsel in the area of tax exempt municipal obligations satisfactory to Lessor that such subleasing will not adversely affect the exclusion of the interest components of the Rental Payments from gross income for federal income tax purposes. The Lessee’s interest herein may not be assigned or transferred by operation of law.

16.2 Assignment By The Lessor.

Lessor’s interest in, to and under this Lease Agreement and the Equipment may be assigned and reassigned in whole or in part to one or more assignees by Lessor without the necessity of obtaining the consent of Lessee; and such assignment, transfer or conveyance shall be made only to (i) an affiliate of Lessor or (ii) banks, insurance companies, government entities, conduits, trusts, custodians or other financial institutions or their affiliates, but no such assignment, transfer or conveyance shall be effective as against Lessee unless and until Lessor has delivered to Lessee written notice thereof that discloses the name(s) and address(es) of the assignee(s) or the Lease Servicer (as hereafter provided). Nothing herein shall limit the right of Lessor or its assignees to sell, assign or grant participation interests in this Lease Agreement to one or more entities listed in (i) or (ii); provided that if such assignment is made pursuant to a participation, custodial or similar agreement under which multiple ownership interests in this Lease Agreement are created, it shall establish a single entity, owner, servicer or other fiduciary or agent to act on behalf of all of the holders of such participation interests (herein referred to as the “Lease Servicer”) with respect to the rights and interests of such holders hereunder, including the exercise of rights and remedies thereunder upon the occurrence of an event of default, and further including the maintenance of a register by which a record of the names and addresses of

8.1 Packet Pg. 453
19 such holders as of any particular time is kept and agrees, upon request of Lessee, to furnish such information to Lessee. Lessee will retain all notices of assignment as a register of all assignees and will make all payments to the assignee, assignees or Lease Servicer designated in such register. Lessee agrees to execute all documents, including notices of assignment and chattel mortgages or financing statements that may be reasonably requested by Lessor or any assignee to protect its interest in the Equipment and in this Lease Agreement and agrees to the filing of financing statements with respect to the Equipment and this Agreement. Lessee will not have the right to and will not assert against any assignee any claim, counterclaim, defense, set-off or other right Lessee may have against Lessor.

ARTICLE 17

NATURE OF AGREEMENT
The Lessor and the Lessee agree that it is their intention that, for federal income tax purposes, the interest of the Lessor in the Equipment is as a secured party and the interest of the Lessee is as a debtor, and that the Lessor neither has nor will have any equity in the Equipment.

It is the agreement of the Lessor and the Lessee that the aggregate rental payments provided for hereunder constitute the purchase price of the Equipment together with the interest on the unamortized amount thereof over the term of this Lease Agreement, that each installment of Rental Payments constitutes principal and interest, which fully amortizes the purchase price of the Equipment, together with interest, over the term of this Lease Agreement, and that upon the due and punctual payment and performance of the rental payments and other amounts and obligations under this Lease Agreement, title to the Equipment shall vest permanently in Lessee as provided in this Lease Agreement, free and clear of any lien or security of the Lessor therein.

ARTICLE 18
OPTION TO PURCHASE; PREPAYMENT

18.1 Option to Purchase. At the option of Lessee, and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, Lessor’s interest in all, but not less than all, of the Equipment will be transferred, conveyed and assigned to Lessee, thereby vesting title to the Equipment permanently in Lessee, and this Lease shall terminate: (a) upon payment in full of the rental payments and all other payments then due hereunder or (b) on any rental payment date hereunder, by paying to Lessor, in addition to the rental payment due on such date, an amount equal to the concluding payment (the “Concluding Payment”) shown for such rental payment date in the rental payment schedule in Schedule 1 to Exhibit B attached hereto. Lessee shall not have the option to purchase the Equipment hereunder as provided in the foregoing clause (b) on any rental payment date hereunder for which a Concluding Payment is not stated in the rental payment schedule. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the purchase option in this Article 18 is non-assignable and non-transferrable.

This option to purchase may be exercised by the Lessee on any Payment Date on or after October 17, 2030, and is conditioned upon:

8.1 Packet Pg. 454
20 (a) the Lessee’s having performed all of the terms and conditions of the Lease Agreement between the parties other than the payment of monies not yet due and payable under this Lease Agreement;
(b) the Lessee’s giving written notice to the Lessor of its election to exercise the option not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of exercise of the option by the Lessee; and
(c) the Lessee’s payment of the Concluding Payment in cash at the time of the exercise of the option.

18.2. Prepayment from Excess Moneys in Escrow Fund. Any funds not applied to pay costs of the Equipment and remaining in the Escrow Fund on the earliest of (i) the end of the Acquisition Period or (ii) receipt by the escrow agent named in the Escrow Agreement of a duly Acceptance Certificate and Payment Request identified as the final such request, shall, first be applied to all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by such escrow agent, if applicable, in connection with the Escrow Fund as evidenced by its statement forwarded to Lessor and Lessee; and, second be paid to Lessor, to be applied by Lessor on any Rental Payment Date to all or a portion of the Rental Payment due and owing in the succeeding twelve (12) months and any remaining amounts shall be applied by Lessor as prepayment to the remaining principal balance owing hereunder in inverse order of Rental Payment Dates, unless Lessor directs that payment of such amount be made in such other manner that, in the opinion of nationally recognized counsel in the area of tax exempt municipal obligations satisfactory to Lessor, will not adversely affect the exclusion of the interest components of Rental Payments from gross income for federal income tax purposes. If any such amount is applied against the outstanding principal components of Rental Payments, the Payment Schedule attached hereto will be revised accordingly by Lessor and delivered to Lessee, which shall be binding absent manifest error.

ARTICLE 19

MISCELLANEOUS

19.1 Waiver. No covenant or condition of this Lease Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the Lessor. Any failure of the Lessor to require strict performance by the Lessee or any waiver by the Lessor of any terms, covenants or agreements herein shall not be construed as a waiver of any other breach of the same or of any other term, covenant or agreement herein.

19.2 Severability. In the event any portion of this Lease Agreement shall be determined to be invalid under any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed void and the remainder of this Lease Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

19.3 Governing Law. This Lease Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

19.4 Notice. All notices made or required to be given pursuant to this Lease Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly served if and when mailed, certified or

8.1 Packet Pg. 455
21 registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the other party at its address set forth above or at such other address as such party shall hereafter designate in writing.

If to the Lessor, address to:

Metro Futures, Inc.
12520 High Bluff Drive, Suite 345
San Diego, California 92130
Attention: Brad Chapman
Email: [email protected]
If to the Lessee, address to:

City of Patterson
[_______________]
[_______________]
[_______________]
Attention: [_______________]
Email: [______________]

19.5 Section Headings. All section headings contained herein are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to define or limit the scope of any provision of this Lease Agreement.

19.6 Entire Agreement. This Lease Agreement, together with any schedules hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and shall not be modified, amended, altered or changed except by written agreement signed by the parties.

19.7 Binding Effect. Subject to the specific provisions of this Lease Agreement, this Lease Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

19.8 Further Assurances. The Lessee will promptly and duly execute and deliver to the Lessor such further documents, instruments and assurances and take such further action as the Lessor may from time to time reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and purpose of this Lease Agreement and to establish and protect the rights and remedies created or intended to be created in favor of the Lessor hereunder.

19.9 Time. Time is of the essence of this Lease Agreement.

19.10 Counterparts. This Lease Agreement, and any exhibit hereto, may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19.11 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Lease Agreement and any documents or certificates executed in connection with, or pursuant to it, are intended only for the benefit of the

8.1 Packet Pg. 456
22 Lessor, the Lessee and the Escrow Agent, and no rights are intended, or shall be deemed to be, granted to any other parties thereby.

19.12 Exhibits. This Agreement includes the Exhibits attached hereto, all of which Exhibits are made a part hereof for all purposes. Lessee and Lessor agree that if any Exhibit to this Agreement contains blanks, the same shall be completed correctly and in accordance with this Agreement prior to or at the time of the execution and delivery thereof.

19.13. Electronic Transactions. The parties agree that the transaction described herein may be conducted and related documents may be stored by electronic means. Copies, telecopies, facsimiles, electronic files and other reproductions of original executed documents shall be deemed to be authentic and valid counterparts of such original documents for all purposes, including the filing of any claim, action or suit in the appropriate court of law.

19.14 Lessee’s Notice Filings Related to this Lease Agreement for SEC Rule 15c2-12.

In connection with Lessee’s compliance with any continuing disclosure undertakings (each, a “Continuing Disclosure Agreement”) entered into by Lessee on and after February 27, 2019, pursuant to SEC Rule 15c2-12 promulgated pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Rule”), Lessor acknowledges that Lessee may be required to file with the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board’s Electronic Municipal Market Access system, or its successor (“EMMA”), notice that Lessee has incurred obligations under this Lease Agreement and notice of certain subsequent events reflecting financial difficulties in connection with this Lease Agreement. Lessee agrees that it shall not file or submit, or permit to be filed or submitted, with EMMA any documentation that includes the following unredacted sensitive or confidential information about Lessor or its affiliates: address and account information of Lessor or its affiliate, e-mail addresses, telephone numbers, fax numbers, names and signatures of officers, employees and signatories of Lessor or its affiliates, or any account information for the Escrow Agreement, unless otherwise required for compliance with the Rule or otherwise required by law. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor is not responsible for Lessee’s compliance or noncompliance with the Rule or any Continuing Disclosure Agreement. [Remainder of page intentionally left blank signature pages follow]

8.1 Packet Pg. 457
23 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Lease Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

LESSOR:

METRO FUTURES, INC., a California
corporation
By: ______________________________
Name:

Title:

LESSEE:

CITY OF PATTERSON, a political subdivision of
the State of California
By: ______________________________
Name:

Title:

8.1 Packet Pg. 458
Exhibit A-1

EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT
The Equipment shall mean energy conservation measures to be acquired and installed pursuant to the terms of the Installation Agreement dated ________________, 20_, between Lessee and Alliance Building Solutions, LLC, as described therein, together with all replacements, substitutions, repairs, restorations, modifications, attachments, accessions, additions and improvements thereof or thereto, and all insurance and/or proceeds therefrom. See also “Scope of Work” attached hereto for a further description of the Equipment.

This Description of Equipment shall be deemed to be supplemented by the descriptions of the Equipment included in the Certificate of Acceptance and Payment Requests submitted to Lessor for approval pursuant to the Escrow Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026, among Lessor, Lessee and Banc of California, as escrow agent, which descriptions shall be deemed to be incorporated herein.

8.1 Packet Pg. 459
Exhibit B-1

EXHIBIT B

EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

1. Lease Agreement: Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026, between the City of Patterson, as lessee, and Metro Futures, Inc, as lessor

2. Description of the Equipment: See Exhibit A

3. Equipment Location(s): Multiple facilities and locations throughout the City boundaries pursuant to Contract for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Project, including Alliance Installation Agreement, each dated , 2026, by and between the City of Patterson and Alliance Building Solutions, LLC, as listed below:

Site Lighting
Upgrades
HVAC
Upgrades
Controls
Upgrades
Electrical
Upgrades
Building
Envelope
Upgrades
Renewable
Energy
Aquatic Center X X
City Hall X X X X X
Corporate Yard X X X
Fire Station #1 X X X X X
Fire Station #2 X X X X
Old Corporate Yard X X
Senior Center X X
WWTP South X X X
Well 8 X
Well 9 X
Well 11 X

4. Principal Amount: $4,824,685.00

5. Rental Payment Schedule: The Rental Payments for the Equipment shall be made as set forth in Schedule 1 to Exhibit B attached hereto.

6. Interest Rate: 4.88%

7. Commencement Date: April 17, 2026

8. Final Rental Payment Date: April 17, 2046

9. Lessee’s current Fiscal Year extends from July 1, 2025 to June 30, 2026

10. The terms and provisions of the Lease Agreement are hereby incorporated into this Equipment Schedule by reference and made a part hereof.

8.1 Packet Pg. 460
Exhibit B-2

11. Lessee hereby represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) its representations, warranties, and covenants set forth in the Lease Agreement are true and correct as though made on the date of execution of this Equipment Schedule, (ii) sufficient funds have been appropriated by Lessee for the payment of all Rental Payments due under the Lease Agreement during Lessee’s current Fiscal Year, if any, and (iii) there has been no event which would adversely impact Lessee’s obligation to make the Rental Payments.

CITY OF PATTERSON, METRO FUTURES,
as Lessee as Lessor
By: By:

Name: Name:

Title: Title:

8.1 Packet Pg. 461
Exhibit B-3
SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

RENTAL PAYMENT SCHEDULE
Rental
Payment Date
Total
Rental Payment
Interest
Portion
Principal
Portion
Concluding
Payment *
4/17/2026
10/17/2026 $117,722.31 $117,722.31 $0.00 Non-Callable
4/17/2027 $117,722.31 $117,722.31 $0.00 Non-Callable
10/17/2027 $117,722.31 $117,722.31 $0.00 Non-Callable
4/17/2028 $117,722.31 $117,722.31 $0.00 Non-Callable
10/17/2028 $132,454.00 $117,722.31 $14,731.69 Non-Callable 4/17/2029 $132,454.00 $117,362.86 $15,091.14 Non-Callable 10/17/2029 $158,075.00 $116,994.64 $41,080.36 Non-Callable 4/17/2030 $158,075.00 $115,992.28 $42,082.72 Non-Callable 10/17/2030 $164,341.00 $114,965.46 $49,375.54 $4,802,193.26 4/17/2031 $164,341.00 $113,760.69 $50,580.31 $4,750,095.54 10/17/2031 $170,834.00 $112,526.54 $58,307.46 $4,690,038.85 4/17/2032 $170,834.00 $111,103.83 $59,730.17 $4,628,516.78 10/17/2032 $177,565.00 $109,646.42 $67,918.58 $4,514,302.77 4/17/2033 $177,565.00 $107,989.20 $69,575.80 $4,443,335.45 10/17/2033 $184,541.00 $106,291.55 $78,249.45 $4,363,521.02 4/17/2034 $184,541.00 $104,382.27 $80,158.73 $4,281,759.11 10/17/2034 $191,773.00 $102,426.39 $89,346.61 $4,149,541.00 4/17/2035 $191,773.00 $100,246.34 $91,526.66 $4,057,099.08 10/17/2035 $199,269.00 $98,013.09 $101,255.91 $3,954,830.61 4/17/2036 $199,269.00 $95,542.44 $103,726.56 $3,850,066.78 10/17/2036 $207,040.00 $93,011.51 $114,028.49 $3,697,918.82 4/17/2037 $207,040.00 $90,229.22 $116,810.78 $3,581,108.04 10/17/2037 $215,096.00 $87,379.04 $127,716.96 $3,453,391.08 4/17/2038 $215,096.00 $84,262.74 $130,833.26 $3,322,557.82 10/17/2038 $223,448.00 $81,070.41 $142,377.59 $3,180,180.23 4/17/2039 $223,448.00 $77,596.40 $145,851.60 $3,034,328.63 10/17/2039 $232,107.00 $74,037.62 $158,069.38 $2,876,259.25 4/17/2040 $232,107.00 $70,180.73 $161,926.27 $2,714,332.98 10/17/2040 $241,085.00 $66,229.72 $174,855.28 $2,539,477.70 4/17/2041 $241,085.00 $61,963.26 $179,121.74 $2,360,355.96 10/17/2041 $250,394.00 $57,592.69 $192,801.31 $2,167,554.65 4/17/2042 $250,394.00 $52,888.33 $197,505.67 $1,970,048.98 10/17/2042 $260,047.00 $48,069.20 $211,977.80 $1,758,071.18 4/17/2043 $260,047.00 $42,896.94 $217,150.06 $1,540,921.12

8.1 Packet Pg. 462
Exhibit B-4
10/17/2043 $270,056.00 $37,598.48 $232,457.52 $1,308,463.60 4/17/2044 $270,056.00 $31,926.51 $238,129.49 $1,070,334.11 10/17/2044 $280,435.00 $26,116.15 $254,318.85 $816,015.26 4/17/2045 $280,435.00 $19,910.77 $260,524.23 $555,491.03 10/17/2045 $287,951.84 $13,553.98 $274,397.86 $281,093.17 4/17/2046 $287,951.84 $6,858.67 $281,093.17 $0.00
Totals $8,163,912.92 $3,339,227.92 $4,824,685.00
_________________
* Lessee may exercise its option to purchase pursuant to Article 18 of the Lease Agreement. Assumes that all Rental Payments and additional rentals due on and prior to that date have been paid.

8.1 Packet Pg. 463
Exhibit C-1

EXHIBIT C

NOTICE AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF

ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE AGREEMENT AND ESCROW AGREEMENT
Metro Futures, Inc. (“Lessor”) and the City of Patterson (“Lessee”) have entered into an that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated April 17, 2026 (the “Lease Agreement”), under which Lessee has, or will have prior to its execution hereof, leased equipment (the “Equipment”) described therein.

Lessee hereby acknowledges that, pursuant to the terms of the Lease Agreement, Lessor has assigned its right, title, and interest in and to the Lease Agreement, the leased Equipment, and the rental payments to Capital One Public Funding, LLC (“Assignee”).

Lessee is hereby directed to pay any and all rental payments and other amounts due under the Lease Agreement to Assignee, as directed by Assignee, pursuant to the instructions contained in any invoice or notice.

Lessee is also hereby directed to send all correspondence, notice and servicing requests to the Assignee at the following address:

Capital One Public Funding, LLC
300 Jericho Quadrangle, 3rd Floor
Jericho, NY 11753
Email: [email protected]
By signing this Notice and Acknowledgment, Lessee agrees that it will pay all rental payments and other amounts due under the Lease Agreement as directed by Lessee without any set-off notwithstanding any defect in, damage to or requisition of any of the Equipment leased under the Lease Agreement, any other similar or dissimilar event, any defense, set-off, counterclaim or recoupment arising out of any claim against Lessor or Assignee.

Lessee further acknowledges and agrees that Assignee has not assumed any of Lessor’s obligations or duties under the Lease Agreement or made any warranties whatsoever as to the Lease Agreement or the Equipment. Lessee agrees that no change may be made to the Lease Agreement without the prior written consent of Assignee.

Lessee acknowledges that Assignee is acting solely as Assignee for its own loan account and not as a fiduciary for Lessee or in the capacity of broker, dealer, placement agent, municipal securities underwriter or municipal advisor. Assignee has not provided, and will not provide, financial, legal, tax, accounting or other advice to or on behalf of Lessee with respect to its purchase of the Lease Agreement. Lessee has sought and obtained financial, legal, tax, accounting and other advice (including as it relates to structure, timing, terms and similar matters) with respect to the Lease Agreement from its financial, legal and other advisors (and not Assignee) to the extent that Lessee desired to obtain such advice.

By signing this Notice and Acknowledgment, Lessee warrants that its representations and warranties under the Lease Agreement are true and correct on the date hereof.

8.1 Packet Pg. 464
Exhibit C-2
Date: April 17, 2026 METRO FUTURES, INC.

By:

Name: [____________]
Title: [____________]
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO:

CITY OF PATTERSON
By:

Name:

Title:

8.1 Packet Pg. 465
Exhibit D-2-1
EXHIBIT D-1

INSURANCE CERTIFICATION
Metro Futures, Inc.
12520 High Bluff Drive, Suite 345
San Diego, California 92130
April 17, 2026
Re: That certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026 (the “Lease Agreement”), between the City of Patterson, as lessee, and Metro Futures, Inc., as lessor In connection with the above referenced Lease Agreement, the City of Patterson, as lessee (the “Lessee”) certifies that it has instructed the insurance agent named below:

Name of Agent: [____________]
Address: [____________]
Phone: [____________]
to issue the following insurance coverages:

1. Liability Insurance. Lessee is required to maintain public liability insurance, personal injury and property damage with policy limits of $3,000,000. The policy should be endorsed to name Capital One Public Funding, LLC and its successors and assigns, 300 Jericho Quadrangle, 3rd Floor, Jericho, NY 11753 (the “Additional Insured”) as an additional insured.

2. Casualty Insurance. Lessee is required to maintain all risk extended coverage, malicious mischief and vandalism insurance for the Equipment described in the above-referenced Lease Agreement in an amount not less than the greater of $4,824,685.00 or the full replacement cost of the Equipment. Such insurance shall be endorsed to name the Additional Insured and its successors and or assigns as an additional insured and co-loss payee with respect to such Equipment.

The required insurance should also be endorsed to give the Additional Insured at least 30 days prior written notice of the effective date of any material alteration or cancellation of coverage, and an endorsement confirming that the interest of the Additional Insured shall not be invalidated by any actions, inactions, breach of warranty or conditions or negligence of Lessee.

8.1 Packet Pg. 466
Exhibit D-2-2
Proof of insurance coverage will be provided to the Additional Insured prior to and/or commensurate with the later of the Commencement Date of the Lease or the delivery and acceptance of the Equipment.

Very truly yours,
City of Patterson, as Lessee
By:

Name: [____________]
Title: [____________]

8.1 Packet Pg. 467
Exhibit E-1

EXHIBIT E

ESSENTIAL USE CERTIFICATE
Metro Futures, Inc.
12520 High Bluff Drive, Suite 345
San Diego, California 92130
April 17, 2026
Re: Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026, between the City of Patterson, as lessee, and Metro Futures, Inc., as lessor

1. What is the specific use of the Equipment?
Through managing our control run times of new and existing equipment, we will expand our energy management control system and upgrade existing HVAC and control systems where needed. Additionally, the new equipment will allow us to upgrade interior and exterior lighting, transformers and dilapidated equipment. The solar systems will generate electricity and reduce the use of utility-provided electricity

2. What increased capabilities will the Equipment provide? The new equipment is expected to provide improved air quality, better ventilation and cooling, better temperature control of occupied spaces along with improved control of equipment run-times, deliver more reliable air supply for conditioned spaces, and improve light levels for interiors and exteriors. The new solar equipment at the facilities is expected to generate electricity and reduce the reliance on the utility.

3. Why is the Equipment essential to your ability to deliver governmental services? The new equipment will improve comfort, alleviate unfunded facility needs, reduce deferred maintenance, and address critical cooling needs for our Staff. It will provide green benefits for the Lessee, reduce use of non-renewable energy sources, and provide cost savings over the life of the project. The operating savings produced from the new equipment will also help us save time and financial resources.

4. Does the Equipment replace existing equipment?
(If so, please explain why you are replacing the existing equipment) Yes. The existing equipment has exceeded its useful life requiring high maintenance service and frequent emergency repairs.

5. Why did you choose this specific Equipment?
The selected equipment is suitable as direct replacement and/or upgrade of our existing outdated systems and matches the Lessee City standard(s) and product preferences for

8.1 Packet Pg. 468
Exhibit E-2
our trained Facilities Staff. Additionally, the selected equipment is suitable as solar installations for the identified facilities and provides the Lessee with an appropriate cost to savings ratio.

6. For how many years do you expect to utilize the Equipment? The Lessee City expects to operate the equipment beyond its individual expected service life, which ranges from 15 to 30 years.

Very truly yours,
City of Patterson, as Lessee
By:

Name:

Title:

8.1 Packet Pg. 469
Exhibit F-1

EXHIBIT F

INCUMBENCY AND CLOSING CERTIFICATE
I, [____________], do hereby certify that I am the [____________] of the City of Patterson (“Lessee”), which is a municipal corporation duly established and validly existing under the laws of the State of California.

I hereby certify that, as of the date hereof, the individuals named below are the duly elected or appointed officers of the Lessee holding the offices set forth opposite their respective names. I further certify that:
(i) The signatures set opposite their respective names and titles are their true and authentic signatures, and
(ii) Such officers have the authority on behalf of Lessee to:
a. Enter into that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026 (the “Lease Agreement”), between Lessee and Metro Futures, Inc., as lessor, and that certain Escrow Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026 (the “Escrow Agreement”), by and among Lessee, Metro Futures, Inc., and Banc of California, as escrow agent; and
b. Execute certificate, documents, and agreements (including tax certificate) relating to the Lease Agreement and Escrow Agreement on behalf of Lessee.

NAME TITLE SIGNATURE
[____________] [____________]
[____________] [____________]
(iii) The meeting of the governing body of Lessee at which the Lease Agreement and the Escrow Agreement were approved and authorized to be executed was duly called, regularly convened and attended throughout by the requisite majority of the members thereof or by other appropriate official approval, and the action approving the Lease Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and authorizing the execution thereof has not been altered or rescinded. Attached hereto is a true and correct copy of the resolution or other documents constituting such official action, together with notice of public hearing.
(iv) Since June 30, 20__ (date of Lessee’s last audited financial statements), Lessee has not entered into any direct or contingent bond debt, lease, installment

8.1 Packet Pg. 470
Exhibit F-2
purchase or loan obligation, other than those listed below:
• ______________________________
• ______________________________
(v) The correct billing address for Rental Payments is as follows:

City of Patterson
_____________________
_____________________
Attention: ____________
[To be provided by Lessee]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have duly executed this Certificate on behalf of the Lessee.

April 17, 2026

CITY OF PATTERSON
By:

Name: [____________]
Title: [____________]

8.1 Packet Pg. 471
Exhibit G-1

EXHIBIT G
OPINION OF LESSEE’S COUNSEL
(Validity Opinion)
April 17, 2026
Metro Futures, Inc.
12520 High Bluff Drive, Suite 345
San Diego, California 92130
Re: Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026, between the City of Patterson, as lessee, and Metro Futures, Inc., as lessor Ladies and Gentlemen:

As counsel to the City of Patterson (the “Lessee”), I have examined that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026, including all exhibits thereto (collectively, the “Lease Agreement”), between the Lessee and Metro Futures, Inc., as lessor (“Lessor”), the Escrow Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026, together with the Certificate of Acceptance and Payment Request thereto (collectively, the “Escrow Agreement”), by and among the Lessee, Lessor and the escrow agent named therein, the City Funded Construction Contract dated ________________, 20_ (the “Vendor Contract”), between Lessee and Alliance Building Solutions, Inc., and the proceedings taken by the Governing Body of the Lessee to authorize on behalf of the Lessee the execution and delivery of the Lease Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Vendor Contract. The Lease Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Vendor Contract are herein collectively referred to as the “Transaction Documents.” Based upon the foregoing examination and upon an examination of such other documents and matters of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Lessee is a political subdivision of the State of California and operates under a Governing Board, and the laws of the State of California with full power and authority to purchase the Equipment and to enter into the Transaction Documents and perform its obligations thereunder.

2. The Transaction Documents have each been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Lessee. Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by Lessor, the Transaction Documents constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of the Lessee, enforceable against the Lessee in accordance with their respective terms, subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

3. The Equipment to be leased pursuant to the Lease Agreement constitutes personal property and, when subjected to use by the Lessee, will not be a fixture under applicable law.

4. The Lessee has complied with any applicable public bidding requirements and other applicable State of California and federal laws, including [Note to Counsel: reference

8.1 Packet Pg. 472
Exhibit G-2
applicable California energy savings statute], in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby. By proper action, the Governing Body of the Lessee authorized the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and certain other matters, which actions were duly taken at a meeting that was held in compliance with all applicable laws relating to the holding of open and public meetings.

5. No litigation or proceeding is pending or, to the best of my knowledge, threatened to restrain or enjoin the execution, delivery, or performance by the Lessee of the Transaction Documents or in any way to contest the validity of the Transaction Documents, to contest or question the creation or existence of the Lessee or the Governing Body of the Lessee or the authority or ability of the Lessee to execute or deliver the Transaction Documents or to comply with or perform its obligations thereunder or the security interest of Lessor or its assigns, as the case may be, in the Equipment. There is no litigation pending or, to the best of my knowledge, threatened seeking to restrain or enjoin the Lessee from annually appropriating sufficient funds to pay the rental payments or other amounts contemplated by the Lease Agreement or which would affect Lessee’s obligations to make rental payments under the Lease Agreement.

6. The entering into and performance of the Transaction Documents do not and will not violate any judgment, order, law, or regulation applicable to the Lessee or result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any lien, charge, security interest, or other encumbrance upon any assets of the Lessee or on the Equipment (as such term is defined in the Lease Agreement) pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement, or other instrument to which the Lessee is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the due and timely filing of a UCC-1, the Lessor will have a perfected security interest in the Equipment.

7. The authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Lessee do not require submission to, approval of, or other action by any governmental authority or agency which action has not been taken and is final and nonappealable.

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease Agreement.

This opinion may be relied upon by Lessor and purchasers and assignees of Lessor’s interests in the Lease Agreement.

Respectfully submitted,

8.1 Packet Pg. 473
Exhibit H-1

EXHIBIT H

TAX OPINION
[To be provided by Tax Counsel.]

8.1 Packet Pg. 474
Exhibit I-1

EXHIBIT I

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

8.1 Packet Pg. 475
Exhibit J-1

EXHIBIT J

POST-ISSUANCE TAX COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
[To be provided by Tax Counsel.]

8.1 Packet Pg. 476
Exhibit K-1

EXHIBIT K

ESCROW AGREEMENT
LESSOR:

Metro Futures, Inc.
12520 High Bluff Drive, Suite 345
San Diego, California 92130
ESCROW AGENT:

Banc of California
10100 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 2500
Los Angeles, California 90067
LESSEE:

City of Patterson
1 Plaza Cir
Patterson, California 95363
THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “Escrow Agreement”) is made as of April 17, 2026, by and among Metro Futures, Inc. (“Lessor”), the City of Patterson (“Lessee”), and Banc of California (the “Escrow Agent”).

Lessor and Lessee have heretofore entered into that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026 (the “Lease Agreement”). The Lease Agreement contemplates that certain Equipment described therein (the “Equipment”) is to be acquired from the vendor(s) or manufacturer(s) thereof.

After acceptance of the Equipment by Lessee, the Equipment is to be leased by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to the terms of the Lease Agreement.

The Lease Agreement contemplates that Lessor will deposit with the Escrow Agent cash in the amount of $4,824,685.00 (the “Deposit Amount”), for deposit into the escrow fund (the “Escrow Fund”), to be held in escrow by the Escrow Agent and applied on the express terms and conditions set forth herein. Such deposit into the Escrow Fund, together with all interest and additions received with respect thereto, is to be applied from time to time to pay the vendor(s) or manufacturer(s) of the Equipment (as defined in the Lease Agreement) its invoice cost (a portion of which may, if required, be paid prior to final acceptance of the Equipment by Lessee) and to pay certain costs of entering into the Lease Agreement. The Escrow Fund is to be held for the account and benefit of Lessee, and Lessee has granted to Lessor a first priority and perfected lien on and security interest in the Escrow Fund and any all proceeds, interest and other earnings thereon and investments therein to the Lessor by virtue of the execution of this Escrow Agreement and the Lease Agreement without the need for any additional filings or financing statements.

The parties desire to set forth the terms on which the escrow is to be created and to establish the rights and responsibilities of the parties hereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The Escrow Agent hereby agrees to serve as escrow agent upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Escrow Agent agrees that the Escrow Fund shall be held irrevocably

8.1 Packet Pg. 477
Exhibit K-2
in trust for the account and benefit of Lessee and all interest earned with respect to the Escrow Fund shall accrue to the benefit of Lessee and shall be applied as expressly set forth herein.

2. There is hereby created a special account to be known as the “City of Patterson Escrow Fund” (the “Escrow Fund”) to be held in trust by the Escrow Agent for the purposes stated herein, for the benefit of Lessor and Lessee, to be held, disbursed and returned in accordance with the terms hereof.

To the limited extent required to perfect the first, priority security interest granted by Lessee to Lessor in the cash and negotiable instruments from time to time held in the Escrow Fund, Lessor hereby appoints the Escrow Agent as its security agent, and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts the appointment as security agent, and agrees to hold physical possession of such cash and negotiable instruments on behalf of Lessor.

3. On such day as determined to the mutual satisfaction of the parties (the “Commencement Date”), Lessor shall deposit with the Escrow Agent cash in the amount of the Deposit Amount to be held by the Escrow Agent on the express terms and conditions set forth herein. The Escrow Agent agrees to accept the deposit of the Deposit Amount by Lessor with the Escrow Agent, and further agrees to hold the amount so deposited together with all interest and other additions received with respect thereto in escrow on the express terms and conditions set forth herein.

4. The Escrow Agent shall at all times segregate the Escrow Fund into an account maintained for that express purpose, which shall be clearly identified on the books and records of the Escrow Agent as being held in its capacity as Escrow Agent. Securities and other negotiable instruments held in the Escrow Fund from time to time shall be held or registered in the name of the Escrow Agent (or its nominee). The Escrow Fund shall not, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be subject to levy or attachment or lien by or for the benefit of any creditor of any of the parties hereto (except with respect to the security interest therein held by Lessor).

5. Lessee hereby directs the Escrow Agent to invest the cash held in the Escrow Fund from time to time in a Banc of California non-interest bearing demand deposit account with no fees or costs or, in the event such fund is not at the time available, such other investments as Lessee may specify in writing, to the extent the same are at the time legal for investment of the funds being invested. No investment shall be made that would cause the Lease Agreement to be deemed to be an arbitrage bond within the meaning of Section 148(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

6. Lessor and Lessee hereby authorize the Escrow Agent to take the following actions with respect to the Escrow Fund:
a. From time to time, the Escrow Agent shall pay by wire transfer the vendor or manufacturer of the Equipment payments then due and payable, or reimburse Lessee for amounts that it has paid to the vendor or manufacturer of the Equipment, upon receipt of the following: (a) a duly executed Certificate of

8.1 Packet Pg. 478
Exhibit K-3
Acceptance and Payment Request in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto executed by the Lessee and approved for payment by the Lessor, (b) the vendor(s) or manufacturer(s) invoice(s) specifying the acquisition price of the Equipment described in the requisition request, and (c) any additional documentation required by Lessor. Escrow Agent will rely solely upon a duly executed Certificate of Acceptance and Payment Request in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto executed by the Lessor and Lessee in order to disburse funds within 3 business days of receipt, and Escrow Agent shall make the payments described in such document without further inquiry. Without limiting the foregoing, Lessor shall not be required to approve any such payment unless and until Lessee shall have provided or caused to be provided to Lessor (i) certificates of insurance evidencing coverage in accordance with the Lease Agreement and satisfactory to Lessor; and (ii) payment and performance bonds naming Lessor and its successors and assigns as an additional obligee and issued by a surety company rated “A” or better by AM Best in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor. b. If Lessor provides to the Escrow Agent (with a copy to Lessee) written notice of the occurrence of an Event of Default or an Event of Nonappropriation by Lessee under the Lease Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall thereupon promptly remit to Lessor the entire balance of the Escrow Fund pursuant to written instructions provided by Lessor to the Escrow Agent.
c. On or before the Acquisition Period (as defined below) or upon receipt by the Escrow Agent of a duly executed Certificate of Acceptance and Payment Request identified as the final such request, the remaining moneys in the Escrow Fund shall, first be applied to all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent, if applicable, in connection herewith as evidenced by its statement forwarded to Lessor and Lessee; and second, be paid to Lessor for application on any Rental Payment Date to all or a portion of the Rental payment due and owing in the succeeding twelve (12) months and any remaining amount shall be applied by the Lessor as prepayment to the remaining principal balance owing under the Lease Agreement, in inverse order of Rental Payment Dates, unless Lessor directs that payment of such amount be made in such other manner directed by Lessor that, in the opinion of nationally recognized counsel in the area of tax-exempt municipal obligations satisfactory to Lessor, will not adversely affect the exclusion of the interest component of the Rental payments from gross income for federal income tax purposes. If any such amount is used to prepay principal, the Payment Schedule attached to the Lease Agreement will be revised accordingly, as specified by Lessor.
“Acquisition Period” means April 17, 2029, which is the date that the Escrow Fund shall terminate, unless such date is extended in writing by the Lessor and the Lessee.

7. The Escrow Agent shall have no liability for acting upon any written instruction presented by Lessee and Lessor in connection with this Escrow Agreement that the Escrow Agent in good faith believes to be genuine. Furthermore, the Escrow Agent shall

8.1 Packet Pg. 479
Exhibit K-4
not be liable for any act or omission in connection with this Escrow Agreement except for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any loss or diminution in value of the Escrow Fund as a result of the investments made pursuant to Section 5.

8. To the extent authorized by law, Lessee hereby agrees to indemnify and save the Escrow Agent harmless against any liabilities that it may incur in the exercise and performance of its powers and duties hereunder and that are not due to the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. No indemnification will be made under this Section or elsewhere in this Escrow Agreement for damages arising solely out of gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith by the Escrow Agent, its officers, agents, employees, successors or assigns.

9. The Escrow Agent may at any time resign by giving at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Lessee and Lessor, but such resignation shall not take effect until the appointment of the successor Escrow Agent. The substitution of another bank or trust company to act as Escrow Agent under this Escrow Agreement may occur by written agreement of Lessor and Lessee. In addition, the Escrow Agent may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by instrument in writing executed by Lessor and Lessee. Such notice shall set forth the effective date of the removal. In the event of any resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent, a successor Escrow Agent shall be appointed by an instrument in writing executed by Lessor and Lessee. Such successor Escrow Agent shall indicate its acceptance of such appointment by an instrument in writing delivered to Lessor, Lessee and the predecessor Escrow Agent.

Upon the effective date of resignation or removal, the Escrow Agent will transfer the Escrow Fund then held by it to the successor Escrow Agent selected by Lessor and Lessee.

10. This Escrow Agreement shall terminate upon receipt by the Escrow Agent of the written notice from Lessor specified in Section 6(b) or Section 6(c) hereof.

11. All notices hereunder shall be in writing, sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by mutually recognized overnight carrier addressed to the other party at its respective address shown on page 1 of this Escrow Agreement or at such other address as such party shall from time to time designate in writing to the other parties; and shall be effective on the date or receipt.

12. This Escrow Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. No rights or obligations of the Escrow Agent under this Escrow Agreement may be assigned without the prior written consent of Lessor and Lessee.

13. This Escrow Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no waiver, consent, modification, or change of terms hereof shall bind any party unless in writing signed by all parties.

14. The Escrow Agent may employ agents, attorneys and accountants in connection with its

8.1 Packet Pg. 480
Exhibit K-5
duties hereunder and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted in good faith in accordance with the advice of counsel, accountants, or other skilled persons.

15. This Escrow Agreement shall be governed by and be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California.

16. This Escrow Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which so executed will be an original. In addition, the parties agree that the transaction described herein may be conducted and related documents may be stored by electronic means.

Copies, telecopies, facsimiles, electronic files and other reproductions of original executed documents shall be deemed to be authentic and valid counterparts of such original documents for all purposes, including the filing of any claim, action or suit in the appropriate court of law.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

8.1 Packet Pg. 481
Exhibit K-6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Escrow Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above set forth.

LESSOR: METRO FUTURES, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

LESSEE: CITY OF PATTERSON
By:
[_____________]
[_____________]
ROW AGENT ESCROW AGENT: BANC OF CALIFORNIA
By:
[_____________]
[_____________]

8.1 Packet Pg. 482
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT REQUEST 1

EXHIBIT A TO ESCROW AGREEMENT

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT REQUEST
The following payment request is directed to Banc of California (the “Escrow Agent”), as escrow agent under that certain Escrow Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026 (the “Escrow Agreement”), between the City of Patterson (“Lessee”), Metro Futures, Inc. (“Lessor”), and the Escrow Agent. Because Metro Futures, Inc. has assigned all of its right, title, and interest in and to the Escrow Agreement to Capital One Public Funding, LLC, all references herein to “Lessor” shall mean Capital One Public Funding, LLC.

The Escrow Agent is hereby requested to pay from the Escrow Fund established and maintained under the Escrow Agreement the amount set forth below to the named payee(s). The amount shown is due and payable under a purchase order or contract (or has been paid by and not previously reimbursed to Lessee). The equipment described below is part or all of the Equipment leased pursuant to that certain Equipment Lease-Purchase Agreement and Equipment Schedule thereto, both dated as of April 17, 2026 (the “Lease Agreement”), between Lessor and Lessee:

QUANTITY

DESCRIPTION OF

UNITS OF

EQUIPMENT AMOUNT PAYEE
Lessee hereby certifies and represents to and agrees with Lessor as follows with respect to the Equipment described above: (i) (i) the amount to be disbursed is not being paid in advance of the time, if any, fixed for any payment, and does not include any retained percentage entitled to be retained by Lessee at this time; (ii) no amount requested to be disbursed was included in any payment request previously filed with the Escrow Agent for which payment was actually made by the Escrow Agent; (iii) Lessee has made such investigation of such sources of information as are deemed necessary and is of the opinion that the applicable portion of the Equipment and related work has been fully paid for, and no claim or claims exist against the Lessee or the Vendor out of which a lien based on furnishing labor or material exists or might arise; (iv) acquisition and installation of the applicable portion of the Equipment for which payment is being requested has been completed in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Lessee and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the related contract with the Vendor (the “Vedor Agreement”), and said applicable portion of the Equipment is suitable and sufficient for the expected uses thereof, however, this statement is made without prejudice to any rights against third parties which exist at the date hereof or which may subsequently come into being; (v) the amount remaining in the Escrow Fund will, after payment of the amount requested, be sufficient to pay the remaining costs of the Equipment; (vi) a present need exists for the Equipment, which need is not temporary or expected to diminish in the near future; (vii) the Equipment is essential to and will be used by Lessee only for the purpose of performing one or more governmental functions of Lessee consistent with the permissible scope

8.1 Packet Pg. 483
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT REQUEST 2
of Lessee’s authority; (viii) the estimated useful life of the Equipment based upon the manufacturer’s representations and Lessee’s projected needs is not less than the term of the Lease Agreement; (ix) Lessee has conducted such inspection and/or testing of the Equipment as it deems necessary and appropriate and hereby acknowledges that it accepts the Equipment for all purposes as of the date of this Certificate; (x) the Equipment is covered by insurance in the types and amounts required by the Lease Agreement; (xi) no Event of Default or Event of Nonappropriation, as those terms are defined in the Lease Agreement, and no event that with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default or an Event of Nonappropriation, has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof; and (xii) sufficient funds have been appropriated by Lessee for the payment of all rental payments due under the Lease Agreement during Lessee’s current Fiscal Year.

Based on the foregoing, the Escrow Agent is hereby authorized and directed to fund the acquisition of the Equipment set forth above by paying, or causing to be paid, the manufacturer(s)/vendor(s) the amounts set forth on the attached invoices from the Escrow Fund held under the Escrow Agreement in accordance with its terms.

The following documents are attached hereto and made a part hereof: (a) Original Invoice(s) and (b) lien waivers, if applicable.

IF REQUEST IS FOR REIMBURSEMENT, CHECK HERE . Lessee paid an invoice prior to the Commencement Date identified in the Lease Agreement and is requesting reimbursement for such payment. A copy of evidence of such payment together with a copy of Lessee’s declaration of official intent and other evidence required by Lessor prior to Lessor’s approval hereof that Lessee has satisfied the requirements for reimbursement set forth in Treas.

Reg. 1.150-2 is hereby attached. Lessor’s approval hereof shall evidence that Lessee has delivered to Lessor such required documentation.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

8.1 Packet Pg. 484
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT REQUEST 3
IF REQUEST IS FINAL REQUEST, CHECK HERE ___. Lessee hereby certifies that (a) all of the Equipment described in the Lease Agreement has been received in good condition and has been installed in accordance with the Vendor Agreement, (b) such Equipment is accepted “AS-IS, WHERE-IS”; (c) Lessee has inspected the Equipment, and determined that it is in good working order and complies with all purchase orders, contracts and specifications; (d) Lessee has fully and satisfactorily performed all covenants and conditions to be performed by it as of this date under the Lease Agreement with regard to such Equipment; (e) Lessee waives any right to revoke its acceptance; and (f) the Equipment is fully insured in accordance with the Lease Agreement. This certificate is made without prejudice to any rights against third parties which may exist as of the date hereof or which may subsequently come into being.

Date: ______________
Date: ______________
Approved:

Capital One Public Funding, LLC (assignee of
Metro Futures, Inc.), as Lessor
City of Patterson, as Lessee
By: By:

Name: Name:

Title: Title:

8.1 Packet Pg. 485

SCHEDULE A TO ESCROW AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE A TO ESCROW AGREEMENT:

NOTICE AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF

ASSIGNMENT OF ESCROW AGREEMENT
Metro Futures, Inc. (“Lessor”), the City of Patterson (“Lessee”), and Banc of California (“Escrow Agent”) have entered into an Escrow Agreement dated as of April 17, 2026 (the “Escrow Agreement”), pursuant to which Lessor, or its Assignee (as defined below), has deposited cash into the Escrow Fund established thereunder, which funds are to be used by Lessee to acquire certain Equipment.

Escrow Agent is hereby notified that Lessor has assigned all of its right, title, and interest in and to the Escrow Agreement to Capital One Public Funding, LLC (“Assignee”), including, in particular, but without limitation, Lessor’s security interest in the Escrow Fund and Lessor’s right to approve all payment requests submitted by Lessee.

Any and all correspondence and notices to be delivered by Escrow Agent to Assignee should be provided to Assignee as set for the below:

Capital One Public Funding, LLC
300 Jericho Quadrangle, 3rd Floor
Jericho, NY 11753
Email: [email protected]
Date: April 17, 2026
LESSOR: METRO FUTURES, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

LESSEE: CITY OF PATTERSON
By:

Name:

Title:

Acknowledged:

ESCROW AGENT: BANC OF CALIFORNIA
By:

Name:

Title:

8.1 Packet Pg. 486
Exhibit L-1

EXHIBIT L

RESOLUTIONS OF LESSEE, INCLUDING NOTICE OF

PUBLIC HEARING
[To Be Provided By Lessee]

8.1 Packet Pg. 487
Exhibit M-1

EXHIBIT M
TAX CERTIFICATE AND IRS FORM 8038-G
[To be prepared by Tax Counsel]

8.1 Packet Pg. 488
Exhibit N-1

EXHIBIT N

CLOSING MEMORANDUM
$4,824,685.00

EQUIPMENT LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE THERETO BOTH DATED AS OF APRIL 17, 2026

BETWEEN THE CITY OF PATTERSON, AS LESSEE, AND
METRO FUTURES, INC., AS LESSOR
Pre-Closing: Pre-Closing will be held at the Lessee’s convenience, on or before April 13, 2026.

All documents will be executed and two originals will be overnighted to Metro Futures, Inc., Attn.: Brad Chapman, 12520 High Bluff Drive, Suite 345, San Diego, California 92130, for delivery no later than 9:00 am on the morning of April 13, 2026 and held in trust until such time as the wires and original documents are released by the Parties.

Closing: (1) By wire transfer, on the morning of April 17, 2026, the Lessor shall wire or cause to be wired, the Total Lease Proceeds in the amount of $4,824,685.00 to the Escrow Agent, as follows:

Bank Name: Banc of California, N.A.

ABA No: 122243774
Account No [_____________]
Account Name: Banc of California as Escrow Agent – City of Patterson
(2) After receipt of the wire from the Lessor referenced above, the Escrow Agent is authorized by Lessee to transfer via wire the Issuance Costs in the amount of $5,000 to Lessor as follows:

Bank Name: BMO (Bank of Montreal)
ABA Number: 071025661
Account Number: 4845314614
Account Name: Metro Futures, Inc.

Metro Futures, Inc. will confirm disbursement of funds to the Lessee’s escrow account and then release all of the original documents held in trust to its assignee and forward a copy to the Lessee.

8.1 Packet Pg. 489
Exhibit N-2
Sources and Uses of Funds:

Principal Amount of Lease $4,824,685.00
TOTAL SOURCES $4,824,685.00
Total Equipment Cost: $4,794,785.00
Issuance Costs: $29,900.00
TOTAL LEASE PROCEEDS $4,824,685.00
Attest:

CITY OF PATTERSON, as Lessee
By: ____________________________
Name: [_____________]
Title: [_____________]

8.1 Packet Pg. 490
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 M&V Agreement www.absenergy.com P a g e | 1
Contractor’s License # 1008135

MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION AGREEMENT
FOR

CITY OF PATTERSON

SCOPE OF SERVICES

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
ATTACHMENTS:

Attachment 1 – Guaranteed Savings Measurement & Verification • Savings Guarantee
• Measurement and Verification Methods
• Selected Measurement and Verification Options
• IPMVP Option A M&V Plan
• IPMVP Option C M&V Plan
Attachment 2 – Utility Baseline Summary
Attachment 3 – Energy Project Cashflow
Exhibit E

8.1 Packet Pg. 491
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 M&V Agreement www.absenergy.com P a g e | 2
Contractor’s License # 1008135

MEASUREMENT & VERIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Measurement and Verification (“M&V”) Agreement (“Agreement”) dated / / (“Effective Date”) is made by and between:
and
Purchaser and ABS may be referred to hereinafter individually as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties.” There are no other parties to this Agreement.

B. Purchaser wishes to engage ABS, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to provide Purchaser with measurement and verification services of the energy savings associated with Purchaser’s Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program.

C. This Agreement constitutes an “energy service contract” within the meaning of Government Code Section 4217.10 et seq.

City of Patterson, a California municipal corporation
(“Purchaser”) with its principal place of business at
1 Plaza, P.O. Box 667, Patterson, CA 95363
Alliance Building Solutions, LLC.
(“ABS”) with its principal place of business at
12520 High Bluff Drive, Ste 345, San Diego, CA 92130

8.1 Packet Pg. 492
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 M&V Agreement www.absenergy.com P a g e | 3
Contractor’s License # 1008135
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective rights and obligations of the Parties set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

SCOPE OF SERVICES
Energy Savings Measurement & Verification Service:
“ABS” will provide measurement and verification services of the energy savings associated with “Purchaser” Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program, as described in “Scope of Work” attached to the Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program Installation Agreement (“Installation Agreement”). Energy Savings M&V reports will be provided to the “Purchaser” on an annual basis for the term specified below.

Term:

This Service Agreement shall commence upon the completion and acceptance of the Purchaser of the Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program and receipt of final payment for the Installation Agreement and shall continue for an initial term of three (3) years. The “Purchaser” may elect to enter into further extended terms upon written notice provided to ABS not less than thirty (30) days prior to termination of the initial term. If the “Purchaser” fails to provide ABS with a written notice of extension prior to the end of the initial term or any subsequent extensions, ABS shall notify City in writing that the M&V Agreement shall be considered terminated if the City does not request an extension within thirty (30) days of the City’s receipt of ABS’s notification. Under no circumstances shall the M&V Agreement be considered terminated without ABS providing thirty (30) days’ written notice giving the City an opportunity to extend the M&V Agreement. Once terminated, the M&V Agreement cannot be renewed. The “Purchaser” may terminate this service agreement at any time with a (30) day written notice. However, termination of this agreement will void any savings guarantee associated with the Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Program.

Charges:

This Agreement shall be billed once per year after the first three years, and amount owed is due and payable 30-days after “Purchaser’s” receipt of invoice. The annual Service Agreement charge is $0 for the first three years, $20,000 for the fourth year and escalated at 4% annually for every subsequent year thereafter.

8.1 Packet Pg. 493
12520 High Bluff Drive Suite 345, San Diego, CA 92130 M&V Agreement www.absenergy.com P a g e | 4
Contractor’s License # 1008135

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
I. General Provisions:

I.1 Unless stated otherwise, the services provided under this Agreement shall be provided during “ABS” normal business hours. Normal business hours are Monday through Friday, 7:00AM to 4:00PM Pacific Time, excluding holidays. “ABS” will coordinate with the “Purchaser” so that any variations in these normal business hours necessitated by “Purchaser” Schedules can be accommodated.

I.2 The “Purchaser” shall provide reasonable means of access to the equipment being measured or verified. “ABS” shall not be responsible for any removal, replacement, or refinishing of the building structure, if required to gain access to the equipment. “ABS” shall be permitted to start and stop all equipment necessary to perform the services herein described as arranged with the “Purchaser’s” representative. “ABS” will obtain agreement from the “Purchaser’s” representative prior to any starting or stopping of equipment.

Patterson City CouncilMarch 17, 2026

Patterson City Council
March 17, 2026